Author: Johannes Surya

  • Ranked: The Best Online Bachelor’s Degree Programs

    Ranked: The Best Online Bachelor’s Degree Programs

    Ranked: The Best Online Bachelor’s Degree Programs

    Education has evolved dramatically in recent years, with online learning gaining popularity among students worldwide. Online programs offer learners flexibility, convenience, and affordability while maintaining academic quality. The demand for online bachelor’s degree programs has increased significantly, with universities and colleges incorporating technology into education to meet the needs of students.

    In this article, we will look at the best online bachelor’s degree programs based on ranking criteria, affordability, and programs offered.

    Ranking Criteria

    A ranking criterion helps to distinguish between online programs and identify programs that meet the quality standards of an accredited online program. Here are some of the ranking criteria used to determine the best online bachelor’s degree programs:

    1. Quality of Instruction

    This criterion assesses the quality of teaching and learning in online courses. A program should have qualified faculty who are knowledgeable, experienced, and capable of providing support to students.

    2. Student Engagement

    Active participation of students in online learning is necessary for the success of the program. An online degree program should foster student engagement by providing interactive content, discussion forums, and other virtual tools to increase collaboration and interactions with faculty and students.

    3. Program Services

    Online programs should provide support services to students to enhance their learning experience. These services may include academic advising, career services, IT support, and online registration.

    4. Accreditation

    Online programs should be accredited by an accreditation body approved by the U.S Department of Education to ensure that they meet quality standards and offer nationally recognized degrees.

    Best Online Bachelor’s Degree Programs for 2021-22:

    1. University of Florida

    The University of Florida ranks the top in offering the best online bachelor’s degree programs for 2021-22, according to U.S News & World Report. The university provides 20 online bachelor’s degree programs in various fields like business administration, computer science, nursing, and psychology.

    The university delivers courses through its e-learning program, which uses lectures, discussion forums, and online assessments. The university provides students with an online orientation and various support services, including academic advising, library services, and IT support.

    2. Colorado State University Global

    Colorado State University Global offers an affordable online bachelor’s degree program, making it a favorite for students on a budget. The university provides 14 online bachelor’s degree programs in various fields like accounting, criminal justice, human resource management, and marketing.

    The university delivers courses through its Learning Management System (LMS), which provides access to course materials, virtual classroom discussions, and online assessments. The university provides students with online tutoring, academic advising, and a 24/7 student support center.

    3. Pennsylvania State University

    Pennsylvania State University is well-known for its online learning programs, providing students with a wide range of degree offerings. The university offers 24 online bachelor’s degree programs in various fields like applied psychology, health policy and administration, organizational leadership, and turfgrass science.

    The university delivers courses through its World Campus, which offers synchronous and asynchronous learning formats. The university provides students with career services, term-based academic advising, and financial aid support.

    4. Arizona State University

    Arizona State University (ASU) is a pioneer in online learning, offering students of all backgrounds affordable and accessible online degree programs. The university offers 25 online bachelor’s degree programs in various fields like business, education, engineering, and psychology.

    The university delivers courses through its interactive and engaging platform that includes immersive coursework, group projects, and collaborative discussions. The university provides students with career counseling, academic advising, and 24/7 tech support.

    FAQs

    1. How do I determine the affordability of an online bachelor’s degree program?

    It is essential to consider the cost of tuition, fees, and other program-related expenses when comparing the affordability of online bachelor’s degree programs. Look for programs that offer financial aid, scholarships, and grants to reduce the overall cost.

    2. Is accreditation important for online bachelor’s degree programs?

    Yes, accreditation is critical for online bachelor’s degree programs as it ensures that the program meets quality standards and offers nationally recognized degrees. Accreditation may also affect your eligibility for federal student aid and employer recognition.

    3. What are the benefits of online bachelor’s degree programs?

    The benefits of online bachelor’s degree programs include convenience, flexibility, accessibility, and affordability. Online programs offer an opportunity for students to balance work, family, and studies while acquiring knowledge and skills from anywhere in the world.

    4. How do I identify high-quality online bachelor’s degree programs?

    Identify high-quality online bachelor’s degree programs by considering the ranking criteria, accreditation, and student reviews. Look for programs that offer quality instruction, foster student engagement, provide program services, and have a good reputation in the industry.

  • Discover the Best Online Degree Programs for Working Professionals

    Discover the Best Online Degree Programs for Working Professionals

    As technology advances, online learning has become increasingly popular for working professionals who want to earn a degree while still keeping up with their busy schedules. Pursuing an online degree program is now more accessible, convenient and flexible for anyone who wants to attain higher education while working without the constraint of being in a traditional classroom setting. Here, we will explore the best online degree programs for working professionals and answer frequently asked questions about online education.

    Business Administration

    Business Administration is one of the most popular degree programs among working professionals. Business administration degree focuses on the fundamental principles of business and management. The program covers diverse fields including marketing, accounting, ethics, human resources, economics, and others. The degree is ideal for people who aspire to advance their careers in the corporate world or start their own business. Graduates with a business administration degree can work in various industries such as healthcare, finance, marketing, and technology.

    Nursing

    The healthcare industry is growing at an enormous rate, and so is the demand for professionally trained nurses. An online nursing degree is a good option for working professionals who want to become registered nurses (RNs) or licensed practical nurses (LPNs). The nursing program encompasses a range of courses, including biology, anatomy, nutrition, and pharmacology. Graduates with a nursing degree qualify for a wide range of job opportunities and can work as registered nurses, nurse practitioners, or nurse educators in hospitals, clinics, and other medical settings.

    Computer Science

    A degree in computer science is ideal for individuals who have an interest in technology and want to develop their knowledge and skills in programming, software development, data analysis, and other related fields. The program covers various topics such as algorithms, computer architecture, artificial intelligence, software engineering, and networking. Graduates with a computer science degree can work as software developers, computer programmers, IT administrators, or cybersecurity specialists in technology-based organizations.

    Education

    An online education degree is an excellent choice for working professionals who want to become teachers or educational administrators. The degree program provides students with the necessary skills and knowledge to work as educators or administrators in schools, colleges, or universities. Depending on the degree level and specialization, courses may cover subjects like classroom management, teaching strategies, curriculum development, and educational leadership. Graduates with an education degree can work as elementary, high school, or college teachers, curriculum specialists, educational administrators, or policy analysts.

    Psychology

    Psychology is another degree program that is popular among working professionals. It is an ideal program for those who have an interest in human behavior, mental health, and therapy. The degree covers a range of topics such as cognitive psychology, social psychology, abnormal psychology, and developmental psychology. Graduates with a psychology degree can work in a variety of fields, including social services, counseling, research, and mental health services.

    Frequently Asked Questions

    1. What are the advantages of pursuing an online degree as a working professional?

    One of the benefits of pursuing an online degree program as a working professional is that it allows you to study at your convenience, without sacrificing your job or other commitments. Online classes can be accessed from anywhere, making it easy to attend courses from home or while traveling. Additionally, online degree programs are more affordable compared to traditional on-campus programs, and many institutions offer financial aid to qualified students.

    2. Is an online degree program of the same quality as a traditional on-campus program?

    Yes, online degree programs are of the same quality as traditional on-campus programs. Online degree programs are now offered by many credible and recognized institutions, and many students have graduated from online programs with great success, just like their on-campus counterparts.

    3. What are the admission requirements for an online degree program?

    The admission requirements for online degree programs vary depending on the level of the degree and the institution. Applicants typically must have a high school diploma or equivalent and meet minimum GPA requirements, provide transcripts, letters of recommendation, and a personal statement.

    4. Do online degree programs require internships or work experience?

    Some online degree programs require internships, clinical hours, or work experience. Depending on the degree program, students may be required to complete practical experience in the field under the direction of qualified supervisors. These experiences may require students to work at specific sites, and therefore might not be entirely flexible with working professionals’ schedules.

    Conclusion

    Online degree programs offer a great opportunity for working professionals to advance their careers while maintaining their job and work-life balance. The programs covered above are the most popular among professionals, but there is a range of other online degree programs available depending on your interests and career goals. Pursuing an online degree is now an excellent choice for anyone who wants to continue their education and advance their career.

  • Finding the Right Online Degree Program for Your Career Goals

    Finding the Right Online Degree Program for Your Career Goals

    In today’s fast-paced and digitally driven world, more and more people are opting for online degree programs to further their education and enhance their career prospects. Whether it’s due to a busy work schedule, family obligations, or simply the convenience of distance learning, pursuing an online degree is a viable option for those who cannot attend traditional on-campus classes.

    When it comes to finding the right online degree program for your career goals, it’s important to consider a range of factors, including the program’s reputation, its accreditation, the quality of its faculty, and the overall cost and value proposition. In this article, we’ll explore some of the key considerations you should take into account when searching for an online degree program that aligns with your career aspirations.

    Reputation and Accreditation

    One of the most crucial factors to consider when selecting a prospective online degree program is its reputation within the industry. You don’t want to invest your time and money in a program that is poorly regarded by employers or lacks the necessary rigor and academic standards. Look for rankings and reviews of online programs to gauge their standing and read reviews from former students to gain a sense of their experience.

    In addition to reputation, accreditation is also important. Accreditation is the process by which an independent third-party organization assesses and certifies the quality of a program or institution. Accreditation ensures that the program meets rigorous standards for education and training, and that the corresponding degree holds the same weight and value as one earned in a traditional brick-and-mortar institution.

    Accreditation can also impact your ability to transfer credits, obtain financial aid, and apply for certain job positions. Be sure to check that the institution offering the online degree program is accredited by a reputable accrediting agency recognized by the Department of Education.

    Quality of Faculty

    Another key factor in determining the quality and value of an online degree program is the caliber of its faculty. Faculty members who have relevant industry experience and strong academic credentials can bring a wealth of knowledge and expertise to the classroom, providing practical insight and connections to the industry.

    Look for online degree programs that feature faculty members with distinguished backgrounds in their respective fields. Check out their bios on the program’s website or LinkedIn profiles to learn more about their qualifications, experience, and research contributions. You may also want to read faculty reviews on RateMyProfessors to gain a sense of their teaching style and student interaction.

    Cost and Value Proposition

    Online degree programs can vary in price, with some programs costing significantly less than their traditional counterparts while others cost the same or more. It’s important to weigh the cost of the program against its overall value proposition, including its reputation, accreditation, and quality of education.

    Consider the return on investment (ROI) of the program when evaluating its cost relative to potential job opportunities and career growth. Look for programs that offer competitive rates, flexible payment plans, and financial aid options to help offset the cost.

    In addition, it may be worth exploring employer tuition reimbursement programs or scholarships that can further reduce the cost of the degree program. Be sure to research your options and apply early to maximize your chances of securing financial assistance.

    FAQs:

    Q1: Can I get a good job with an online degree?

    A: Yes, obtaining an online degree can lead to promising career opportunities if the program is reputable, accredited, and valued by employers. The key is to select an online degree program that aligns with your career goals and provides relevant skills and knowledge that employers seek.

    Q2: How can I ensure that an online degree program is legitimate?

    A: To ensure that an online degree program is legitimate, look for accreditation from a reputable accrediting agency recognized by the Department of Education. You should also research the program’s reputation in the industry, evaluate its faculty, and compare the cost and value proposition with other programs.

    Q3: Are online degrees more affordable than traditional degrees?

    A: Online degrees can be more affordable than traditional degrees, but it depends on the program and institution. Some online programs offer lower tuition fees than traditional counterparts, while others may have similar or higher costs. It’s important to consider the overall value proposition and ROI of the program when evaluating its cost.

    Q4: How do I know if an online degree program is right for me?

    A: To determine if an online degree program is right for you, consider your career goals, learning style, and personal obligations. Online programs offer greater flexibility and convenience but also require self-motivation and discipline. Be sure to research the program’s curriculum, faculty, and accreditation and speak with alumni or current students to get a sense of the program’s culture and fit.

  • Get Your Degree Online: The Best Programs for a Successful Future

    Get Your Degree Online: The Best Programs for a Successful Future

    Many people dream of getting a degree but find it difficult due to a lack of time, money or access to a traditional college experience. Thankfully, with advancements in technology and the proliferation of online education, it’s now easier than ever to get a degree online. Whether you’re looking to advance your career, switch fields or simply enrich your life, there are plenty of programs available that can help you achieve these goals. In this article, we’ll explore some of the best programs for a successful future and answer some frequently asked questions about online degree programs.

    1. Online MBA Programs – An online MBA program is an excellent choice for those who are looking to advance their careers in business. These programs are designed to provide students with a foundation in all areas of business including marketing, finance, accounting, management and entrepreneurship. Many online MBA programs also offer specialized concentrations so students can customize their learning experience. Some popular concentrations include healthcare management, sustainability, and technology management.

    2. Computer Science Degrees – With the ever-increasing importance of technology in today’s world, a degree in computer science can open up many job opportunities. Online computer science programs provide students with a comprehensive education in programming, software development, algorithms and data structures, and more. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, computer and information technology jobs are projected to grow by 11% from 2019 to 2029, making it an excellent field to get into.

    3. Online Nursing Degrees – Nursing is a rewarding and challenging career that can make a positive impact on people’s lives. For those interested in this field, an online nursing degree can be an excellent choice. Online nursing programs typically offer a flexible schedule that allows students to complete coursework around their work and personal lives. Additionally, online nursing programs can be less expensive than traditional programs, making it a more accessible option for those who are on a budget.

    4. Online Education Degrees – If you’re interested in teaching, obtaining an online education degree can make you a certified teacher in your state. Online education programs offer courses in education theory and practice, classroom management, child development, and more. Some programs also offer specialized concentrations such as early childhood education, special education, and secondary education.

    5. Online Psychology Degrees – A degree in psychology can lead to a wide range of career opportunities, including counseling, research, and teaching. Online psychology programs offer courses in abnormal psychology, cognitive and social psychology, and psychological research methodology. Some psychology programs also offer specialized concentrations such as clinical psychology, forensic psychology, and industrial-organizational psychology.

    FAQs

    Q: Do employers take online degrees seriously?

    A: Yes, employers are increasingly recognizing the validity and quality of online degree programs. As long as the online program is accredited, there is no difference between an online degree and a traditional on-campus degree.

    Q: Are online degrees easier than traditional degrees?

    A: No, online degrees are not easier than traditional degrees. Online degrees require the same amount of coursework and effort as traditional degrees, but they offer more flexibility in terms of scheduling.

    Q: How long does it take to complete an online degree?

    A: The length of time it takes to complete an online degree depends on the program and the student’s schedule. Online programs typically range from 2-6 years, depending on the degree level and field of study.

    Q: How do I know if an online degree program is legitimate?

    A: To ensure that an online degree program is legitimate, students should verify that the program is accredited by a recognized accrediting agency. Accreditation ensures that the program meets certain standards for quality and rigor. Students can also read reviews from current and former students and research the program’s faculty and curriculum.

    In conclusion, getting a degree online is a great way to advance your career, switch fields or simply enrich your life. There are many excellent programs available that can help you achieve these goals, including online MBA programs, computer science degrees, and online nursing and education degrees. By doing your research and choosing an accredited program, you can earn a degree that is respected by employers and provides you with the knowledge and skills to succeed in your field of choice.

  • A Comprehensive Guide to the Best Online Degree Programs

    A Comprehensive Guide to the Best Online Degree Programs

    A Comprehensive Guide to the Best Online Degree Programs

    Introduction:

    Getting started with online education can be a daunting task. There are so many options for online degree programs that it can be overwhelming to choose the right one. This guide will provide you with a comprehensive list of the best online degree programs available and help you choose the one that best fits your needs.

    The best online degree programs:

    The best online degree programs are those that are offered by reputable schools and are accredited. The following are examples of some of the best online degree programs.

    1. Arizona State University (ASU):

    ASU offers over 200 online degree programs in a variety of fields, including engineering, business, education, and healthcare. ASU Online ranks as the top online bachelor’s degree program by U.S. News & World Report.

    2. University of Florida (UF):

    UF offers over 60 online degree programs, including bachelor’s and master’s degrees, in a variety of fields, including business, education, engineering, and healthcare. UF Online ranks as the No. 4 best online bachelor’s degree program by U.S. News & World Report.

    3. Pennsylvania State University (Penn State):

    Penn State offers over 150 online degree programs, in fields such as business, education, engineering, and healthcare. U.S. News & World Report ranks Penn State World Campus as the No. 9 best online bachelor’s degree program.

    4. University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign (UIUC):

    UIUC offers over 100 online degree programs in fields such as education, engineering, healthcare, and business. U.S. News & World Report ranks the university as the No. 5 best public university in the country.

    5. Oregon State University (OSU):

    OSU offers over 80 online degree programs, in fields such as business, engineering, healthcare, and education. U.S. News & World Report ranks OSU as the No. 3 best online bachelor’s degree program.

    6. Northeastern University:

    Northeastern University in Boston offers over 60 online degree programs, in fields such as business, education, healthcare, and engineering. U.S. News & World Report ranks Northeastern as the No. 8 best online bachelor’s degree program.

    7. Liberty University:

    Liberty University is the largest Christian university in the world and offers over 300 online degree programs in fields such as business, education, healthcare, and engineering. U.S. News & World Report ranks the university as the No. 2 best online bachelor’s degree program.

    8. Western Governors University (WGU):

    WGU is a non-profit online university that offers over 60 online degree programs. WGU has a unique model where students can earn a degree at their own pace based on their competency. U.S. News & World Report ranks WGU as the No. 1 best online bachelor’s degree program.

    How to choose the best online degree program:

    Choosing the best online degree program for you can be overwhelming. Here are some factors to consider when making your decision:

    1. Accreditation:

    Make sure the online degree program you choose is accredited. Accreditation means that the program has been evaluated and meets specific standards of quality, rigor, and relevance.

    2. Program quality:

    Look for online degree programs that have a strong reputation for academic quality. Check the graduation rates, employment rates, and student satisfaction rates of the programs you are considering.

    3. Curriculum:

    Check that the curriculum of the online degree program aligns with your career goals and interests.

    4. Faculty:

    Ensure that the faculty of the online degree program is experienced, qualified, and engaged in research.

    5. Student support:

    Check that the online degree program provides student support services such as academic advising, tutoring, and career services.

    FAQs:

    Q. What is an online degree program?

    A. An online degree program is a program that can be completed entirely online. Students can earn a degree from an accredited institution by taking courses online from anywhere with an internet connection.

    Q. Are online degrees legitimate?

    A. Yes, online degrees from accredited institutions are legitimate and can be just as valuable as traditional degrees.

    Q. Are online degree programs less rigorous than traditional programs?

    A. Online degree programs can be just as rigorous as traditional programs. The rigor of the program depends on the institution and the specific program.

    Q. How long does it take to complete an online degree program?

    A. The length of an online degree program varies depending on the program and the student’s pace. Some programs can be completed in as little as 18 months while others may take longer.

    Q. Can I transfer credits from a traditional program to an online program?

    A. It depends on the program and the institution. Some institutions allow transfer credits from traditional programs while others do not.

    Conclusion:

    Choosing the best online degree program can be overwhelming, but with the right information, it can be a manageable task. Consider accreditation, program quality, curriculum, faculty, and student support when making your decision. The online degree programs mentioned in this guide are a great place to start. Remember to do your research, find a program that fits your goals and interests, and enjoy the journey to earning your degree.

  • Top-Ranked Online Degree Programs for Web-Savvy Students

    Top-Ranked Online Degree Programs for Web-Savvy Students

    Top-Ranked Online Degree Programs for Web-Savvy Students

    In today’s digital age, more and more students are turning to online degree programs. These programs offer flexibility and convenience, while providing top-notch education from the comfort of your own home. If you’re a web-savvy student looking for a top-ranked online degree program, you’re in luck! Here’s a list of top-ranked online degree programs, along with the reasons why they’re the best of the best.

    1. University of Florida Online

    The University of Florida Online offers a wide variety of online degree programs, including business, nursing, education, and engineering. These programs are taught by the same professors that teach on-campus courses and are designed to meet the needs of busy students.

    2. Northeastern University

    Northeastern University has been offering online degree programs for more than a decade. Its programs are designed for working professionals and include areas of study such as business, education, and healthcare.

    3. Pennsylvania State University World Campus

    Pennsylvania State University World Campus offers more than 150 online degree and certificate programs, ranging from business to engineering. The programs are designed to provide students with the same quality education that on-campus students receive.

    4. Arizona State University Online

    Arizona State University Online offers a wide range of online degree programs, including business, engineering, education, and healthcare. The university has been recognized for its commitment to innovation and is one of the top-ranked online degree programs in the country.

    5. University of Southern California

    The University of Southern California offers a variety of online degree programs, including business, education, and social work. The programs are designed to provide students with the skills and knowledge they need to succeed in their chosen fields.

    FAQs

    1. How do I know if an online degree program is right for me?

    Online degree programs are a great option for students who are looking for flexibility and convenience. They’re also ideal for students who live far from a campus or have family or work commitments that make it difficult to attend on-campus classes. However, online learning requires strong time-management skills and self-discipline. If you’re self-motivated and can manage your own schedule, an online degree program may be the right choice for you.

    2. Will employers take an online degree as seriously as an on-campus degree?

    Yes! Most employers view online degrees in the same way they view on-campus degrees. As long as the online degree program is accredited and from a reputable institution, it will be viewed as a valuable credential.

    3. How much time will I need to commit to an online degree program?

    The amount of time you’ll need to commit to an online degree program depends on the program itself and your own schedule. However, most online degree programs require students to spend between 10-20 hours per week on coursework.

    4. Will I have access to professors and other students?

    Yes! Most online degree programs offer ways for students to interact with professors and other students. This can be done through online forums, video conferencing, and other methods.

    5. What are the benefits of earning an online degree?

    The benefits of earning an online degree include flexibility, convenience, and the ability to balance work and family commitments. Online degree programs also allow you to learn from anywhere in the world and often cost less than on-campus programs.

    Conclusion

    Online degree programs are an excellent option for web-savvy students who are looking for flexibility and convenience in their education. These programs offer high-quality education, strong career prospects, and the ability to balance work and family commitments. If you’re considering an online degree program, be sure to choose one from a reputable institution, commit to the required amount of time, and take advantage of the opportunities to interact with professors and other students. With the right mindset and time-management skills, earning an online degree can be a great way to advance your career and achieve your goals.

  • Top 10 UK Universities: Where to Study for the Best Education

    Top 10 UK Universities: Where to Study for the Best Education

    When it comes to higher education, the UK is home to some of the world’s most prestigious universities. There are over 150 higher education institutions in the UK, but not all are created equal. Here are the top 10 universities in the UK when it comes to delivering the best education.

    1. University of Oxford

    Founded in 1096, the University of Oxford is one of the oldest universities in the world. It is also one of the most prestigious universities in the UK, with a reputation for academic excellence. Oxford is made up of 38 colleges and six permanent private halls, each with its own history and character.

    Students at Oxford can choose from over 350 undergraduate and graduate courses across a range of disciplines. The University of Oxford is consistently ranked as one of the top universities in the world and has produced 28 Nobel Prize winners.

    2. University of Cambridge

    The University of Cambridge is another ancient university, founded in 1209, and is consistently ranked as one of the top universities in the world. It is one of the most prestigious universities in the UK, and its alumni include 96 Nobel Prize winners.

    Cambridge is made up of 31 colleges, and students can choose from over 150 undergraduate and graduate courses across a range of disciplines. The University of Cambridge is known for its rigorous academic standards and world-class research facilities.

    3. University College London (UCL)

    As one of the largest universities in the UK, University College London (UCL) is a popular choice among students. It is consistently ranked as one of the top universities in the world and has produced 33 Nobel Prize winners.

    UCL offers over 700 undergraduate and graduate courses across a range of disciplines, and its research output is world-renowned. UCL is committed to interdisciplinary research, with many of its research facilities working across different disciplines to tackle complex global challenges.

    4. Imperial College London

    Imperial College London is a world-renowned research institution, with a focus on science, engineering, medicine, and business. The college is consistently ranked as one of the top universities in the world and has produced 14 Nobel Prize winners.

    Imperial College London offers over 240 undergraduate and graduate courses across a range of disciplines. It is known for its entrepreneurial spirit, with many of its students and alumni going on to start successful businesses.

    5. University of Edinburgh

    The University of Edinburgh is one of the oldest universities in Scotland, founded in 1582. It is consistently ranked as one of the top universities in the world and has produced 20 Nobel Prize winners.

    Students at the University of Edinburgh can choose from over 300 undergraduate and graduate courses across a range of disciplines. The university is known for its world-class research facilities and its commitment to sustainability.

    6. University of Manchester

    The University of Manchester is one of the largest and most respected universities in the UK, with a reputation for academic excellence. It is consistently ranked as one of the top universities in the world and has produced 25 Nobel Prize winners.

    Students at the University of Manchester can choose from over 1,000 undergraduate and graduate courses across a range of disciplines. The university is known for its strong links to industry and its commitment to interdisciplinary research.

    7. University of Warwick

    The University of Warwick is a modern research institution, with a focus on interdisciplinary research and innovation. It is consistently ranked as one of the top universities in the UK and has produced several Nobel Prize winners.

    Students at the University of Warwick can choose from over 200 undergraduate and graduate courses across a range of disciplines. The university is known for its entrepreneurial spirit, with many of its students and alumni going on to start successful businesses.

    8. King’s College London (KCL)

    King’s College London (KCL) is one of the oldest universities in England, founded in 1829. It is consistently ranked as one of the top universities in the UK and has produced several Nobel Prize winners.

    KCL offers over 350 undergraduate and graduate courses across a range of disciplines, including medicine, law, and humanities. The university is known for its world-class research facilities and its commitment to social justice and global citizenship.

    9. University of Bristol

    The University of Bristol is a research-intensive university, with a focus on interdisciplinary research and innovation. It is consistently ranked as one of the top universities in the UK and has produced several Nobel Prize winners.

    Students at the University of Bristol can choose from over 200 undergraduate and graduate courses across a range of disciplines. The university is known for its strong links to industry and its commitment to sustainability.

    10. University of Glasgow

    The University of Glasgow is one of the oldest universities in Scotland, founded in 1451. It is consistently ranked as one of the top universities in the UK and has produced several Nobel Prize winners.

    Students at the University of Glasgow can choose from over 300 undergraduate and graduate courses across a range of disciplines. The university is known for its world-class research facilities and its commitment to social justice and global citizenship.

    FAQs

    1. How do I choose the right university for me?

    Choosing the right university can be a daunting task, but it’s important to consider factors such as the university’s academic reputation, the courses on offer, the location, and social life. It’s also a good idea to visit the university and speak to current students to get a feel for the culture.

    2. How much does it cost to study at a top UK university?

    Tuition fees at top UK universities vary depending on the course and the university, but international students can expect to pay around £20,000 per year for undergraduate courses and £30,000 per year for graduate courses.

    3. What support is available for international students?

    Most UK universities offer a range of support services for international students, including language support, accommodation, and visa advice. It’s important to check with the university you’re interested in to see what support is available.

    4. Can I work while studying at a UK university?

    International students are allowed to work part-time while studying at a UK university, but there are restrictions on the number of hours they can work. It’s important to check with the university and the UK government’s immigration website for more information.

    5. What are the entry requirements for top UK universities?

    Entry requirements for top UK universities vary depending on the course and the university, but generally, international students are required to have high school qualifications or an undergraduate degree from a recognized institution. It’s important to check with the university for specific requirements.

  • The Promise of Nanotechnology for Advancing Solar Energy

    The Promise of Nanotechnology for Advancing Solar Energy

    I. Introduction

    A. Background information on solar energy and its potential benefits

    Solar energy is a clean and renewable source of energy that is becoming increasingly important in the fight against climate change. The sun provides an abundant and virtually unlimited supply of energy that can be harnessed to power homes, businesses, and even entire cities. Solar energy has the potential to reduce our dependence on fossil fuels, lower greenhouse gas emissions, and create a more sustainable future for generations to come.

    B. Brief overview of nanotechnology and its application in solar energy

    Nanotechnology is the science of manipulating matter at the nanoscale level (one billionth of a meter). It involves the design, production, and application of materials and devices with unique properties that arise from their small size. Nanotechnology has the potential to revolutionize many fields, including energy, electronics, medicine, and environmental science.

    In the context of solar energy, nanotechnology can be used to enhance the efficiency, durability, and cost-effectiveness of solar panels. Nanomaterials and nanoparticles can be engineered to improve the absorption and conversion of sunlight into electricity, while also reducing the amount of material needed to produce solar cells. Nanotechnology can also be used to develop more efficient solar concentrators and energy storage devices, making solar energy a more viable and competitive option for meeting our energy needs.

    In the following sections, we will explore the various ways that nanotechnology is being used to advance solar energy, as well as the challenges and considerations that come with adopting nanotechnology in this field.

    II. Nanotechnology for Solar Energy

    A. Overview of the current state of solar technology

    Solar panels are the most common technology used for harnessing solar energy. They work by converting sunlight into electricity through a process called the photovoltaic effect. However, the efficiency of solar panels is limited by several factors, including the material properties of the solar cells, the absorption and transmission of sunlight, and the thermal stability of the system. Current solar technology is only able to convert about 15-20% of the incoming solar energy into usable electricity.

    B. How nanotechnology can improve the efficiency of solar panels

    Nanotechnology has the potential to significantly improve the efficiency of solar panels by addressing some of the limitations of current technology. For example, the use of nanomaterials such as quantum dots and nanowires can increase the surface area of solar cells, allowing for more efficient absorption of sunlight. Nanotechnology can also improve the transmission of light by reducing reflection and scattering, and by enhancing the optical properties of the solar cell materials.

    C. Nanomaterials for solar cell fabrication

    Nanotechnology can also be used to develop new and improved materials for solar cell fabrication. For example, the use of perovskite materials in solar cells has shown promising results in improving efficiency and reducing costs. Perovskite solar cells are made up of a thin film of perovskite material that is sandwiched between two electrodes. By using nanoscale engineering techniques, researchers can improve the performance and stability of perovskite solar cells, making them a viable alternative to traditional silicon-based solar cells.

    D. Nanoparticle-based solar concentrators

    Another application of nanotechnology in solar energy is the development of nanoparticle-based solar concentrators. These devices use nanoparticles to focus and concentrate sunlight onto a small area, increasing the efficiency of solar cells. By using nanoscale materials that absorb light at different wavelengths, solar concentrators can capture a larger portion of the solar spectrum and convert it into electricity.

    E. Nanotechnology for improving solar energy storage

    Finally, nanotechnology can be used to improve the storage of solar energy. One approach is to use nanomaterials to enhance the performance of batteries and other energy storage devices. For example, the use of nanoscale electrodes and electrolytes can increase the surface area and conductivity of batteries, leading to faster charging and longer lifetimes. Nanotechnology can also be used to develop new types of energy storage devices, such as supercapacitors and nanogenerators, which can store and release energy more efficiently than traditional batteries.

    III. Recent Developments and Future Directions

    A. Recent research advancements in nanotechnology for solar energy

    Recent research in nanotechnology for solar energy has focused on improving the efficiency, durability, and cost-effectiveness of solar panels. Some of the most promising developments include the use of perovskite materials, the development of new nanomaterials for solar cell fabrication, and the use of nanotechnology for improving solar energy storage. For example, researchers have made significant progress in improving the stability and efficiency of perovskite solar cells, making them a more viable alternative to traditional silicon-based solar cells. In addition, the use of nanoscale engineering techniques has led to the development of new and improved materials for solar cell fabrication, such as nanowires and quantum dots.

    B. The potential of nanotechnology for making solar energy more affordable and accessible

    One of the main advantages of nanotechnology in solar energy is its potential to make solar energy more affordable and accessible. By improving the efficiency and durability of solar panels, and by reducing the cost of materials and manufacturing processes, nanotechnology can make solar energy a more cost-effective option for consumers and businesses. In addition, the use of nanotechnology can make it possible to develop solar panels that are more lightweight, flexible, and portable, making them easier to install and transport.

    C. Future directions in the development of nanotechnology for solar energy

    Looking to the future, the development of nanotechnology for solar energy is likely to focus on several key areas. These include the development of new and improved materials for solar cell fabrication, the use of nanotechnology for improving solar energy storage, and the development of new nanoscale devices and systems for capturing and converting solar energy. In addition, researchers are exploring the use of nanotechnology for improving the environmental sustainability and safety of solar energy systems, as well as for improving their integration with other renewable energy sources and the electrical grid.

    IV. Challenges and Considerations

    While nanotechnology has the potential to revolutionize solar energy, there are several challenges and considerations that must be addressed in order to realize its full potential. These include:

    A. Environmental and safety concerns related to nanomaterials in solar technology

    One of the main concerns related to the use of nanomaterials in solar technology is their potential impact on human health and the environment. While nanomaterials have unique properties that make them ideal for improving the efficiency and durability of solar panels, they can also pose health and environmental risks if not properly handled and disposed of. It is important to ensure that the production and use of nanomaterials in solar technology is done in a safe and responsible manner, and that appropriate regulations and guidelines are in place to mitigate potential risks.

    B. Economic and regulatory challenges in adopting nanotechnology in solar energy

    Another challenge related to the adoption of nanotechnology in solar energy is the economic and regulatory landscape. While nanotechnology has the potential to make solar energy more cost-effective and accessible, there are still economic and regulatory barriers that must be overcome. For example, the high cost of nanomaterials and manufacturing processes can make it difficult for smaller companies and individuals to afford solar panels. In addition, there may be regulatory barriers to the development and use of nanomaterials in solar technology, particularly in regards to safety and environmental concerns.

    C. Ethical considerations related to the use of nanotechnology in renewable energy

    Finally, there are ethical considerations related to the use of nanotechnology in renewable energy. As with any new technology, there is a risk of unintended consequences and unforeseen impacts on society and the environment. It is important to consider the potential ethical implications of using nanotechnology in renewable energy, and to ensure that the benefits of this technology are shared fairly and equitably across society.

    Overall, while the potential of nanotechnology for advancing solar energy is great, it is important to address these challenges and considerations in a responsible and thoughtful manner. By doing so, we can ensure that the benefits of this technology are realized in a safe, sustainable, and equitable way.

    V. Conclusion

    Nanotechnology has the potential to significantly improve the efficiency, durability, and cost-effectiveness of solar energy. By using nanomaterials and nanoscale engineering techniques, researchers can develop new and improved materials for solar cell fabrication, improve the absorption and conversion of sunlight into electricity, and enhance the performance of energy storage devices. However, there are also challenges and considerations related to the use of nanotechnology in solar energy, including environmental and safety concerns, economic and regulatory barriers, and ethical considerations.

    Looking to the future, the role of nanotechnology in advancing solar energy is likely to continue to grow. With continued research and development, nanotechnology has the potential to make solar energy more affordable, accessible, and sustainable. As the technology continues to evolve, researchers may also find new and innovative ways to integrate nanotechnology with other renewable energy sources, such as wind and hydroelectric power, to create a more efficient and integrated energy system.

    In order to fully realize the potential of nanotechnology for advancing solar energy, it is important to continue to invest in research and development in this field. This includes developing new and improved materials and devices for solar energy, addressing the environmental and safety concerns related to nanomaterials, and working to overcome economic and regulatory barriers to adoption. By doing so, we can help to create a more sustainable and equitable energy future for all.

  • The Meaning of National Resilience: Characteristics, Nature and Basics

    The Meaning of National Resilience: Characteristics, Nature and Basics

    Definition of National Defense – Do you know what national defense is? For the general public, of course the term is still a little foreign, even many people do not yet understand the meaning of national security accurately. So, Indonesia’s National Resilience is a dynamic situation of the Indonesian nation that covers all aspects of national life that have been integrated, that is, a comprehensive unity in the national life of a country, both from social or natural elements, whether it is potential or functional.

    Understanding of National Resilience

    The definition of national resilience is a dynamic condition of a nation that contains national toughness and tenacity in facing and also overcoming all kinds of challenges and also threats, disturbances and obstacles both from outside and from within the country.

    Where that happens directly or indirectly, it will definitely endanger the integrity, survival of a nation, identity, and so on.

    While the meaning of national security mentioned in the 1968 concept is as follows:

    National resilience is our tenacity and resilience in the face of all kinds of forces, whether from outside or from within, which directly or indirectly, will surely endanger the survival of the Indonesian nation and country.

    While the meaning of national resilience explained in the national resilience conception of 1969 is a refinement of the first conception, among others:

    1. National resilience is the tenacity and resilience of a nation that contains the ability to develop national strength in the face of all kinds of threats, both from outside and from within, which directly or indirectly will endanger the survival of the Indonesian nation.
    2. National resilience is a dynamic condition of a nation that contains tenacity and resilience that contains the ability to develop national strength in the face of all kinds of challenges, obstacles, threats, and disturbances that come from outside or from within, which directly or indirectly will harm integrity, identity, survival of the nation, and the country as well as the national struggle.

    Meanwhile, in his state speech, the President of the Republic of Indonesia, namely General Suharto, in front of the DPR session on August 16, 1975, said that national resilience is the level of the situation as well as the tenacity and toughness that Indonesia has in gathering and directing the seriousness of the existing national capabilities. So that it is a national strength that can and is able to face every threat and challenge to the integrity or personality of the nation and defend life and the survival of its ideals.

    Understanding the Concept of National Resilience

    The concept of National Resilience is a [edom or suggestion to increase the tenacity and resilience of the nation that contains the ability to develop national strength by using the approach of well-being and also security. The well-being and security can be distinguished but cannot be separated. The maintenance of well-being requires a certain level of security and vice versa, the maintenance of security requires a certain level of well-being.

    Without prosperity and security, the national life system will not be able to continue. Because, in principle, both are intrinsic values ​​that exist in national life. In this national life, the level of well-being and also national security is the yardstick of national resilience. The role of each stanza in the astagrata is balanced and complement each other. That means, citizens have interrelated and interdependent relationships as a whole, forming the behavior of the community in national life.

    Prosperity can be described as a nation’s ability to grow and develop its national values ​​for the nation’s prosperity in a fair and equal manner. While security is the nation’s ability to protect its national values ​​against threats from abroad.

    Features – Features of National Resistance

    The characteristics of national resilience are conditions where it becomes the main prerequisite for a developing country. It is focused on maintaining survival and continuing to develop life. Not only for defense, but also to face and overcome threats, challenges, obstacles, and also disturbances, both from the outside and from the inside, either directly or indirectly. If it is based on the astagrata method, all aspects of national life are described in the astagatra systematics which is organized on three natural aspects or trigatra which cover geography, population, natural wealth, and five other social aspects or pancagatra which cover politics, ideology, economy, social culture, and security defense.

    National resilience is generally guided by national vision. Where the archipelago vision is the Indonesian nation’s way of looking at itself and its environment based on Pancasila and the Basic Law of 1945. The archipelago vision is also one of the main sources and a strong foundation in organizing national life. So, the vision of the archipelago can be called a vision and included in the foundation of national security.

    Properties of National Resilience

    The following are some of the characteristics of national resilience that you need to understand, including:

    1. Independent

    Mandiri is national resilience that is based on believing in one’s own abilities and strength with tenacity and resilience that contains the principle of not giving up easily and is based on the nation’s identity, personality, and integrity. The independence is one of the prerequisites to establish a mutually beneficial cooperation in global development.

    2. Dynamic

    Dynamic means that national resilience is not constant, but can increase or decrease depending on the condition and situation of the nation and also the country, as well as the surrounding environmental conditions. This is in accordance with the fact and understanding that everything in this world will always change. Therefore, efforts in increasing national resilience must always be oriented towards the future and the dynamics within it directed towards the achievement of better national life conditions.

    3. Unite

    Manunggal means that national security has an integrative nature. Where it is interpreted as the realization of unity and unity that is balanced, consistent, and harmonious between all aspects of community, nation, and state life.

    4. Authority

    Wibawa means national resilience as a result of a unified view, that is, it can create national authority that will later be taken into account by other parties. So that it can be the backbone of a country. The higher the deterrence that a country has, the greater its authority will be.

    5. Consultation and Cooperation

    This means that Indonesia’s national defense does not prioritize confrontational and antagonistic attitudes. In addition, the Indonesian nation also does not rely on power and physical strength alone. But it is more about consultative nature and cooperation and mutual respect by relying on the moral strength and personality of the nation.

    Basics of National Defense

    The basis of national resilience is a code of conduct based on values ​​based on Pancasila, the 1945 Constitution, and Wawasan Nusantara. These principles include:

    a. The Basics of Wellbeing and Peace

    The first basis is the most basic need and must be fulfilled for individuals or communities and also groups. Thus, well-being and also peace are the hope in the national life system. Without prosperity and security, the national life system will not be able to continue. Basically, well-being and security are intrinsic values ​​that exist in the national life system itself. Well-being or security should always be there, side by side with any condition. In national life, the level of national security and well-being that can be achieved is one of the benchmarks for the success of national resilience.

    b. The Basics of Looking Deeply and Looking Out

    The national life system is the unity of all aspects of the nation’s life that communicate with each other. In addition, the national life system also interacts with the surrounding environment. In the process of interaction, various impacts can arise, either in the form of positive or negative nature. In that way, a thoughtful attitude is needed, whether it is inward or outward.

    – Look Deeper

    Looking inward aims to grow the nature, character, and condition of national life itself which is based on the values ​​of proportional self-reliance in order to improve the quality of the degree of self-reliance of a tough and resilient nation.

    – Look Out

    Looking outward has the purpose of being able to anticipate and also participate in overcoming the impact of the strategic environment abroad. Not only that, but also aims to accept reality with the existence of interaction and dependence with the international world.

    c. Family Basics

    This one foundation is justice, equality, togetherness, mutual cooperation, tolerance, and also responsibility in the life of the community, nation, and state. In that regard, living with a family foundation has been recognized as having differences. The real reality is developed harmoniously in the life of the partnership and is protected from conflict that is destructive or non-destructive.

    d. Basic Comprehensive Integral or Comprehensive Integrated

    The system of national life includes all aspects of the nation’s life in the form of unity and unity that is balanced, in harmony, and compatible with all aspects of national, national, and state life. National resilience itself includes the resilience of all aspects of life as a whole, whole, and integrated.

    Elements of National Resistance

    Below are some elements of national security, among others:

    a. Pancagatra National Resistance

    The social aspect of pancagatra is generally based on the human relationship with God. Then the relationship of humans with each other, the nature around them, or humans with themselves in the form of their needs. Based on that relationship, it can be grouped into five areas or five aspects of National life, which are abbreviated as Ipoleksosbudhankam. Five aspects of national life will be elaborated into basic concepts in order to develop national strength in the face of various challenges, obstacles, threats, and disturbances.

    b. Durability of Ideological Aspects

    A nation basically has and needs a philosophy of life. As a guide and also a handle in carrying out the struggle to defend the survival of the nation and the nation. The philosophy of life is used as one of the life guidelines, where the philosophy is included in the practical philosophy which is an ideology, world view, and life view. Because that is the basis for achieving a national ideal. In the discussion it is referred to as ideology.

    National Defense Function

    One of national resilience is as a national basic doctrine that needs to be known to ensure the occurrence of thought patterns, behavior patterns, attitude patterns, and work patterns in unifying the steps of the nation that are international, interlocal or multidisciplinary. The concept of the doctrine is needed so that there is no boxed way of thinking in an integrated development. Where it is implemented in accordance with the plan or sectoral. One of the reasons is that if storage occurs, there will be a waste of time, facilities, and energy that even has the potential to implement national development in all fields and sectors of the national ambition program. National resilience is also useful as a basic pattern of national development. Basically it is a direction and also a guideline.

    In its development, national security will continue to experience various problems that can cause instability in Indonesia’s national security. The threats can come from inside or outside the country. Indonesia has often experienced various incidents that can be classified as a threat to national security. Some examples of events that interfered with Indonesia’s national security, namely separatism and terrorism, among others:

    – GAM (Free Aceh Movement)
    – Independent Papua Organization (OPM)
    – Terrorism

    The Influence of Aspects of National Resilience on National and National Life

    National resilience is a reflection of the condition of the national life system in various aspects at a certain time. Each aspect will change according to time, environment, and space, especially on dynamic aspects. So that the interaction creates a general condition that is difficult to monitor because it is very complex or complicated.

    a. Influence of Ideological Aspects

    Ideology is a value system as well as a teaching that provides motivation. In addition, ideology also contains basic concepts about the life that a nation aspires to. If viewed theoretically, then an ideology originates from a philosophy and is the implementation of a philosophical system.

    b. Liberalism

    Liberalism is one of the individual or individualistic schools of thought. The school of thought teaches that the country is a legal society consisting of the contracts of all individuals in the society. Liberalism is at the point of departure from the basic rights that are attached to humans since they were born and cannot be interfered with by anyone including the ruler.

    Unless it is already on the relevant agreement. This understanding of liberalism has the principles of freedom and personal interests that demand absolute individual freedom. Where the meaning of freedom is the pursuit of happiness in life in the midst of wealth that is abundant and achieved freely.

    c. Communism

    Communism is an upper class school of thought taught by Karl Marx, Engels, and Lenin. Where it started from Karl Marx’s criticism of the social and economic life of the community at the beginning of the industrial revolution. This school of thought assumes that the state is an arrangement of the upper class to oppress other classes.

    Simply put, the thought is that the strong economic class is against the low economic class. The bourgeoisie oppresses the proletariat or laborers. Therefore, Karl Marx advocated that the proletariat hold a political revolution to fight for the power of the state from the rich capitalists and the bourgeoisie based on communism.

  • Understanding Chemical Equilibrium: Basic Concepts, Factors and Sample Questions

    Understanding Chemical Equilibrium: Basic Concepts, Factors and Sample Questions

    Knowing the meaning of chemical equilibrium – Chemical equilibrium is a subject of chemistry studied in class 11 SMA. As an IPA subject, Chemistry is usually easily forgotten. Many have sudden amnesia.

    Well, especially about the chapter on balance, when studying it, many people admit to being worried. Worried about continuing to study because the mind immediately wanders.

    Come on, let’s try to discuss it slowly so that worries disappear and we get enlightenment

    Understanding Chemical Equilibrium

    Let’s say we want to make a simple cookie dough from a quarter of flour and 2 eggs. At the time of 0 seconds, there is no intention, of course the flour and eggs have not reduced and are still intact. It hasn’t been mixed yet!

    Let’s say 30 seconds later we pour the flour into the container, until the flour is reduced by half, then we break one egg. Then we start making the dough alias the dough starts to exist.

    Let’s say 10 minutes later all the eggs and flour are gone because they have been mixed into a dough.

    If we use flour, we liken it to an amount of A and then we mix it with eggs, let’s say B, then we liken the dough to C. Chemically, the reaction can be written like this:
    A + B → C

    A and B whose positions are on the left side of the back and forth arrow we call reactants. When A and B were mixed to form C, it lasted 10 minutes.

    After 10 minutes A and B are no longer there because they have all formed C. The C that is on the right side of the arrow is called the product. So after 10 minutes the dough is formed.

    This type of reaction is called a unidirectional reaction. Or if the result is already formed, it’s over alias the end. So the batter or the C is the ending.

    Examples of this reaction are rusted iron, burnt paper and stale rice. All reactions are the reactions of 1 episode immediately ended.

    Well, but there is also a chemical reaction that goes back and forth, does it mean back and forth like a courtship breaking up? Ishsh why did you go there!

    Like this, let’s say that the reaction A mixed with B formed C, well if it turns out that a few seconds later, the C goes back to form A and B then this reaction is called a reversible reaction, the cool language is reversible .

    So if the cake dough can separate back into flour and the dough as a whole, that means the reaction of making the cake is reversible, right? But it’s horrible if it happens!

    Back and forth reaction If it is written like this, this is the form of the reaction. There is an arrow with two directions.
    A + B ↔ C

    After a few seconds A and B are formed, eh he goes back to C, and vice versa. Reactants become products, products become reactants.

    The components on the left side of the arrow, reactants or reactants, they gradually decrease when they will form C. Speed ​​A and B It is called the reduction speed.

    Then C increases over time until the rate of reaction is called the rate of increase.

    Notice, this is the graphic.

    Lines A and B appear to go down, because they decrease and experience a decreasing rate, while line C appears to rise, because C increases and experiences an increasing rate.

    Wait a minute, the speed of the reaction has not been explained yet ? The reaction rate for the reduction rate means the reduction of the substance in a matter of time.

    Usually per second. If the rate of increase means the increase of a substance in a matter of time, do you understand?

    It’s simple like this, let’s say the original A is 4 moles. Oya, the mole is a unit commonly used in chemical reactions.
    Well, after 10 seconds, there are 2 moles left, which means that the reduction rate of A is all we have to reduce

    Velocity A= final moles-initial moles Second
    Velocity
    A= 4mol-2mol
    10 seconds
    = 0.2 mol/second

    If we talk about the rate of increase, it means that it is almost the same, we calculate the difference between the initial mole and the final mole, after that divided by time.
    Velocity C= final moles-early moles Time

    If it’s still difficult, the flour that was a quarter or 250 grams earlier, for example after 30 seconds there are 125 grams left, the original two eggs are left with 1.

    Are the flour and eggs less? Well let’s say the rate of reduction of wheat is 125 grams per 10 seconds while eggs are 1 grain per 10 seconds

    Meanwhile, if after 10 seconds there is 130 grams of dough formed, it means the rate of increase of the dough is 130 grams per second,

    You can understand why A and B are called the speed of reduction while C is the speed of increase, ok smart sip everyone!

    In the future, we will replace A, B and C all so that it feels more chemical.

    Reader can learn chemical equilibrium as well as other grade 11 chemical materials in the SMA/MA Grade 11 Chemical Science book by Tine Maria Kuswati and Sri Rahayu Ningsih below.

     

    Basic Concepts of Chemical Equilibrium

    Let’s look again at the formation reaction of C from A and B
    A + B ↔ C

    When the rate of reduction of A and B is equal to the rate of increase of C, then this condition is called an equilibrium state.

    Although it may only be for a moment, it seems that the reaction stops when the rate of reduction and the rate of formation are the same.

    But this is the macroscopic level (to the naked eye), yes, actually the microscopic level, aka molecular reaction continues.

    Reader can also learn another basic chemical concept namely the environment in the book Basic Concepts of Environmental Chemistry Edition 3 which discusses the influence of environmental factors on organisms and dead things around them.

     

    Factors Affecting Equilibrium

    If the reaction is already in equilibrium, will the reaction continue like that? can that balance be disturbed? Ariel Noah said in his song “Tak ada yang abadi”, as well as balance

    Well, the one who thought this far was Henri Louis Le Chatelier (1850-1936). He has a theory that:

    “When an action (action) is performed against an equilibrium, the system will have a reaction that tends to reduce the influence of the action”

    The way he can slide to the left is the reactant direction or slide to the right is the product direction.

    Yes, the analogy is this;

    If someone has been dating/married for a long time, and they are equally compatible, suddenly someone tries to disrupt the relationship of either woman/man, then there will be an effort to restore the harmony of their relationship, right? Ga may be left, as is the equilibrium reaction.

    So what are the factors that affect the shift in equilibrium?

    1. Volume

    If the volume is increased, then the equilibrium will shift in the direction of the reaction that has a larger coefficient.
    On the other hand, if the volume is decreased, then the equilibrium shift will shift in the direction of the reaction that has a smaller amount of coefficient.

    Example: Nitrogen (N2) and hydrogen (H2) react to form ammonia (NH3)
    N2(g) + 3H2(g) ↔2NH3(g)

    If the volume is added, then the equilibrium shift will shift towards the reaction that has a larger number of coefficients

    We calculate the reaction coefficient.
    The sum of the left reaction coefficients is
    1 N2(g) + 3 H2(g)

    N2=1 H2= 3
    so total reaction coefficient= reaction coefficient N2 + reaction coefficient H2= 1+3=4

    Right coefficient
    2NH3
    NH3= 2
    Left reaction coefficient=4
    Right reaction coefficient=2
    Left reaction coefficient > Right reaction coefficient
    Then the equilibrium will shift to the left

    2. Stress

    If the pressure is increased then the equilibrium shifts to a small coefficient

    on the contrary If the pressure is increased then the equilibrium shifts to a large reaction coefficient

    Example:
    Nitrogen (N2) and hydrogen (H2) react to form ammonia (NH3)
    N2(g) + 3H2(g) ↔2NH3(g)

    If pressure is added, then the equilibrium shift will shift towards the reaction that has a smaller number of coefficients

    We calculate the reaction coefficient
    The sum of the left reaction coefficients
    1 N2(g) + 3 H2(g)

    N2=1 H2= 3
    so total reaction coefficient= reaction coefficient N2 + reaction coefficient H2= 1+3=4

    Right coefficient
    2NH3
    NH3= 2
    Left reaction coefficient=4
    Right reaction coefficient=2
    Right reaction coefficient< Left reaction coefficient
    Then the equilibrium will shift to the right

    3. Temperature

    If the temperature is increased then the equilibrium will shift towards the formation of endothermic absorbing compounds.

    The characteristic of this reaction is the price of ∆H is positive (+). ∆H is the price of heat or heat change

    If the temperature is lowered then the equilibrium will shift towards the formation of compounds that release exothermic heat. The characteristic of this reaction is the value of ∆H is negative (-)

    To imagine the reaction like this:
    N2(g) + 3H2(g) ↔2NH3(g) ∆H=-90 kJ
    The formation reaction of NH3 is exothermic (∆H is negative yes)

    The opposite of an exothermic reaction is an endothermic reaction. If the reaction of forming NH3 is exothermic, then the reaction of B2 and h2 is endothermic.

    So if the temperature is raised, the reaction will shift towards N2 and H2 because they are endothermic

    4. Concentration

    If the concentration of elements/compounds in one of the sections is increased, then the equilibrium will shift in the opposite direction

    For example: N2(g) + 3H2(g) ↔ 2NH3(g)

    If N2 or H2 is added, then the equilibrium will shift towards NH3 (right/ product)

    On the other hand if NH3 is added, then the equilibrium will shift towards N2 or H2 reactant (left)

    N2(g) + 3H2(g) ↔ 2NH3(g)

    If the concentration of an element/compound in one of the segments is reduced, then the equilibrium will shift towards itself

    For example, if
    we reduce N2 or H2, then the equilibrium will shift towards N2 and H2 (left)
    On the other hand, if NH3 is reduced, then the equilibrium will shift towards NH3 (right)

    Quantities and Chemical Equilibrium Formulas

    Because the equilibrium reaction applies to a back and forth reaction that never ends, there is a constant value K or the equilibrium setting that will be obtained from the equilibrium reaction. K is obtained by comparing the condition of the arrow with the product.

    K = Reactant products

    There are two values ​​of K calculated for the equilibrium reaction, namely the concentration setting (Kc)
    and the pressure setting (Kp)

    Kc
    The price of Kc is only affected by compounds in the form of solution (aq) or gas (g) only.

    The formula for calculating Kc is as follows:

    Suppose there is a reaction:
    2A(g) + 3B(s) ↔ A2B3(aq)

    Because B is in the form of a solid alias solid, then B is not included in the K equation

    Kp
    The price of Kp is only affected by compounds/elements with gaseous form.
    Formulation of the Kp equation:

    For example:
    observe the following reaction
    2A(g) + 3B(aq) ↔ AB3(g)
    So for the Kp equation, B will not enter the equation because of the (aq) solution.

    So the Kp equation is like this:

    Examples of Chemical Equilibrium Questions

    Various other high school chemistry questions can be found by Reader in the book Sma/Ma/Smk Kls.X-Xi-Xii Smart Answering Chemistry Questions which are very accurate to be used as a reference that you can get on Sinaumedia.

    Well, after we have read in theory, let’s learn to calculate the equilibrium setting yes:

    Kc
    Example Question 1:
    at a volume of 1 liter
                2A(g) + 3B(aq) ↔ A2B3(aq) 
                If at equilibrium there are 2 moles of A reacting with 2 moles of B to produce 2 moles of A2B3 determine the price of KC!

    Well, for equilibrium in the reaction, we write down the initial condition that we call m (first), then we also add the condition r (reaction) and the condition at equilibrium (s)

    For the example of the question above, it is known that the reaction is already in equilibrium, so we can directly write in the condition s, then we calculate the concentration and after that it can be entered into the Kc formula.

    Here is the discussion of the question:

    Let’s try another question

    Example question 2:
    If 3 moles of Nitrogen is reacted with 5 moles of Hydrogen then at equilibrium 2 moles of Ammonia is obtained according to the equation:
    N2(g) + 3H2(g) ↔ 2NH3(g)

    Determine the price of Kc
    Discussion:
    We write the reaction and set the initial conditions, reaction, and equilibrium.

     

    Then we fill in the moles of N2, H2 according to the known question. Filled at the beginning or row m N2 by 3 mol and H2 by 5 mol. Then NH3 is filled with the equilibrium moment condition or s which is known in the problem 2 mol.

    The moles of NH3 when the condition is in equilibrium and the reaction is the same, because NH3 (please, remember the batter earlier)   initially NH3 is not there.

    Remember NH3 as a product undergoes an increase!

    For N2 and H2 in the reaction conditions, moles can be found as follows:
    Mole N2 = reaction coefficient N2 x mol NH3
    Reaction coefficient NH3
    = 1 x 2 mol
    2
    Mole N2 = reaction coefficient H2 x mol NH3
    Reaction coefficient NH3
    = 3 x 2 mol
    2
    = 3 moles

    After that, the content of the equilibrium condition for N2 and H2 is
    (initial moles – moles during the reaction)
    Here is the presentation:

    Because for Kc what is needed is molarity, where to find Molarity we have to divide moles by liters
    M = mol
    Liters
    Then we calculate M for N2,H2 and NH3
    After that we can find Kc:

    Kp
    Example question
    on a volume of 1 liter
                2A(g) + 3B(aq) ↔ A2B3(aq) 
                If at equilibrium there are 2 moles of A reacting with 2 moles of B to produce 2mol A2B3, determine the value of Kp if the total pressure is 12 atm

    The work to find Kp is almost the same as Kc in the first few steps, namely,
    First we write the reaction and pair the initial conditions, reaction, and equilibrium

    Then we fill in the moles of N2, H2 according to the known question. Filled in the first condition or line (m). N2 by 3 moles and H2 by 5 moles.

    Then because NH3 is known at equilibrium then we fill in the condition at equilibrium (s) as much as 2 moles.

    Moles of NH3 at equilibrium and the reaction is the same, because NH3 is initially absent. For N2 and H2, how to find moles is as follows:
    Mole N2 = reaction coefficient N2 x mole NH3
    reaction coefficient NH3
    = 1 x 2 mol
    2
    Mole N2 = reaction coefficient H2 x mole NH3
    reaction coefficient N2
    = 3 x 2 mol
    2
    = 3 mol
    After that, fill in the equilibrium conditions for N2, H2 and NH3

    To calculate Kp, the next step is to calculate the total moles at equilibrium.

    After getting the total mole we find the partial P or P of each gas.
    The trick is to compare the desired reaction coefficient with the known reaction coefficient and then multiply the total moles.

    Here’s how it works:

    If the respective P prices have been obtained, we can calculate Kp.

    Examples of Chemical Equilibrium in Everyday Life

    What equilibrium reactions exist in everyday life? Of course there is, what is it?

    1. Blood pH regulator

    In the body, the blood pH should be maintained around 7.4. What will protect it is the buffer solution, which is carbonic acid H2CO3.

    Blood plasma has carbon dioxide gas CO2. CO2 gas forms a conjugate acid-base pair between carbonic acid (H2CO3) and hydrogen ions (H+) to maintain pH.

    C02(g) + H2O(ℓ) ↔ H2C03(aq)

    If the blood is alkaline, the amount of H+ ions will decrease due to the binding of alkaline OH- ions, resulting in the balance shifting to the right.

    But if the blood is acidic, the equilibrium shifts to the left because the H+ ions from the acid add to the concentration of H+ ions in H2CO3

    So if the pH of the blood is slightly disturbed, it can be dangerous for the body because it interferes with the binding of oxygen

    2. Oxygen cycle in the body

    In the body, Oxygen is transported and bound by hemoglobin in the blood. This process takes place in this equilibrium reaction:

    Hb(aq) + O2(aq) ↔ HbO2(aq)

    Oxygen is transported by the blood to the lungs. Over time, the amount of oxygen in the blood increases.

    Well, in the lungs the balance shifts to the right. The equilibrium will shift to the left if oxygen is present in the network.

    The balance to the left releases oxygen that is used for the combustion process.

    3. Photosynthesis Process

    As we know, plants get food from the process of photosynthesis.
    The reaction:

    6CO₂ + 6H2O ↔ C6H12O6 + 6O2.

    Photosynthesis in green plants, the breathing process (respiration) in animals and humans is also an equilibrium reaction.

    The equilibrium reaction pointing to the right is the photosynthesis reaction.

    When the equilibrium shifts to the right of the reaction, the amount of oxygen will increase.

    This oxygen will be used by humans and animals to breathe or the respiration process.

    When the equilibrium shifts to the left, the respiration process will take place quickly, releasing CO2 gas. CO2 gas is further used by plants for the photosynthesis process.

    This process continues continuously forming a cycle until in nature there is an equilibrium between O2 gas and CO2 gas.

    Well that was a discussion about chemical equilibrium. Hope this explanation can make you understand

     

  • Understanding Social Gaps: Forms, Factors, Impacts, and Solutions

    Understanding Social Gaps: Forms, Factors, Impacts, and Solutions

    Definition of Social Disparity – Social disparity is a condition where there are things that are not balanced in the life of the community. Either personally or as a group. Where there is social inequality that is formed from an unfair distribution of many things that are considered important by society.

    The gap is often associated with the existence of a form of difference that is very real and can be seen in terms of community finances, such as property wealth. Especially for the gap in the economy. Now it is very easy to see from the potential and opportunities that are not equal in the social position in society.

    In addition to the above, the gap can also be seen from the existence of inequality between goods, services, laws, and opportunities obtained by each individual.

    Understanding Social Gap According to Experts

    So that we better understand what social inequality means. So the author will provide complete information about the meaning of social disparity from the experts. Read the explanation to the end.

    1. Robert Chambers

    Chambers revealed that social disparities are all symptoms that occur at all levels of society. This symptom appears due to financial or economic differences between communities in certain regions.

    2. According to KBBI

    If you look at the KBBI (Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia) then the meaning of social gap is imbalance, difference, and also the gap that is present in the social order.

    3. Wikipedia

    When referring to Wikipedia, social disparity is all things related to inequality in terms of wealth, income, and also the economy.

    This will later present a gap between the rich and the poor. Where it refers to the distribution of the measure of wealth or economy within the community.

    Factors Caused by Social Disparities

    There are various factors that cause social disparity. Here are the factors you need to understand.

    1. Differences in Natural Resources

    One of the factors that cause social and economic disparity is the strength of natural resources in the regions. Because, the economic level of a region can be affected by the availability of its natural resources. The economic level of a society can increase when its natural resources are managed in the right way.

    2. Government Policy

    Government policy can be an important factor in social disparity. Because, in taking decisions made by the government can create a gap in society. For example, the gap in the field of transmigration programs. Where the immigrant community will grow faster compared to the native community of the area.

    This happens because the opportunities and opportunities available are greater given to transmigrants. Therefore, a social and economic gap was created in society.

    3. Influence of Globalization

    In addition to being able to be used to advance the common economy. Globalization can also create social and economic disparities in society. The gap appears when some communities are unable to adapt to globalization. So that they will be left behind and not get what others get.

    4. Demographic Conditions

    The demographic conditions of each region can be influenced by the level of community growth, health, education, and employment. That way, of course each region will have different geographical conditions. This is what will later create a social gap. Because, the work productivity of each member of the community in various regions is certainly not the same.

    5. Location and Geographical Conditions

    This condition will generally affect the development process in the area. Generally, communities living in highland areas will find it difficult to develop infrastructure compared to communities living in lowlands.

    Therefore, it will cause communities living in the lowlands to grow faster. However, the communities in the highlands will find it difficult to grow. This is what will later cause social disparity.

    The Impact of Social Gaps

    As we know, that social gap is something bad. So, the resulting impact is also bad for the well-being of the community. The following are some of the impacts of social disparity.

    1. Unemployment and Poverty

    Social disparity can be seen from the rise in poverty and unemployment every year. If a country is dominated by poor and unemployed people, then the country’s income will definitely be very low.

    This happens because the purchasing power of the community will decrease. Because, they do not have a certain income. This condition can cause the company’s profit to be suboptimal.

    2. The target market is not clear

    Not only creating poverty and unemployment. Social gaps can also affect the target market of a business. This will make the target market of business owners unclear.

    If the company has a target market of the middle class and below. Of course that will make the company suffer a loss. This happens because the purchasing power of the community tends to be uncertain.

    However, if the company has a target market for the upper middle class. That will not necessarily make the company profitable. Because, in general, the upper middle class people prefer foreign products.

    4. Scarcity of Competent Workforce

    Although Indonesia has a lot of unemployment, there are still many companies that find it difficult to find competent workers. The presence of social disparity in society also affects the quality of education of its citizens. In Indonesia itself, there are many people whose education is below average.

    But there is no denying that there are quite a few scholars in Indonesia. However, the fact is that many of them do not yet have the skills required by companies in Indonesia. Especially for the inexperienced.

    4. The Rise of Crime Cases

    In our country Indonesia, crime cases are high. Even recently, many crimes have come from hackers. Where it is detrimental to some large companies. Because, these hackers succeeded in hacking important data.

    The high level of crime is in line with the high level of social disparity that occurs. This is certainly not far from economic or financial problems. As we know that the economy is one of the biggest factors that can make someone commit a crime.

    Various Forms of Social Gap

    The following are various forms of social inequality. There are five types of forms that often occur in society. Below is a complete explanation.

    1. Gap Between Village and City

    The social gap that occurs in villages and cities is caused by several factors. One of the most influential factors is the geographical condition and also the typology of the village which is less favorable.

    This happens because the livelihood of the people in the village does not have many other alternatives, as is the case in the city. For example, the majority of people living in mountainous areas will work as farmers and traders. Because, they only have a source of income from the garden. Where the garden they have will give a harvest. Then they can use the harvest to eat or resell.

    While the development program still prioritizes the industrial sector in urban areas. So that the agricultural sector in the village becomes more and more degraded and left behind. The merchants and farmers in the village only get a small profit from their harvest.

    The profits they get will later be used to meet their daily needs. Therefore, the level of poverty in the village is much higher compared to the urban community.

    In addition, the lack of job alternatives available in the village also affects the economy of the village community. They finally decided to find another job in the city. In order to get a bigger income.

    2. Disparity in the quality of human resources

    As explained above, education is one of the important factors in community development. Especially for the field of human resources. Where with a good education, a person can improve their social status and make their life more prosperous. However, not all communities can obtain quality education.

    Well, there is also a gap in education between rural and urban communities. Where the education in the city is more quality and easy to access. While the community in the village still has difficulty in getting quality education. Moreover, the infrastructure and communication network in the village is still very minimal. Therefore, it creates a social gap in the field of education and the quality of human resources.

    Rural communities that do not obtain quality education will certainly lose out to the city communities. Their chances and potential to get a job are also very small. So that they will find it difficult to improve the well-being of their families.

    3. Economic Gap Between Community Groups

    There are several factors that cause economic disparity. One of them is uneven development between regions. In addition, the decrease in per capita income due to population growth can also affect the economic disparity. This happens because population growth that is too high will affect the level of productivity.

    With uneven development. Then there will be people who have difficulty in obtaining basic services. Starting from education, health, clean water, and also sanitation.
    As discussed above, that the quality of education can influence the quality of a person or human resources. People who do not have skills will be stuck in jobs with low income. Therefore, they will have difficulty in getting a better life.

    In addition, the high rate of population growth can also make it more difficult for people to find jobs. This can be exacerbated by the influence of urbanization which can cause uneven population distribution.

    That way, there will be many rural people who decide to go and find work in the city. They are desperate to find a job in the city with their basic skills. But hope to be able to improve the well-being of life by working in the city.

    However, with the large number of competitors from the city, it will make the village community lose and be eliminated. These conditions will eventually make them have a worse fate than before.

    4. Private Asset Spread Gap

    Assets are one form of wealth owned by a company or individual. The wealth can be in the form of buildings, cash, production machinery, or power rights.

    Until now, the assets owned by business entities are still very concentrated in businesses with a large scale. In fact, the workforce available in Indonesia mostly works in small to medium micro businesses.

    This will cause small and medium businesses to become difficult to grow. In fact, there are many micro businesses that end up going bankrupt due to lack of capital and assets.

    5. Gaps between regions and subregions

    Have you ever visited a region that still has limited facilities? For example, the region still lacks lighting, internet signal, clean water, transportation, and also online pick-up services. Meanwhile, you already live in an area that has such accesses. Surely you will feel how difficult it is to live with a lack of everything, right? Well, that usually happens in remote areas.

    Actually, uneven development is caused by several things. Starting from geographical conditions and natural and human resources. As a result, each region has different development capabilities and this is what causes social disparity.

    Solutions to Overcome Social Gaps in Towns and Villages

    As we know that the most visible social gap is the comparison between rural and urban communities. The existence of differences in the fields of education, economy, facilities, and natural resources causes social disparities to appear. Where the city community seems to be more advanced, while the rural community is difficult to develop.

    In addition, the economic disparity that exists in urban communities can also occur due to social and geographical factors in the region. Where rural conditions are not favorable for the community. Then, another thing that causes the economic gap to occur is because of the tradition and kinship that exists in the village community.

    So, the village community internally needs to open up to the outside world. They cannot refuse and feel alienated by all the changes that happen. Although preserving culture is something that must be done, the community must also have a clear vision. So that they can gain the initiative to change their own destiny.

    Without the spirit to change the mindset that has been embedded in the village community. They will certainly find it difficult to progress and develop. In addition, they will also find it difficult to compete with the city community.

    In addition, the government must also be able to make a policy that is outside the community. The policy includes:

    1. The government should focus on encouraging the improvement and improvement of rural infrastructure. Especially for villages that have unfavorable geographical conditions
    2. The government needs to prioritize access to education as well as information and village health.
    3. The government should provide capital for rural communities so that they have income or other income. So that there are other alternatives besides the agricultural sector. With that help, it will certainly help the community because they can set up their own businesses.
    4. The government should actively carry out segregation in rural communities

    Well, that’s some explanation about the social gap and the factors that affect it. As a modern generation, of course we need to pay attention to that. So that later, the social gap will be easier to reduce. Especially now, globalization is worldwide. So that we must be ready to face competition on an international scale.

     

  • Understanding Static Balance: How to Train, and Its Relationship to the Elderly

    Understanding Static Balance: How to Train, and Its Relationship to the Elderly

    The Meaning of Static Balance Is – Does Reader realize that today’s teenagers often complain of back pain because they rarely do physical activity? Or even Reader included in the group of “elderly teenagers”?

    According to the WHO ( World Health Organization ), physical activity that does not involve physical activity can actually be a risk factor for the occurrence of chronic diseases that are estimated to cause global death. Physical activity that is meant as such is for example when spending more time in front of the television coupled with consuming high fat snacks. Actually, it’s okay to spend time in front of the television while eating snacks, but it should be balanced with sports.

    When talking about sports, it will definitely not be separated from the balance of the body which is very important for everyone, starting from athletes and ordinary people. This body balance exercise is often taught in the family environment, residential environment, to school through the subjects of Physical Education and Sports.

    In this body balance exercise, there are several types, each of which must be done correctly so that the body part is not sprained. Some types of body balance include static balance and dynamic balance.

    So, what is the static balance? Can this static balance exercise have an effect on a certain age group?

    Well, so that Reader doesn’t become part of the elderly youth again, let’s read the following description!

    Understanding of Static Equilibrium

    Before discussing static balance, it would be better if Reader understood what balance is first. There are several opinions expressed by experts regarding the definition of this balance. According to Winter (1995), balance is the ability to maintain the projection of the body’s center on a platform, as a good support when standing, sitting, and walking.

    Then according to Lee & Scudds (2003) think that a balance is needed to be able to maintain position and stability while moving from one position to another. Meanwhile, according to Javaid (2017), states that changes in the sensorimotor system, audio or visual senses, related to age can also affect the ability to maintain proper balance. In this case, balance can be divided into two types, namely static balance and dynamic balance.

    Well, after understanding what body balance is, now let’s talk about static balance!

    As the name suggests, static balance is when the body manages to maintain an unchanged position or a fixed position in place. For example, balance when standing on one leg or when standing on a balance board. According to research conducted by De Oreo (1980), stated that there is no striking difference between the ability of static balance in a man and a woman.

    Meanwhile, dynamic balance is a balance to survive and defend the body accompanied by certain physical movements. For example, when pedaling a bicycle, the body must balance two things, namely so that the body does not fall and so that the bicycle continues to run through the pedal cycle.

    The ability to balance both statically and dynamically requires effort to control the muscle nerve organs, especially when performing rapid movements with rapid changes in the body’s center of gravity.

    How to Train Balance

    The balance of the body that each individual has is not immediately obtained just like that. So that the body can have the ability to control the nerve organs of the muscles, it must be trained with some exercises. Balance training is both static and dynamic, usually done from early to adulthood. Reader may often perform these balance exercises without realizing it.

    Well, here are some stretching exercises for static balance and dynamic balance according to Harsono (1988), namely:

    1. Static Balance Training

    There are many ways to train static balance in the human body, one of which is static stretching . Actually, this static stretching exercise is often practiced in yoga activities, which is included in the physical fitness training program.

    This yoga activity has a variety of benefits, ranging from training balance, improving organ function, increasing concentration and intelligence, to reducing perceived depression and stress.

    In static stretching exercises, one should take an attitude in such a way that one can stretch some specific muscles. Usually the attitude in this exercise is in the form of standing with legs straight, body bent, and hands trying to touch the floor, which can work to stretch the muscles of the back of the thigh. Since this exercise is included in static balance, the movement must be maintained for a few seconds without moving.

    Regarding the duration of how long the static attitude should be maintained in this exercise there are several different opinions. According to Bompa (1983), it is recommended to maintain a static attitude for 6-12 seconds. Then, according to Pate and friends (1984), advocate for a time duration of around 10 seconds or more. Then, according to Katch and Mc Ardle (1983), revealed that the duration of time for a static attitude is better around 10-30 seconds. The difference in the duration of time to maintain the static attitude can be done by Reader as much as possible, but it will be good if the duration exceeds 10 seconds.

    In this effort to exercise dynamic balance, it is necessary to pay attention to several things, which is to avoid stretching suddenly too far or too extreme so that it can cause the muscles to feel sore. Well, here are some steps that should be observed in the effort of static balance training, namely:

    • While stretching the muscles (warming up), do it slowly without shock.
    • When you feel something stretching in the muscles during the warm-up, it is better to stop. Continue again when the feeling of tension no longer feels painful.
    • Hold the static position for 20-30 seconds.
    • Let the whole body feel relaxed, especially in the muscles that are stretched so that the movement space itself is able to stretch wider.
    • Do not hold your breath, try to keep breathing normally and slowly.
    • After holding the static position for 20-30 seconds, slowly return to the starting position. Don’t jump straight away so the muscles don’t get shocked and don’t contract.

    Static balance training is often used as a favorite sport because it has many advantages compared to dynamic balance training, namely in terms of:

    • Eliminates the possibility of injury to muscles, joints, and ligaments in the body.
    • Avoid pain after heavy exercise.
    • During exercise, the stretched muscles become more relaxed.
    • A static attitude that is maintained for longer, will later experience muscle lengthening.
    • Less energy is released compared to dynamic balance exercises.

    2. Dynamic Balance Training

    Dynamic balance training can usually be done by moving the body parts rhythmically. The movement is in the form of twisting or bouncing the body parts so that the muscles will feel stretched. Unfortunately, some dynamic balance exercises have received criticism from some experts, one of whom is De Vries (1988) who believes that stretching done strongly and quickly can actually cause muscle stretch reflexes. Therefore, dynamic balance training should be done sparingly so that the muscles do not contract.

    Dynamic balance exercises that can be done such as sweeping, walking, running, gymnastics, and many more.

    Factors Affecting Balance

    The balance of the body has differences in every human being, both in static and dynamic balance. One of the striking factors is age, so from that, in today’s age there are many static balance training programs that are specifically targeted at the elderly.

    According to Kisner and Colby (2007), there are several factors that affect balance in the human body, namely:

    1. Center of Gravity (COG)

    The center of gravity also has a great influence on the balance of the human body, because the center of gravity basically works by spreading the mass of objects evenly. The weight of the human body will later be supported by the point of gravity so that the body can remain in a balanced position.

    The human body will remain balanced when the center of gravity moves spontaneously in accordance with the direction of the change in body weight.

    2. Line of Gravity (Line of Gravity – LOG)

    The line of gravity is an imaginary line that runs vertically through the center at the point of gravity. The level of stability in the human body will later be determined by the relationship between the line of gravity, the center of gravity, and the existing fulcrum.

    3. Area of ​​Focus (Base of Support – BOS)

    This fulcrum or fulcrum is the part that is related to the support surface of the human body. Later, the body will remain balanced when the line of gravity is exactly at the fulcrum. Therefore, most people can stand more stably on two legs than on one leg.

    4. Age

    Age is also an important factor in the balance of the human body, especially in the elderly. As you get older, your body balance tends to decrease. We can see that in children, the balance is higher because the size of the child’s head is relatively larger than his legs, which illustrates that the center of gravity is lower so that the fulcrum will also be more stable.

    5. Gender

    Although it has previously been mentioned that there is no striking difference between the body balance of girls and boys, it turns out that there are other studies that compare this, especially in elderly women and elderly men. Differences in body balance based on gender are caused by differences in the location of the center of gravity.

    When based on body height, then the center of gravity in males has around 56% and females around 55%. The center of gravity in females is lower because they have heavier hips and thighs, as well as shorter leg sizes.

    6. Body Mass Index (BMI)

    Body Mass Index or BMI is an indicator that usually determines the fat on a person’s body, so it can be used to determine the weight status, whether it is included in the thin, ideal, or overweight category. This BMI indicator can also be useful to avoid the risk of health problems due to lack or excess weight.

    However, it is not immediately possible for people who fall into the thin category to have a stable balance, it is not uncommon for fat people to also have good balance 

    Well, here are the categories of thin, ideal, and overweight (obesity) along with their BMI.

    Category IMT (Body Mass Index)
    Skinny 17.0 – 18.4
    Normal 18.5 – 25.0
    Too Fat (Obesity) >27.0

    7. Blood Pressure

    Blood pressure also affects the balance of the body. Blood pressure is the force of blood flow in the walls of blood vessels that come from the heart (arterial vessels) to the rest of the body. If you want to measure the blood pressure in your body, use a tensimeter.

    8. Physical Activity and Work

    Unbeknownst to many people, regular physical activity can increase strength and prevent imbalances that cause falls, especially in the elderly. Therefore, the elderly are encouraged to continue to do their daily activities, in addition to improving their health, they can also maintain their body balance to minimize the occurrence of falls.

    9. Hormones

    In general, women tend to experience faster musculoskeletal decline than men because they go through menopause. In females, there will usually be a decrease in skeletal hormones of around 25-30%, while in males it is only 10-15%.

    10. Muscle Strength

    The last factor is muscle strength, which in every human body has differences. The strength of this muscle is the ability of muscle tension and force, both statically and dynamically in an effort to maintain body stability. Muscle strength can be produced by proper muscle contraction and relaxation, so that later the body can achieve balance.

    Therefore, most of the elderly are vulnerable to a decrease in muscle function and affect their balance when walking and doing other activities.

    Static Equilibrium Relations in Elderly Groups

    In this regard, the relationship of static balance in the elderly group can be seen in their body posture. Body posture in maintaining balance is the main thing for the elderly so that they can continue to do their daily activities. Many studies have stated that as people age, their balance will decrease.

    When doing static balance exercises, the elderly are advised to be quiet first before doing the exercise, one example is standing. Most of the elderly will experience changes in posture due to difficulties in controlling balance where the center of gravity almost always changes. They will have difficulty controlling upright balance by positioning head to toe in a straight line. Especially in the elderly over the age of 60, most of them their walking speed ability continues to decrease.

    Body imbalance usually occurs because there is a change in the alignment of the spine which can cause excessive use of postural muscles as a compensatory action. Therefore, the imbalance of the body is usually caused by the use of excessive energy, fatigue, and there is pain in the body parts.

    Well, that’s a review of what static balance is accompanied by a definition of dynamic balance. As a teenager, Reader should keep exercising , don’t keep lying down in front of the television or laptop…

     

  • Understanding Theoretical Frameworks: Examples & How to Make Them

    Understanding Theoretical Frameworks: Examples & How to Make Them

    Theoretical Framework – For Reader who have ever written a scientific work, they will definitely be familiar with the term theoretical framework. As Reader knows, in the process of compiling a scientific work and so on, there will be an initial stage that will help Reader in creating a theoretical framework for the scientific work that Reader compiles.

    The process is a research or observation process. In the research process itself, there are three important elements that Reader must know, namely the target of the research to be achieved (usually in the form of additional knowledge and information), the effort to conduct the research or the observation activity, and the last is the method used to obtain the knowledge or scientific method.

    In the last element, which is the scientific method used to obtain all the information and used for the observation process, it has characteristics based on the arrangement of the theoretical framework and the conceptual framework. It should be known that the conceptual framework and the theoretical framework are the two elements that make up the formation of a thinking framework that is very useful to facilitate a writer in writing a scientific work that he compiles. Therefore, it is very important to organize and create a theoretical framework first before creating a scientific work.

    The creation of a theoretical framework is considered as a perfect first step before starting to create a scientific work. This theoretical framework also has its own definitions, functions, and examples. additional information for Reader, the theoretical framework also has the steps to make it and the conditions for compiling the theoretical framework so that it can be a perfect basis for the scientific work that Reader will compile.

    Well, on this occasion, in this article we will present some information related to the theoretical framework, starting from its broad meaning, the function of the theoretical framework, the steps in compiling the theoretical framework, the conditions for compiling the correct theoretical framework, and we will present some examples from the theoretical framework. For that, Reader should read this article to the end, yes!

    What is a Theoretical Framework?

    As usual, to start a conversation about a topic to be discussed, you must first understand the definition of the topic being discussed.

    A theoretical framework is a picture or plan that contains an explanation of all the things that are used as research material based on the results of the research. The theoretical framework usually also contains the relationship between one variable and another variable, which usually has cause and effect from two or more of the two variables.

    From that understanding, we can conclude that the theoretical framework should be created or compiled first before compiling a scientific work. The theoretical framework can be made in the form of a scheme or diagram. The creation of a theoretical framework aims to make it easier for the writer to understand all the variables that are the forerunners of the formation of the scientific work that will be compiled by the writer.

    Or in other words, the theoretical framework can be interpreted as a form of crude conclusion from a problem with a specific topic. The theoretical framework becomes a guideline or benchmark for the writer in compiling a scientific work so that when the writer compiles the scientific work, the writer does not engage in pointless discussion (out of the main discussion topic).

    The theoretical framework can also be a guide for the reader in understanding the content of the scientific work so as not to misunderstand when reading it.

    Reader should know that research reports that have the type of scientific work of papers and research are required to use a theoretical framework if the scientific work has the characteristics of an explanatory or explanatory scientific work. As for research reports that are exploratory in nature, they do not require a theoretical framework.

    Why is that? Because for research reports that are exploratory only have very minimal information or knowledge and will only produce a little theory. In contrast to the theoretical framework owned by explanatory research, the information and knowledge obtained tends to be abundant and can be used as a basis or basis for making scientific works. Because there is a lot of information and knowledge obtained, it makes it easy to be used as a direction and purpose of research.

    As for the conceptual framework that contains a complete summary and has a very close relationship with a research and can be used as a basic summary. Reader can consider the content of this conceptual framework to be more detailed and specific in the sense of bound and free. Then, while for this theoretical framework, external variables are more prominent.

    What Are the Functions of a Theoretical Framework?

    As we have already explained at the beginning, the theoretical framework has a very important role to play in assisting the writer in compiling scientific works and so on. However, that is actually not the only function of the theoretical framework. In the following we will present the main functions and other functions of the theoretical framework for Reader.

    Main Functions of the Theoretical Framework

    1. To Establish a Provision

    The main and most basic function of the theoretical framework is to define or set a kind of glossary of terms that are most related to the research being done. This section learns all the meanings of the terms that have the highest intensity of appearance. This function also aims to clarify some theories that researchers use to overcome problems from their research.

    The most important thing in this function is the relationship of the terms that often appear with the theory and accompanied by a logical and critical definition of the term. so that the term is not considered as a term that has no meaning and certainly can get more value for research.

    2. Unify the Research Sections

    The second main function of the theoretical framework is to unify the points obtained in the research process, this aims to make it easier for the reader to understand the scientific work.

    3. Describe the Background

    The theoretical framework serves to provide the essence of a writer’s scientific work. A writer can explain the points in the background. This will force Reader to explain the reasons why and how the situation of the research object.

    The theoretical framework also serves to explain the meaning and characteristics of the topic used as research material. In addition, the theoretical framework is also useful to take care of and save all mistakes so that there is no repetition in making mistakes in research that has been done before.

    4. As Research Limits

    When Reader has determined the theoretical framework then Reader will easily limit any topic that Reader will discuss in the scientific work. that is all intended so that the topic of discussion from the scientific work does not deviate from its limitations.

    5. Provide information to the reader about the method used

    The theoretical framework is one of the ways the reader knows about the methods used by the writer in compiling the scientific work and the method the writer uses in researching and finding the information needed in the scientific work.

    Additional Functionality of the Theoretical Framework

    6. give the meaning and meaning of all the keywords in the scientific work.

    7. Explain the opinions and hypotheses in the scientific work.

    8. To be the basis of the concept, as well as to encourage the writer to more easily interpret the results of
    his research to expand the general knowledge of the reader.

    9. As a source of knowledge about the variables available in the scientific work.

    10. as guidelines and guidelines when discussing the results of research and scientific works.

    11. make it easier for the examiner to examine every matter in the scientific work, the examiner becomes more focused and more directed in concluding the research done.

    12. The existence of a theoretical framework can provide additional value and improve the quality of the research and scientific works compiled.

    After knowing about the function of the theoretical framework, it’s time we explain the steps in creating a theoretical framework that Reader can apply.

     

    How to Create an Accurate Theoretical Framework

    The following are the steps that Reader can apply in creating a theoretical framework along with its explanation.

    1 Define Variable Details

    The first step that Reader should do in creating a theoretical framework is by understanding, studying, and then determining what variables Reader will use in the research that Reader compiles. This is very helpful for Reader in finding all the references and theories that Reader will include in the scientific work.

    To be able to recognize and understand the variables, Reader must determine the title of the scientific work, after which Reader will easily determine what variables Reader will include.

    2. Finding References from Research Books

    The second step that Reader can do in making the next theoretical framework is that Reader can add references and guidelines to compile a theoretical framework by reading other research books that are the result of publications published by previous researchers. Reader can take references from books such as encyclopedia books , school books, history books, dictionaries, etc. While for students, they usually get references from scripsis, theses, research reports, journals, and dissertations from lecturers and alumni from the faculty.

    3. Describe the Types of Theory Used in the Research Process

    Reader can increase research knowledge by including the type of theory that Reader uses in the process of compiling scientific works as well as the research process used to obtain information that can be used to support the completion of scientific works.

    4. Review all theories and research results in detail

    The fourth step that Reader must do is examine all the information both theoretical and research results from scientific works in detail. Describe and explain all the theories and research results, after that please study the theories to avoid the potential occurrence of incompatibility with the research object.

    5. Comparatively study the Theory and Research Results available

    The fifth step is done when Reader is doing the step of studying the theory, Reader needs to study the theory and research results in a comparative manner to be able to determine which theory or research result is more accurate for the scientific work. Reader can also combine two or more theories to make a complementary unity.

    6. Determine the core of the problem to be discussed

    The sixth step that Reader can apply is to find the core of the problem discussed in the scientific work. explain the core of the problem using language that is easy to understand and clear, because it will be very easy to explain the framework of thinking when the core of the problem can be clearly identified.

    7. Examining Understanding, Theory Used as well as models that have Relationships

    The seventh step, after Reader has succeeded in determining the core of the problem from the scientific work, the next step that Reader can do is to conduct an inspection to thoroughly evaluate what theory Reader uses, what model Reader chooses, so that there is consistency between the information in the scientific work the said.

    8. Showing Your Contribution in the Research Process

    The next step is to make the research results obtain quality and in accordance with the procedures that have been established in the process of making scientific works. In scientific works, the writer must also show his contribution in doing the research process. it can be useful to strengthen the theory and method used by the writer in compiling scientific works.

    9. Arrange Provisional Conclusions

    Reader can compile provisional conclusions to produce several theoretical frameworks. That way Reader can easily sort and sort which theoretical framework Reader will include in the scientific work. the many theoretical frameworks formed can help Reader in developing advanced hypotheses.

    10. Build a Thinking Framework

    Well, for the last step, please Reader compile all the theoretical frameworks that you have made into a solid thinking framework and present the framework in the form of a schematic. Making the theoretical framework into a thinking framework will make it easier for Reader to complete the scientific work because Reader has filtered the most important points.

    Conditions for Compiling a Theoretical Framework

    In addition to the steps, it turns out that there are several conditions that must be observed in making a theoretical framework.

    1 The preparation of the theoretical framework should be done rationally by using all the variables and elements in the scientific work.

    2. Use quotations and sources from the theories used in the compilation of the scientific work.

    3. list all the contents of the quotation along with the source of the quotation that Reader has included in the scientific work.

    4. there are four citation techniques that Reader can use to cite the content of the quote, namely the long citation technique: write the content of the quote exactly like the source, the paraphrasing technique: write the content of the quote in the form of a conclusion or summary, the short citation technique: write the content of the quote that consists of the main point quotation along with a brief explanation of the quotation.

    5. use several ways of writing citation sources correctly.

    6. Add a number to each quote that is included according to the framework, then make groups according to the frame number and the order of the theoretical framework.

    7. After all the quotations are arranged in the right way and arrangement, please study the arrangement from the theoretical framework to form the right structure.

    Guidelines for Writers of Scientific Works (Proposals, Theses and Theses)

     

    Example of a Simple Theoretical Framework

    After knowing all the conditions that are in the arrangement now it’s time we give an example of a simple theoretical framework.

    1. Scarcity of Masks during the Epidemic

    This time we will discuss an example of the theoretical framework from the preparation of the paper “The Phenomenon of Scarcity of Masks at the Beginning of the Pandemic Because of Panic Buying ” in the middle of the outbreak. You are now living in a time when the CoVid-19 pandemic is spreading. As we know, in the early days of this epidemic, there was a shortage of masks. In fact, not a few people are willing to buy masks at a very expensive price. Others did not get masks because the mask stock ran out.

    As an initial step in putting together a theoretical framework, you will first identify what the epidemic and CoVid-19 are. The identification starts from the nature of the Corona virus and how it is transmitted. Is it contagious from animals to humans only or to humans. Then you can connect with what can inhibit the spread of the plague.

    From the variable, you will get the answer that the epidemic can be prevented from spreading by maintaining physical contact, using a mask, and so on. Then you will focus on why masks can inhibit transmission. You can develop why then many people experience panic buying until masks become scarce. And why do manufacturers run out of masks when the process of making masks is not that difficult? You will get answers to those questions and draw conclusions.

    The example of the theoretical framework above illustrates that a situation is created due to the existence of other situations. The initial suspicion of the scarcity of masks is due to high demand from the community. However, for example after conducting research, panic buying is not the main factor in the scarcity of masks because in reality only a few people are panic buying, so the theory you put forward cannot explain this phenomenon.

    Precisely the theory that supports the phenomenon is that traders hoard masks so that the price of masks is high. Therefore, the nature of the theoretical framework is only temporary, not an absolute certainty.

    2. A school that looks luxurious has many high-achieving students

    Examples of other theoretical frameworks will be discussed in this case study. Let’s say you are going to submit a paper entitled “Relationships between high-achieving students and students’ innate intelligence in School A”.

    At the beginning, you put together a theoretical framework by explaining the socioeconomic conditions of the parents of the students at the school. According to your observation, the parents of the students there are people who are in the upper middle class in terms of socioeconomics. You can guess that from the vehicles going in and out of the school.

    Furthermore, you will discuss the privileges that the average student in the school gets such as the convenience of facilities from their parents, guaranteed nutrition, the affordability of courses and the best education, and an environment that allows them to focus on academic performance.

    You explained that there is a possible relationship between high-cost schools and student performance. There is a possibility of a relationship between extracurriculars, wahid number services from the school, and so on.

    The theoretical framework that you put together essentially seeks the connection between socioeconomic conditions and the performance achieved by students. However, the research you have done shows something different. It turns out that not a few students from the school are scholarship recipients. Not all have privilege as the theory you have proposed before.

    The performance achieved by the majority of students in the school is due to the application of guidance and counseling from the school which is unique and applicable. The existence of a strong bond between children, parents, and school is the main reason why students have high achievement motivation.

    In this case, the proposed theoretical framework does not match the existing reality. However, this research does not mean in vain. Precisely the research provides new facts that were not predicted from the previous point of view.

    Based on the example of the theoretical framework above, it means that we can know that what Reader will do is to find and make questions that have the potential to arise only from the existing titles.

    Potential questions that will appear are questions such as what is a theoretical framework, what are the functions of a theoretical framework, what are the types of functions of a theoretical framework, how to make a theoretical framework, and examples of the theoretical framework.

    Reader can see from the example of the theoretical framework, Reader will easily review all the information and arrangement just by looking at the theoretical framework. In essence, the theoretical framework serves to facilitate both the writer and the reader.

    Theoretical Framework Compiler

    A theoretical framework can be used to explain the theory itself or help analysis in a research. There is actually no limit to how many theories can be combined in a theoretical framework.

    Nevertheless, a scientific research needs to be limited so that existing theories are not used without mature consideration. This is to avoid the existence of an unwise attitude, such as including a lot of theoretical foundations but which are actually irrelevant just to make the research appear scientific. If a scientific research uses a theoretical framework that involves more than one theory, then the existing theories should be placed hierarchically. The theory that is most relevant to the research material is placed first. While other theories are positioned as complementary only. This is done so that it does not appear confusing and biased.

    Below are the elements that need to be included in the compilation of the theoretical framework:

    1. Theoretical Title

    The title is the main element so that anyone who reads the theoretical framework can understand the meaning of the research and why the theory is included in the theoretical framework. For example Newton’s law theory, Bernoulli’s law, Gas kinetic law.

    2. Initiator or Inventor of Theory

    The initiator of the theory is very important to include so that the reader understands where the theory you put into the theoretical framework comes from. For example, Isaac Newton was the initiator of Newton’s Laws I, II, and III.

    3. Key Concepts

    A theory must have key concepts so that the theory has special characteristics. This needs to be included to make it easier for you to explain why you chose that theory as the basis of your research. For example, force, mass, and acceleration are key concepts in the theory of Newton’s Laws I, II, and III. So that people who read the theoretical framework understand that the mention of Newton’s Law is related to those three things.

    4. History of Theory Development

    Sometimes, a theory is easier to understand by understanding its history. Because the history of the theory tells clearly why the theory exists.

    5. Application of Theory

    Mentioning the application of the theory that is included in the theoretical framework is very important because the existence of the application is proof that the theory has been successfully proven. This will strengthen your argument in explaining why the theory is used.

    Conclusion

    The theoretical framework is organized to obtain a logical and systematic thinking framework. The thinking framework is arranged so that researchers can find hypotheses from the research conducted.

    The theoretical framework has a very important position in research. With the help of a theoretical framework, research can be carried out systematically. In short, the theoretical framework serves to present our thinking framework.

    The readiness of the researcher can be seen from the theoretical framework proposed. Because within the theoretical framework, a researcher not only describes the theories that will be used, but also explains the relationship between theories and the relationship between the variables used. By understanding the relationship between one theory and another and one variable with another, research will find its spirit.

    Good research is research that can lead to other research. Until a new theme is born that can be used as an object of research. Therefore, the theoretical framework can guide the research to be connected with a broader framework.

    Well that’s all the information about the theoretical framework that we can present for Reader. Reader can certainly apply those steps and don’t forget to pay attention to some requirements in compiling the theoretical framework, yes! Hopefully this article will be useful, helpful, and easy for Reader who are compiling a theoretical framework and scientific work!

  • Understanding Frameworks: How to Create and Examples

    Understanding Frameworks: How to Create and Examples

    Meaning of Thinking Framework – For someone who is studying in higher education, he is no stranger to what is called research, either individually or in groups. As the name suggests, research cannot be done just like that, but there must be observation, research, etc. first, so that the research produced becomes more specific. In fact, the results of the research can be used for further research.

    The research that has been done will usually be poured into written form so that many people will read the results of the research. A research that is poured into written form is also known as “scientific writing”. The appearance of the term “scientific writings” is due to the fact that the data sources used are scientific data sources, so they can be held accountable.

    In order for a research or writing a scientific paper to be directed and easy to complete, a framework of thought is needed. With the existence of a frame of mind, the writer or researcher becomes more familiar with the workflow or can be said to know what should be analyzed first. In addition, the framework of thought between one researcher and another is not always the same. So, what frame of mind have you ever made?

    Thinking frameworks are more often used in scientific writings, but not always if thinking frameworks are used in scientific writings. The thinking framework can also be used by the writer to complete the writing he has done. A writer will find it easier to complete his writing when using a frame of mind.

    So, what exactly is a frame of mind? Come on, read the review of the meaning of the frame of mind, how to make it, and the example.

    Concept of Thinking Framework

    The same is the case with the meaning of framework in general which means as a support or plan. In addition, thought can be interpreted as an idea or an idea that needs to be poured. Because of this, the thought framework can be interpreted as a plan used to help the writer in completing the writing he has already done.

    This frame of mind is also often referred to as the term frame of mind which is usually written in the form of a chart of the important parts that must be worked on first. This thinking frame or thinking can be used in a scientific writing or a non-scientific writing or maybe you have often used a thinking frame in completing a piece of writing?

    Although the thinking frame or thinking is often used by the writer, it is not easy to use. In other words, the frame of mind cannot be tampered with. This needs to be done so that the written work produced later remains good and the reader can easily understand the meaning of the writing that has been made by the writer.

    In making a frame of mind, there are several things you need to pay attention to, such as making observations, doing literature research, and finding facts related to the topic of discussion. The three elements must be well combined so that with a good frame of mind, you can produce quality writing (scientific or non-scientific).

    This thinking frame or frame of mind is usually made in the form of a picture or chart which is then arranged until one chart is connected to the other parts. Therefore, this frame of mind can generally be said to be a flow for completing a piece of writing or research.

    As for the flow in this frame of mind, it usually starts from the topic of the problem that will be discussed in the written work. Then, go to the introduction section (if in a scientific work chapter I). After that, look for the cause of the conflict, then enter the solution part of a conflict. Then, enter the closing part.

    Thought Framework According to the Experts

    Some experts also expressed the meaning of the frame of mind, including:

    1. Sapto Haryoko

    Sapto Haryoko said that the thinking framework is a research where there are two or more variables used. Therefore, the thinking framework consists of several variables that will then be explained in the research that will be carried out.

    2. Echo

    According to Eecho, the frame of mind is a basis of understanding that will influence the basis of other people’s understanding. Therefore, the thinking framework can be used as the basis of thinking that will be poured into the form of research or in the form of written work.

    3. Sugiyono

    Sugiyono stated that the thinking framework is a conceptual model that is then used as a theory related to several factors in the research or that has been identified as an important problem.

    4. Polancik

    Polancik said that the framework of thought is a diagram that has a role as a systematic logical flow of the theme that will be written later. According to Polancik, this thinking framework is made based on the questions that will be used in the research. Then, from the research questions, produce a concept that is interconnected, so that it can describe the flow of the research.

    5. Suriasoemantri

    According to Suriasoemantri, the thinking framework is an explanation that functions to display and organize all the symptoms that already exist in a research to be solved that are in accordance with the criteria that have been made previously.

    How to Create a Mindset

    The steps of how to make a frame of mind are as follows.

    1. Identifying Each Variable

    To create a frame of mind or a frame of mind, you need to identify each variable that already exists. In this case, the variable in question can be found and can also be created. Simply put, a researcher must identify or determine the variables that will be used for research.

    The variables that have been found or identified are then logically grouped, such as grouped based on age, region to be researched, gender, level of education, and so on. Variables that have been found and have been researched can be applied to the title of scientific papers.

    2. Finding the Relationship Between One Variable and Another

    After identifying or determining the variables, the next step in creating a framework of thought is to find the connection between one variable and another. This needs to be done because generally the research being done usually requires several variables that are interrelated with each other. Therefore, in one study it can consist of two or more variables.

    By looking for the relationship between the variables that have been found, then the variables are used to help the research. In addition, this step can also help researchers or writers obtain research results that are in line with their wishes or expectations.

    As for the second example of how to create a framework of thought, such as the topic of discussing employee salaries, then the variables that will be used are the salaries of civil servants and the salaries of private employees.

    3. Finding Literature Sources

    The framework of thought will be even better if you use literature sources that are suitable for the topic of discussion. So, the third way to create a framework of thought is to find literacy sources that are then used as a reference or template. This source of literacy can strengthen the topic of research discussion through the results of previous research (related) and through the theory used in research.

    This literature source can not only be obtained from books, but can also be obtained from scientific journals, online articles , interview results, printed journals available in the library, and so on. After obtaining the literature sources, then collected, read, and understood, so as to be able to filter references or references related to the research topic whether they are appropriate or not.

    4. Doing Theory Discussion

    After doing the three stages of creating the thinking framework above, the next step is to do a theoretical discussion. This stage can also be interpreted as the stage of making a frame of mind to explain his opinion related to the literature sources that have been read and understood before. The opinions that are explained must be logical, clear, and theoretical in nature.

    This step also proves that with the existence of theory, it can strengthen the research topic, so that the research can be carried out optimally. In addition, conducting a theoretical discussion can also prove that the writer or researcher is not original and not playing around in doing research, so that the research done becomes more confident and can be held accountable.

    5. Describe and Explain the Thinking Framework

    The fifth step or the last step of creating a thinking framework is to describe and explain the thinking framework. In this case, the thinking framework is not only illustrated, but also has to be explained so that the reader is not confused and it is easier to understand the thinking framework that has been created.

    In this last step, what is meant by the picture is in the form of a chart which if read like explaining the process or flow of the research that will be done, from start to finish. From that chart will produce a thinking framework that can be used as a flow to conduct research.

    Well, those are some steps or ways to make a frame of mind or thinking. After knowing the steps, do you immediately want to try to make a frame of mind?

    Types of Thinking Frameworks 

    The thinking framework consists of 3 types, namely the operational framework, the conceptual framework, and the theoretical framework.

    1. Operational Framework

    An operational framework is a type of thinking framework that is commonly used to explain a variable that has been determined and is in accordance with the research topic. With an operational framework, the relationship between one variable and another can be explained.

    2. Conceptual Framework

    A conceptual framework is a type of thinking framework that serves to explain the flow of thought that is connected between one concept and another, and aims to provide an illustration or picture in the form of assumptions related to the variables that will be studied later.

    3. Theoretical Framework

    A theoretical framework is a type of thinking framework that provides an affirmation of a theory that will be used or used as a theoretical basis as well as to provide an explanation for the phenomenon being studied.

    Benefits of a Thinking Framework

    The benefits of the thinking framework are as follows:

    1. Assisting researchers in obtaining a mature concept which is then used to explain each problem in the research.
    2. Facilitating researchers in conducting research.
    3. Connecting every part in the research.
    4. Facilitating readers to understand the content of scientific writings.
    5. Scientific works become easy to check because of the overview of the research flow.
    6. Assisting researchers in explaining and answering the formulation of problems in the research.

    Example of a Thinking Framework

    In order to make it easier to understand and create a thinking framework, we need to know some examples of thinking frameworks, among others:

    Thesis Thinking Framework

    Bananas are fruits that are often found in fruit stores. This fruit actually comes from Southeast Asia, so Indonesia is a country that produces bananas. Later, this banana plant continued to spread to South and Central America and to Africa, especially Madagascar.

    The nutritional content of bananas can provide several benefits for our body’s health, such as being able to increase the body’s immune system, reduce the risk of anemia, improve the flow of oxygen to the brain, and speed up the body’s metabolism.

    However, the availability of bananas is very abundant, sometimes these fruits become unsellable in the market, so they have to be thrown away. Although this fruit contains a lot of nutrients that can make the body healthy. Therefore, in this thesis, the writer will conduct research on bananas processed into artificial fruit.

    Research on artificial fruit has been done by many researchers, such as Danalache et al. (2015), Costa et al. (2020), Sharma et al. (2013), and Lins et al (2014) using apricot, yellow mombin, mango, and guava fruits. Different types of hydrocolloids were used in the research, such as pectin, alginate, gelatin, and gellan gum.

    From previous studies, the texture of artificial fruit is often accepted by consumers when using hydrocolloid gellan gum. However, gellan gum is quite expensive, so it is not economical. Therefore, in this study, researchers will use hydrocolloids other than gellan gum, which are cheaper and can still produce quality artificial fruit products.

    Research Thinking Framework

    During the covid-19 pandemic, there is an economic crisis everywhere, such as layoffs or salary cuts in some companies. Therefore, in this research, we want to know the variables that can be used to find additional income during the pandemic.

    Scheme 1

    The problem with the economic crisis during the covid-19 pandemic is the decrease in company income, thus affecting the company’s financial condition.

    Scheme 2

    Seeking additional income through side work and sales is continuously improved so that the family’s economic conditions can continue to run.

    Scheme 3

    Before that, it should be known that side work and sales can add to daily income. In addition, it should also be known that these variables have a considerable influence on increasing income.

    Scheme 4

    The variables of side work and selling can give influence on additional income and can also be done continuously.

    Proposal Thinking Framework

    The 17 August event is an event to commemorate the independence day of the Republic of Indonesia. Usually Indonesian people will hold various kinds of competitions to commemorate the independence day. Therefore, through this proposal, we hope to get approval from the head of RW 10.

    Scheme 1

    Competition on August 17, 2021

    Scheme 2

    As a way to commemorate the independence day of the Republic of Indonesia, we RW 10 cadets would like to hold a competition on 17 August which will be held at the RW 10 field.

    Scheme 3

    This competition is planned and held to appreciate the services of the heroes who have made Indonesia independent and to maintain unity and unity between communities of different backgrounds.

    Scheme 4

    The implementation of this competition started on August 15-17 which then continued with the peak of the prize giving event on the night of August 17.

    Scheme 5

    In principle, this August 17 race provides awareness for us Indonesian people to always maintain unity and unity.

    Conclusion

    The frame of mind or can also be called the frame of mind has many benefits for writers or researchers who want to create a written work, whether it is scientific or non-scientific. The thinking framework itself is in the form of a chart and there is also a descriptive form. Although it has a different form, the framework of thought can still provide convenience for the writer to finish his writing.

  • Meaning of Crafts: Benefits, Purpose, and Types of Crafts

    Meaning of Crafts: Benefits, Purpose, and Types of Crafts

    What is the meaning of craft? Crafting is one of the things that a person often does. Crafts will also produce a result or object. Those things certainly have certain values.

    Right now, there are a lot of craft related things out there. Not only as a filler for free time, craft materials can be used as a business farm. Before getting there, let’s find out first what the meaning of craft is.

    Meaning of Craft

    Craft is one of the branches of art. Craftsmanship emphasizes a higher hand skill during the work process. Crafts are also often known as arts and crafts.

    If you look at the meaning, the word “Kr” comes from the Sanskrit language which means to work. That’s where the word work comes from. Verbs can also be said to work. Kriya or craft is also considered as a unique and high quality art.

    A craft will produce an item. The goods have functional values. In addition to the functional value, handicraft items also have a high aesthetic value in them. That is one of the reasons why crafts are put on display.

    Another definition of craft is items that have artistic elements in them. The manufacture of these items is made using the skills of human hands. Reader must often find examples of this craft in the community.

    Meaning of Craft According to Experts

    1. Wiyadi, et al (1991: 915, 45)

    The definition of craft is all activities in the field of industry or the manufacture of an item. The entire craft will be done by someone who is diligent, tenacious, skilled and creative in the process of achievement.

    Examples of crafts include leather craft, metal craft, wood craft, batik craft and many more other craft arts that belong to Indonesian culture.

    2. Kadjim (2011: 10)

    Crafting is an endeavor. The effort is done continuously. In addition, efforts will be made with the spirit of diligence, persistence, dexterity and high dedication. As well as a wide viability in doing a work.

    3. Kusnadi (1986: 11)

    The meaning of craft according to Kusnadi is a literal word born from the industrious nature possessed by humans. It is also said that the weight of a production or making a craft is not because of hard work. However, because of the skillful nature of a person. The skilled nature will eventually produce a craft product.

    Own skills can be gained from experience. In addition to experience, skills can also be obtained from perseverance after work. This can improve the cultivation technique of a product. The quality of work from someone who will eventually have expertise and skills in a particular profession.

    4. Suprapto (1985: 16)

    Craft is something that will produce an art object. The art objects have quality. This makes someone in the process of making it do with a sense of beauty. In addition, there are pure ideas that produce quality products. It has a beautiful and attractive shape.

    Benefits of Crafting

    1. Fill free time

    Sometimes someone who has no activity will make a craft. The crafts that are made usually come from the materials around them. For example, food packaging that is no longer used. In addition to being fun, activities like this will fill your free time.

    2. Train creativity

    In making a craft, creativity is needed. However, not everyone has creativity. Creativity also does not immediately arise in a person.

    Many people do various things to grow their creativity. Over time, that creativity will be embedded in him. Through crafts, a person can train his creativity. Of course, it should be done often and routinely.

    3. Practice patience

    What has been thought of does not always find an easy way to realize it. Sometimes, there are things that have been thought of to be done. However, in the process or the result encountered obstacles.

    One of the benefits of making this craft is being able to train patience. A person who often makes crafts can definitely train his patience. Because, in the manufacturing process it is not always easy.

    4. Save production

    A craft that is made certainly has its use value. Many people make crafts to reuse. For example, making a flower vase, making a tissue box, even making a bag.

    Through this, you have unknowingly reduced the expenditure to buy these items. Using waste materials that are still eligible will reduce costs. So you don’t need to spend a lot of money to buy things that can be done through a craft.

    5. Become a business farm

    Not only save production. Crafts can also be a business farm. If you are diligent and tenacious in your work, you can buy and sell the crafts you make.

    Through that, you can learn new things. Like learning about marketing and management. Start from the basic things that can be done, after that only develop the craft.

    6. Train to follow instructions

    In making a craft, you can’t do it all by yourself. Meaning, there are ways to go. Those methods certainly have their own rules and times. Through crafting, you can train others or yourself to follow instructions. This is one of the benefits of craft that people rarely realize.

    7. Grow self-confidence

    A craft that is made will not always work out well. Sometimes, there are obstacles to be overcome. As a result the craft is not as desired.

    However, actually crafting has benefits in that regard. Through crafts, one can grow self-confidence. That is because something that has been successfully completed will certainly create an attitude of satisfaction in that person.

    8. Learn to respect each other

    This benefit applies to those of you who work in groups. When someone works on a craft, then it doesn’t work then it’s not a problem. Through these things, you can learn to respect each other.

    Purpose of Crafting

    • Cultivating a sense of enthusiasm for entrepreneurship in producing works.
    • Increase the spirit of creativity of each person in making a work.
    • Facilitating everyone to be able to express themselves creatively. Through the manufacture of a craft and technique in the manufacture of works economically, ergonomically and technologically.
    • Creating a skill training in creating objects or works, which is based on aesthetics, artistic, ecosystem and technology.
    • Can take advantage of media or materials that are not even used anymore. The utilization is done as best as possible, so that a work of value can be created.
    • Produce a work that can be appreciated for its creative value.
    • Cultivating the soul in creating works.
    • Increase the sense of enthusiasm for creativity in everyone
    • Creating works that can be benefited and used by many people.
    • Adding a sense of satisfaction because of something created.

    Types of Crafts

    1. Crafts from soft materials

    Crafts based on the materials used can be divided into two types. namely natural soft materials and artificial soft materials.

    a. Nature’s Soft Materials

    Natural soft materials are craft materials obtained from nature. The processing method is also done naturally. A person who makes crafts from soft natural materials is generally not mixed or combined with artificial materials. Examples of natural soft materials are eggshells, clay, nyatu rubber, flour clay , tissue porridge, dry leaves and so on.

    b. Artificial Software

    Artificial soft materials are handcraft materials that have been processed by humans. This artificial soft material has gone through a process such as using chemicals. That is, these artificial soft materials have been mixed with other things to get the duplicating effect of natural materials. Examples of artificial soft materials such as wax, soap, plastic, gypsum, fiberglass and so on.

    2. Crafts from Hard Materials

    Crafts based on the materials used can also be divided into two. Namely crafting natural hard materials and crafting artificial hard materials. Here is the explanation:

    a. Natural Hard Materials

    Crafts from natural hard materials are crafts that use raw materials from nature. This raw material undergoes a processing process, but the substance does not change. Examples of natural hard materials are rattan, wood, bamboo, bones, grains, sand, shells, stones and so on.

    b. Artificial Hard Materials

    crafts from artificial hard materials come from materials that have gone through the reprocessing process. The materials are processed until they become hard and their shape changes. Such materials are used as craft raw materials. Examples of artificial hard materials are metal, iron, glass, wire, cement, tin, tin and so on.

    3. Crafts from Waste Software

    Soft waste refers to the soft nature. It means waste that is soft, soft and easy to form. This soft waste is also divided into two forms. namely organic soft waste and inorganic soft waste. Here is the explanation:

    a. Organic Soft Waste

    Organic soft waste is material that comes from plants. All parts of plants that are categorized as waste can be processed into a product or handicraft. However, all of that must go through the processing process.

    The purpose is to be a good raw material. Examples of soft organic waste that can be made into handicrafts are onion skins, corn skins, peanut skins, grains, fruit skins, paper, banana fronds and so on.

    b. Inorganic Soft Waste

    Inorganic soft waste is waste that comes from processed materials. The processed ingredients are like a mixture of chemical substances. As a result, it is easy to form and process with simple ingredients,

    The nature of inorganic soft waste is relatively difficult to describe. There are some wastes that can be decomposed in a long time. There is also waste that is very difficult to decompose.

    This inorganic soft waste generally originates from an accumulation, industrial and domestic activity from household waste. Examples are packaging boxes, plastic packaging, patchwork, Styrofoam, synthetic rubber and so on.

     

  • Understanding Customer Satisfaction: Factors, Indicators and Optimization

    Understanding Customer Satisfaction: Factors, Indicators and Optimization

    Understanding Customer Satisfaction – Building a long-term business to provide profit and success is something that entrepreneurs hope for. However, there are several important supporting factors such as capital, employees with the best skills and of course not separated from consumers or customers.

    Customer satisfaction is very important to develop a more advanced business to increase profits for the company. This time we will discuss in detail Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty.

    Understanding Customer Satisfaction and Loyalty

    Some definitions of customer satisfaction according to experts, including:

    According to Djaslim Saladin (2003) , the concept of customer satisfaction is a person’s happy or disappointed feeling that comes from a comparison between the effect on the performance (result) of a product and their expectations.

    According to Philip Kotler and Kevin Lane Keller (2007) , consumer satisfaction is a person’s happy or disappointed feeling that appears after comparing the performance (result) of the product being considered against the expected performance.

    According to Tjiptono (2012), consumer satisfaction is a situation shown by consumers when they realize that their needs and desires are in line with what is expected and fulfilled well.

    So in short, the meaning of customer satisfaction is something that consumers seek or need to fulfill their needs such as a product or service. Having the best, quality products or services is the goal of customers.

    Because the better the quality of this product or service, it will play an important role in attracting consumers who have the opportunity to trust the company (Loyalty).

    For this reason, customer satisfaction until now has become an integral part of the vision, mission, purpose, positioning statement, and various other matters in a company that are discussed in full in the book Customer Satisfaction, Concept, Measurement, and Strategy.

    From here we know what is called customer loyalty. Some definitions of customer loyalty according to experts, including:

    According to Kotler and Keller, loyalty is a deeply held commitment to buy or support a preferred product or service again in the future despite influence. situations and marketing efforts have the potential to cause customers to switch

    In a simpler sense, loyalty is a consumer’s commitment to a company, to subscribe to products or services consistently on an ongoing basis, even though the company has a lot of competition, but the consumer will be a loyal customer of the company.

    Along with the development of time and technology, the latest product updates ( up to date ) to complement the needs of customers.

    Although in business there is a term ” The king is the main ” but it is not completely like that, the meaning of this word is how our efforts satisfy the needs of consumers but consumers also give us profit. As it is mutually beneficial on both sides, no one is harmed. Companies must maintain and improve the functionality of products that are needed today as the times progress.

    One of them is making new product innovations and gradually developing them to improve product quality by developing the various benefits needed. Because of that, companies participate in innovation to become better by offering products by reducing costs without reducing quality, because the more advanced the development, the greater the competitiveness of the business.

    Factors Affecting Customer Satisfaction

    The most important thing that every company must pay attention to in order to create customer satisfaction is the quality of the products used. Several types of factors that are evaluated as a consumer to remain in one of the companies, among them:

    1. Service

    Service is the main pillar of service that aims to maintain good relations and improve relations between producers and customers. There are things that are no less important in service, which is to listen to various complaints or customer input in order to provide a targeted way out and the product will improve and be liked by customers.

    2. Product Quality

    After accommodating the best input, the quality of the product is very important, because the quality of the product is a representation ( expectation ) of the consumer with what the manufacturer makes. Some things for the quality of the product to be trusted by paying attention to the suitability required, the vulnerability of the durability of the product that must be observed, the advantages of the product that has been made, and the reliability of a manufactured product will affect the interest of consumers. This is where the trust ( loyalty ) comes from to keep buying the manufacturer’s products.

    3. Price

    Price benchmarks become very important in every business, because every price offered by the company to the consumer is a benchmark for the product itself. Price will influence the demand for market products. That’s why choose the price according to the level of raw materials, the tools used and the difficulty of turning the yardstick into the value of the product price.

    4. Proper Promotion and Marketing Strategy

    Promotion is how we provide information to offer, increase sales higher than usual and create loyalty of a product to consumers. This activity works to influence consumers to use services or products that will make consumers feel satisfied with the product.

    How to Measure Customer Satisfaction Indicators

    According to Kotler there are several ways for manufacturers to measure customer satisfaction in a product, including:

    1. Criticism and Suggestions

    It is mandatory for producers to understand that they will accept criticism and suggestions, so that the company can thrive to always receive good suggestions from customers, to improve the shortcomings of a problem in products and services.
    Some places have usually prepared a suggestion box that can be filled directly or can be contacted by phone as a customer service or call center.

    Now that information is growing, it is easier to give criticism, suggestions and new ideas, such as giving suggestions via company email, connected social media accounts and it is definitely easier to interact with customers.

    2. Hire Ghost Shopper Services

    Ghost shopper is one of the company’s strategies to find out the quality of employee service to consumers by pretending to be one of the consumers. Ghost shopper has service info according to the knowledge provided. This service is usually found in large companies such as health service providers, banking, other service companies.

    In addition, it functions to observe and evaluate employees so that they can better face consumers in their attitude. In addition to evaluating the performance of employees, ghost shoppers can improve and make business benchmarks.

    3. Finding out the Customer’s Reasons

    Maybe some businessmen have found loyal customers but after a while it turned out that they switched to other companies. It is good to use this as an opportunity to know more about how satisfied the customer’s level is that is not met.

    In this case, try the company to call or communicate with the customer and be able to understand the customer’s needs so that the company can complete the existing deficiencies. Always make evaluations to improve the product so that it becomes better and reaches back to the customers.

    4. Customer Satisfaction Survey

    Survey is gathering information in detail according to the needs of the desired producer. In addition to finding out why customers stop choosing products, use the Customer Satisfaction Survey method because this will be more effective in knowing which market areas will be exceeded. In addition, it will be beneficial to increase customer enthusiasm for the quality of the company’s services and products.

    The more advanced this digital era is, the easier it is for companies to create or open a forum for suggestions or customer satisfaction questionnaires that are on target.

    Reasons Why You Should Conduct a Customer Satisfaction Survey

    There are several reasons why companies need to conduct customer surveys, including:

    1. Know Product Quality

    The survey will be useful to know how the quality of consumer products is of great interest, not only about quality but also price makes it an important yardstick for consumers. Because usually consumers prefer quality products with affordable prices.

    2. Product Evaluation

    If you have researched customer satisfaction surveys, evaluating is an important thing for producers so that the product becomes more quality, in addition to developing innovation to make new products that we can offer, we can even change them to be more attractive and have many fans for consumers.

    3. Know the capabilities of competitors

    The more advanced technology is not separated from the many competitors from many strategic in the business world. It should be noted that as a producer we must know which competitors are there and which factors influence the increase of customers to achieve the company’s target.

    Customer Satisfaction Survey Steps

    There are several customer satisfaction survey steps including:

    1. Determine the target survey

    In this strategy determine who will be the target of potential consumers as can be seen from the age range, the region to be developed and market segmentation. But we can divide this segmentation based on education level, occupation, income level and other points.

    2. Prepare the Survey Fee

    When entering operational activities to always record the details of cost expenditure, but before opening a wider business give a cost benchmark first to conduct a survey to reduce the risk of excessive cost expenditure.

    3. Select the survey method

    For the selection of survey methods there are many such as:

    a. Fill out the questionnaire

    By providing a question sheet to be filled in by the consumer, as the consumer provides valid and accountable data. Don’t forget to thank.

    b. Group research

    Gathering several consumers to find out the potential of the market to be developed, with the existence of this group’s research to draw conclusions about the information needed for the products to be sold.

    c. Live Survey

    Maybe this will be more convincing information in searching for surveys, but it is good to choose potential consumers who have free time. So that the filling is smooth and focused from the beginning to the end of the question.

    Use or give product samples to consumers, this is intended as an enticement and promote the product so that it is better known. Don’t forget to thank them for their time.

    4. Survey Implementation Schedule

    This is very related to all aspects, because of that as a producer must ensure how long and choose the right time to start the survey, it is good to use it at certain moments.

    5. Evaluation and Analysis

    Checking the results of the survey is very important to find what the customers need and want. Use this opportunity as an evaluation to improve the company’s product as needed. Choose whichever one should be prioritized and be a quality product.

    How to Optimize Customer Satisfaction

    Business competition is increasingly emerging by competing to find innovative ideas to gain profit. Some people think harder to make the product more attractive, not only in terms of appearance and quality. But the key is for customer loyalty to continue to provide good and satisfied service.

    In the book Business Process Mapping-Workbook To Increase Customer Satisfaction, Reader can also find a guide that can be used to compile a business process map that you have. Immediately get the book below!

    Some tips on how to maintain customers so that they remain loyal and keep up with business developments, including:

    1. Respond quickly to problems and be friendly to consumers

    Providing prompt service is the most important thing in the world of any job, especially to serve the needs of customers. Because quick response is a performance value of someone who has good discipline, this will be felt by itself if it is always practiced in everyday life.

    Friendly attitude and behavior is a culture that is held in high esteem as a cultural heritage. No matter where you are and in the world of work, hospitality is a very important role to be able to relate between consumers and producers to feel mutually appreciated.

    2. Develop Mutually Beneficial Relationships

    When a sense of mutual respect has been instilled, providing information or new products to consumers is good to mutually benefit each other. By giving promotional programs to customers to appreciate having subscribed to the product.

    Most likely, consumers can spread product information to relations, friends or whoever. So that our product information is spread and one day we may get new customers. Don’t forget to record anyone who can benefit by giving a discount and even do business with each other.

    3. Give Loyalty Rewards

    Give a little surprise to appreciate business cooperation with customers. No need to be expensive, for example giving discount vouchers so that consumers feel happy and keep buying products from the company they work with. Sometimes happiness can be felt from the smallest things.

    4. Dealing with customer complaints

    It’s true that every job doesn’t always go well, sometimes there are things, whether it’s technique or communication , that can hinder and evaluate the company poorly.

    It’s good to deal with the problems faced, listen to the complaints experienced by consumers, if that’s the case, don’t make the same mistake. Handle complaints with a cool head, because if you follow the consumer’s anger, the problem will not be solved. If it’s wrong, be prepared to apologize because otherwise it will make the reputation go down.

    5. Train Officers to Be Friendly

    Every employee should be instructed to follow the existing SOP ( Standard Operating Procedure ). By inserting the SOP on how to be friendly to customers, greeting the weather, answering customer problems properly and other things so that the company does not lose customers.

    Every employee to carry out SOP consistently and commitment. Because maintaining the best service makes added value very ‘important’ so that consumers continue to choose the products we offer. Always try to provide comfort for customers.

    Conclusion:

    Customer satisfaction and loyalty is very important for the business world. Because this will be related to the businesses that are being run at the moment or other businesses.
    By providing fulfilled needs, the customer will feel satisfied with what he wants. SOP should be carried out and trained as in manners, attitude, way of communication to customers is very important.

    Factors that can affect customer service, quality, price, and promotion of the right marketing strategy so that the company can grow and reach more than what was planned

     

  • Definition of Education: Elements, Tasks, and Conditions

    Definition of Education: Elements, Tasks, and Conditions

    According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), the definition of Education is an acceleration program of a set of educational activities arranged in such a way that it can be done by students in a shorter time than usual. The definition of education also refers to educators or educational staff who are on duty as teachers, guides, and trainees of students.

    Definition of Education

    The term education comes from the Latin word “e-ducere” or “educare” which means to lead out or lead. As well as the word “prominent” means bringing people as a leader as well as the process of becoming prominent.

    Lexically, in Webster’s own dictionary, the word education is defined as follows:

    – The action or process of educating as well as being educated.
    – Knowledge or development obtained from the educational process.
    – Fields of study related to teaching and learning methods in schools.

    Meanwhile, according to M. Noor Syam (1980), Education is an institution and an effort to develop the nation and the character of the nation. Education itself encompasses a fairly comprehensive scope, namely the education of mental ability, ratio, intellect, and human personality as a whole. In order to build that personality, it takes a relatively long period of time or even lasts a lifetime.

    According to John Dewey, Education is a renewal process from experience. The process can occur in a normal association as well as the association of adults with children that occurs on purpose. And institutionalized in order to face social continuity. The process involves the development and handling of the immature person and the group in which he lives.

    According to Law No. 20 of 2003 on the National Education System or Sisdiknas, says that education is a conscious and planned effort in creating a learning environment and learning process so that students can actively develop their potential to have religious spiritual strength, self-control, intelligence, noble character, personality, and the skills needed in oneself, the community, the nation, and the country.

    Elements of Education

    Education has elements in it. There are several elements of education, including:

    a. Learners

    Learners have the status as a subject, ie learner. Learners are autonomous subjects and individuals who want to be recognized for their existence.

    b. A person who guides or Educator

    An educator is someone who has responsibility for the implementation of education with the main target being students. Students will undergo their education in three types of environments, namely the school environment, the family environment, and the community environment. Therefore, the person responsible for education is the teacher, the leader of the learning program, the parents, and the community.

    c. Interaction between students and educators or educative interaction

    In principle, educational interaction is a reciprocal communication between students and their educators directed towards educational goals.

    d. Material or Content of Education

    In the school education system, material is mixed into the curriculum to be presented as a means of achieving goals. The material includes core material as well as local content.

    e. Context that has an impact on education

    The context that has an impact on this education includes:

    – Educational tools and methods are two sides of the same coin. These tools and methods are interpreted as everything that is implemented or omitted on purpose in order to achieve educational goals.
    – The place where the guidance event takes place or the educational environment.

    Definition of Educational Energy

    Educational staff is a member of the community who is appointed and dedicates himself with the aim of supporting the implementation of education. In general, this educational force is enshrined in Law No. 20 of 2003 regarding Sisdiknas, including:

    – Educational staff includes educators, testers, examiners, librarians, education unit managers, researchers and developers in the field of education, laboratories, and learning resource technicians.
    – Educators include counselors, trainees, and instructors.
    – Managers of education units that include principals, directors, rectors, heads, and leaders of out-of-school education units.

    Included in the type of educational personnel is the manager of the education system, for example the head of the education office at the provincial, city or regency level. In general, the educational workforce can be categorized into 5 (five) categories, including:

    a. Educators that include mentors, testers, trainers, and instructors.
    b. Functional education staff that includes inspectors, researchers and developers in the field of education, supervisors, and librarians.
    c. Educational technical staff that includes learning resource technicians and laboratories.
    d. Educational unit management staff that includes school principals, directors, rectors, heads, and leaders of out-of-school education units.
    e. Other personnel who manage managerial and educational administrative problems.

    Etymology or Meaning of Educator and Teacher

    a. Educator

    An educator is a professional who has the task of planning and carrying out a learning process, giving value to learning outcomes, carrying out guidance and training, and devoting himself to the community. Specifically for educators at universities as found in article 39 paragraph 2 of law no. 20 of 2003.

    In a simple sense, an educator is someone who provides knowledge to students. Meanwhile, in the community’s view that educators are people who do their education in certain places, not only in formal education institutions, but also in mosques or mosques, homes and so on.

    Therefore, an educator has several duties, including:

    – Handing over culture to its students consists of skills, intelligence, and experiences.
    – Become an intermediary in the learning process.
    – Educator is an educator who leads students towards more maturity.
    – Educators are the link between the community and the school.
    – Educators are responsible for enlightening the lives of students. As well as being responsible in shaping students to become a person of good manners who is very capable, useful for religion, nation, and people in the future.

    b. Teacher

    According to the definition of the term “teacher” has the meaning of a professional educator whose main task is to teach, educate, direct, guide, train, assess, and also evaluate students. The main task will run effectively when a teacher has a certain degree of professionalism. It is reflected or seen from skills, expertise, skills, competence, and skills that meet quality standards or ethical norms. The definition of this teacher is not contained in a legal regulation No. 20 of 2003 on the National Education System or commonly known as sisdiknas. In the UU, the teaching profession is included in the group of educators.

    In fact, teachers and educators are two different things in meaning. In government regulation (PP) No. 74 of 2008 regarding teachers, states that teachers include:

    – Teachers who are in class, teachers of a field of study, guidance and counseling teachers and students’ career guidance teachers.
    – Teachers have additional duties as principals.
    – Teachers in the department as supervisors. Teacher has a broad meaning which is all the educational staff who carry out learning tasks in the classroom.

    The teacher has a position as a professional at the level of early childhood education on the formal education path that is appointed according to legal regulations, basic education, and secondary education. A good teacher is a teacher who has competence in the teaching and learning process.

    So that learning can run efficiently and effectively. An expert named Conny R. Semiawan stated that teacher competence has three criteria, namely:

    1. Knowledge criteria, meaning that the intellectual ability possessed by a teacher includes mastery of lessons, knowledge of how to learn, knowledge of behavior or behavior of an individual, knowledge of counseling and guidance, knowledge of general and social knowledge.

    2. Performance criteria, meaning that the ability of a teacher is related to various skills and behaviors that include the skills of teaching, evaluating, socializing and communicating in guiding students, using teaching aids, and teaching planning or organizing teaching preparations.

    3. Product criteria, meaning that a teacher’s ability to measure the ability and progress of students after participating in teaching and learning activities.

    Educators and Educational Forces

    Educators and educational staff are two very different things. Here are the differences between educators and educators if seen from the understanding to the duties of educators and educators between the two are as follows.

    Definition of Educator

    The definition of educators is based on the provisions of Article 1 of Law No. 20 of 2003 on the National Education System, states that educators are educational personnel who are qualified to be lecturers, counselors, teachers, learning leaders, tutors, facilitators, instructors, etc. in accordance with their respective specialties. As well as participating in educational efforts.

    Definition of Educational Energy

    Meanwhile, the definition of educational staff based on the provisions of Article 1 of Law No. 20 of 2003 on the National Education System, states that educational personnel are members of society who are appointed and dedicate themselves with the aim of supporting the implementation of education.

    Duties of Educators

    According to the provisions of article 39 paragraph 2 of law No. 20 of 2003 on the National Education System, states that educators are professionals who have the task of planning and carrying out the learning process, carrying out guidance and training. As well as carrying out research and service to the community, especially for educators at universities.

    Duties of Educational Personnel

    The duties of the educational staff are regulated in the provisions of article 39 paragraph 1 of law No. 20 of 2003 on the National Education System, states that the duties of the educational staff are to perform administration, development, supervision, management, and technical services in order to support the educational process of the educational unit.

    Regarding the rights and obligations, as well as the conditions of educators and educational staff, this is regulated according to the provisions of article 40 to article 44 of law no. 20 of 2003.

    Rights and Obligations of Educators and Educational Personnel

    Educators and educational personnel according to the provisions of the law have their respective rights and obligations.

    Rights of Educators and Educational Personnel

    The rights of educators and educational staff as mentioned above are found in the provisions of article 40 paragraph 1 of law no. 20 of 2003 on the National Education System which states that the rights of educators and educational staff are as follows:

    – Income and guarantee of appropriate and adequate social well-being.
    – Appreciation according to the performance and work tasks of each.
    – Career development in line with demands for quality development.
    – Legal protection in performing all duties and rights over intellectual property.
    – The opportunity to use infrastructure and educational facilities to support the smooth implementation of their respective tasks.

    Obligations of Educators and Educators

    Next is the obligation of educators and educational staff based on the provisions of article 40 paragraph 2 of law no. 20 of 2003 on the National Education System, states as follows:

    – Creating an educational atmosphere that is very meaningful, creative, pleasant, dynamic, and also dialogic.
    – Have a professional commitment to improve the quality of education in Indonesia.
    – Set a good example and maintain the good name of the profession, institution, and position in accordance with the trust that has been given to him.

    Other Matters Related to Educators and Educational Personnel

    Other matters related to educators and educational staff have been determined as it has been said above that the other matters are contained in the provisions of Article 41 of Law No. 20 of 2003 on the National Education System, states that other matters related to educators and educational staff are as follows:

    – Educators and educational staff can work across regions.
    – The appointment, placement and deployment of an educator and educational staff is regulated and determined by an institution that appoints them in accordance with the needs of the formal education unit. Therefore, the government and regional government should provide facilities to education units for educators and educational personnel who are required to guarantee the provision of quality education.

    That is as per the provisions of Article 41 of Law No. 20 of 2003, states that by paying attention to those two things, the government and regional government should facilitate the unit of educators and educational personnel needed to guarantee the maintenance of quality education.

    Conditions of Becoming an Educator

    In general, the requirements to be an educator are based on the provisions of Article 42 of Law No. 20 of 2003 on the National Education System, states that the conditions for becoming an educator are as follows:

    – Have a minimum qualification and have been certified according to the level of teaching authority.
    – A healthy body both spiritually and physically.
    – Having the ability to create a better national education goal.

    Education providers, both the central government and the regional government, are obliged to build and develop the educational workforce as mentioned in article 44 of law no. 20 of 2003. The construction carried out is certainly not separated from the rights that need to be given to educators and educational staff.

  • Definition of Legal Certainty in General and Opinion of Experts

    Definition of Legal Certainty in General and Opinion of Experts

     

    Definition of Legal Certainty –  In a country that prioritizes the principle of law as a tool to provide a sense of security and comfort for its people, it is certain that a legal institution is needed that regulates and weighs justice with certainty and on target.

    Legal certainty is measured by how much justice is received by the community, both from the lower middle class to the upper class and does not discriminate in giving punishment to existing legal subjects.

    In regulating a rule of law and providing a sense of security for its people, legal certainty is very much needed so that the law is implemented properly. Legal certainty as one of the legal identities that is quite important is considered to play a very important role in maintaining the stability of the law that applies to a government.

    Well, for that, for Reader friends who want to know more about the meaning of legal certainty and what the experts’ opinions are based on the theories they have put forward, then in this discussion we will focus on providing information related to legal certainty that Reader friends can look at good wherever you are.

    Further discussion on the meaning of legal certainty can be seen below!

    Definition of Legal Certainty

    Certainty itself is in fact the main purpose of the law. Since the publication of the concept of separation of powers by Montesquieu, there have been many historical debates surrounding the law.

    Community order is closely related to legal certainty, because order is the essence of certainty itself. Order allows a person to live with certainty when doing what is needed in community life.

    Law and certainty are two things that are very difficult to separate. Law exists because there is certainty, the existence of certainty also makes the law more obedient, what is allowed and what is not allowed and knowing the consequences if doing something against the law or against the law.

    Certainty means “determination; Regulation”, combining the word “certainty” with the word “law”, becomes a legal certainty, interpreted as a country’s legal apparatus that can guarantee the rights and obligations of every citizen.

    Legal certainty (in English: Legal certainly) is the basis that the law must be clear for those who submit to the law, so that they can adjust their actions to existing regulations and the state does not exercise its power arbitrarily.

    Legal certainty also means:

    • Laws and court decisions should be available to the public
    • Laws and court decisions must be clear and unambiguous
    • Court decisions should be considered binding
    • Laws and evaluations that apply retrospectively should be limited
    • Legitimate interests and expectations should be protected
    • Legal certainty is a foundation found both in the civil law system and the general law system.

    The basis of legal certainty is now considered one of the main elements of the concept of the rule of law.

    Normative legal certainty can be interpreted as a legal order that is made and published with certainty. Because the legal certainty can regulate clearly and logically, so that there is no doubt if multiple interpretations occur. So that there is no conflict or contradiction in the norms of society.

    Meanwhile, according to Utrecht, legal certainty has two meanings: First, the existence of general rules that are intended to inform individuals of actions that can and cannot be done. Another meaning is the legal protection of individuals against the arbitrariness of the state, because with the existence of these general provisions, individuals can know what the state can order and what should be done to the individual.

    Understanding Legal Certainty According to Experts

    1. Certainty According to Fence M. Wantu

    Legal certainty is “law that does not have the value of legal certainty loses its meaning because it can no longer be a guideline for everyone”. Legal certainty is interpreted as standard clarity so that it can be used as a guideline for those covered in this regulation. The notion of certainty can be interpreted as that there is clarity and firmness in the process of making social law.

    2. Legal Certainty According to Van Apeldoorn

    Legal certainty is “Legal certainty can also mean things that can be determined by law in certain cases. Legal certainty is a guarantee that the law will be enforced, that those entitled will get their rights and the decision can be enforced. Legal certainty is a valid protection against arbitrariness, meaning that a person can get what he expects.

    3. Legal certainty according to Gustav Radbruch

    As it has been explained above that the theory of legal certainty is one of the purposes of law and it can be said that legal certainty is part of the effort to achieve justice. Legal certainty itself has a tangible form, namely the coercion and prosecution of an act, which does not care who did it. Legal certainty allows anyone to predict what he will experience if he follows a certain legal path.

    Legal certainty is also required before the Equal Treatment Act to meet the principle of non-discrimination. The word certainty has a meaning closely related to the principle of truth. In other words, the word certainty in legal certainty is something that can formally be crossed strictly.

    Guarantee with legal certainty that a person can act in accordance with the applicable legal provisions and vice versa. Without legal certainty, one cannot have a standard rule of conduct. In line with that purpose, Gustav Radbruch also stated that legal certainty is one of the purposes of the law itself.

    Gustav Radbruch explained that in his theory about legal certainty there are four main issues that are closely related to the notion of legal certainty itself, which are as follows:

    • Law is a positive thing, meaning that positive law is a legal regulation.
    • The law is based on facts, meaning that the law is made based on facts.
    • The facts contained or listed in the law should be formulated clearly to avoid misinterpretation and can be easily enforced.
    • Positive law cannot be easily changed.

    Gustav Radbruch’s opinion about legal certainty is based on his opinion about legal certainty which means legal certainty itself. Gustav Radbruch thinks that legal certainty is a product of law, or more specifically, legal regulations.

    According to Gustav Radbruch’s concept of legal certainty, law is a positive thing that can regulate the interests of everyone in society and which must always be obeyed, even if the positive law is considered unfair. In addition, legal certainty is a binding condition, condition and provision.

    In principle, the law must be safe and fair. In other words, safe law is a code of ethics, and fair is a code of ethics that must be supported by order and considered correct. Only with security and justice can the law be implemented in accordance with its mandate.

    4. Legal certainty according to Jan M. Otto

    In addition to Gustav Radbruch, Jan M. Otto presented his opinion on the legal certainty needed in the following cases.

    • Legal certainty provides legal rules that are clear and unambiguous, consistent and available or accessible.
    • The rule of law should be the giver of state power, and it has three qualities: clear, consistent, and easy to obtain.
    • The supremacy of law can be applied and enforced consistently by various authorities or government bodies.
    • Most citizens have the principle that they can agree to the content of legal products. Therefore, the behavior of citizens also adapts to the rules issued by the government.
    • Judges are essentially independent, meaning judges do not comment on the application of the rule of law consistently when a judge can observe the law. Judicial decisions can be implemented concretely.

    According to Jan M. Otto, the five conditions of legal certainty show that legal certainty can be achieved when the content of the law responds to the needs of the wider community.

    Jan M. Otto also explained that legal norms that can create legal certainty are laws that can arise and reflect the dominant culture in society. The theory of legal certainty presented by Jan M. Otto can be called real legal certainty or realistic legal certainty which means that legal certainty can require compatibility between the state and the oriented society.

    According to Jan Michiel Otto, legal certainty can even have more legal dimensions. However, that is limited to the five situations explained above. Jan M. Otto believes that the law should be followed by law enforcement agencies whose job is to guarantee legal certainty for order and justice in community life.

    5. Legal certainty according to Sudikno Mertokusumo

    Sudikno Mertokusumo reflects on Gustav Radbruch who stated that legal certainty is one of the purposes of law and legal certainty is a guarantee that the law can work, that is: legal certainty means whoever is right then he has the right to receive a verdict on the court’s verdict.

    Sudikno also explained that although legal certainty is closely related to justice, but law and justice are two different things. Law is universal, binding for all and general, while justice itself has different characteristics, namely subjective, individualistic and not general. From the nature of justice and truth, it is clear that justice and truth are different things.

    Legal certainty is thus a healthy enforcement of the law. In this way, the city government can also ensure that existing and registered laws can be implemented. There are points that must be remembered in understanding the values ​​of legal certainty, namely that this value is closely related to the positive legal system and the role of the state in the implementation of these positive rights.

    6. Legal Certainty According to Nusrhasan Ismail

    Nusrhasan Ismail thinks that in order to create legal certainty in legal provisions, several conditions related to the internal structure of the legal norm itself are needed.

    The internal requirements referred to by Nusrhasan Ismail are as follows.

    • The concept used is clear. The legal norm contains a description of certain types of behavior, which then also flows into certain terms.
    • The existence of hierarchical clarity is considered important because of the issue of legitimacy or illegitimacy. Both mandatory and non-binding in the provisions of legislation. The clarity of this hierarchy can provide an indication of the form of law that has the power to form a provision for a specific legal act.
    • Consistent legal standards. In other words, the provisions of several laws and regulations are related to certain topics and do not contradict each other.

    In addition, Nusrhasan Ismail explained that legal certainty requires efforts to regulate the law in an official and authoritative law. So that the rules that are formed have a legal dimension and can guarantee the certainty that the law has its function as a rule that must and must be obeyed by the community or its citizens.

    7. Legal Certainty According to Fernando M. Manulang

    The theory of legal certainty is the clarity of the terms used. Legal norms contain descriptions of certain types of behavior, which then also flow into certain terms. Clarity of the authority hierarchy of the board that forms the legal regulations.

    The basis of legal certainty

    The basis of legal certainty is explained below:

    • According to Lon Fuller in his book The Morality of Law, the basis of legal certainty is a legal system made up of rules that are not based on misleading decisions on a specific problem. The provision will be published and will not apply retrospectively because it endangers the integrity of the system. Done with a formula that can be understood by the community. There can be no conflicting rules. Actions that go beyond what is appropriate should not be required. Can’t be changed often. Rules and day-to-day enforcement should be consistent.
    • According to Paul Scholten, the basis of legal certainty is the tendencies that require a good understanding of the law, which are general characteristics with limitations as general characteristics, but do not have to be present.
    • According to Sudikno, the basis of legal certainty is the legal relationship between regulations. The basis of law is a basic idea that is general or based on specific regulations (positive law) and can be found by looking for general characteristics in specific regulations.
    • According to Roeslan Saleh, the basis of legal certainty is a basic idea such as general rules that form the basis of the legal system. According to Bellefroid, the basis of legal certainty is a fundamental norm that is translated from positive law and whose jurisprudence is not considered to be derived from more general rules, so the basis of law is the formation of positive law in society.

    Conclusion

    This is a short discussion about the definition of legal certainty. The discussion this time not only discusses the definition of legal certainty but also discusses further the opinions of experts regarding the theory they put forward and knowing the basis of legal certainty that applies today.

    Understanding the meaning of legal certainty gives us additional knowledge about the various legal products made by the government so that the community feels the positive impact of clear legal regulations and can provide a sense of security for the community.

    ===========

  • Understanding Courtesy of Ciri to Examples of Correct Actions!

    Understanding Courtesy of Ciri to Examples of Correct Actions!

    Meaning of Kindness – Every day, people are encouraged to be good. This can be realized by doing good to fellow living beings. For example by helping relatives or friends who are in trouble, taking care of the environment, not damaging nature, not hunting animals wildly, and others.

    Islam upholds the values ​​of tolerance, helping each other, and other good attitudes. From those good things, kindness is created. Simply put, ihsan is a good deed done by someone.

    Those good deeds can refer to obedience in worship, relationships as fellow human beings, and good things done to fellow living beings on earth. As a human being endowed with reason by God, he should do good things that do not harm anyone, including plants, animals, and nature.

    For that, Reader need to understand kindness from the understanding to the example so that it can be a motivator or an inspiration to do good. Here is an explanation of courtesy that has been compiled from various sites on the internet.

    Meaning of Courtesy

    The word ihsan is the opposite of the word al isaa-ah which means bad deeds. Ihsan is a person’s behavior in order to do good deeds and prevent oneself from committing sins. A person who acts ihsan will give goodness to other servants of God in the form of wealth, intelligence, glory, or energy.

    Ihsan itself comes from the word hasuna which means good or good. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), ihsan means good; donations and so on that are not required. Ihsan itself cannot be separated from faith and Islam. Its unity becomes a unity as the perfection of a person’s Islam.

    Translating from the Islam.nu.or.id page, Ibnu Katsir in his work of interpretation said that ihsan includes the goodness of something in substance, both related to creed, worship, and others such as the goodness of a Muslim towards others.

    Meanwhile, Sayyid Thanthawi said, the object of the word ‘kindness’ in Surat An-Nahl verse 90 is not mentioned to give the general effect of the target and form of the act of kindness itself. Good deeds or courtesy are performed in the form of actions and speech and are directed to humans, animals, and other creations.

    Sayyid Thanthawi said, the object of the word ‘kindness’ in Surat An-Nahl verse 90 is not mentioned to give the general effect of the target and form of the act of kindness itself. Good deeds or courtesy are performed in the form of actions and speech and are directed to humans, animals, and other creations.

    Al-Munawi explains about the important place of kindness as a manifestation of faith. This is because the religion of Islam is based on the pillars of kindness and generosity. If both are not practiced then one’s Islam will not be of good value.

    The link between kindness and faith was brought up again by the Prophet in the narration of Ibnu Majah and At-Tabarani, “The most important believers (the highest degree, said Al-Munawi) are those with the best morals.”

    Allah commands His people to behave according to ihsan as mentioned in surah Al Baqarah verse 83 as follows.

    وَاِذْ اَخَذْنَا مِيْثَاقَ بَنِيْٓ اِسْرَاۤءِيْلَ لَا تَعْبُدُوْنَ اِلَّا اللّٰهَ وَبِالْوَالِدَيْنِ اِحْسَانًا وَّذِى الْقُرْبٰى وَالْيَتٰمٰى وَالْمَسٰكِيْنِ وَقُوْلُوْا لِلنَّاسِ حُسْنًا وَّاَقِيْمُوا الصَّلٰوةَ وَاٰتُوا الزَّكٰوةَۗ ثُمَّ تَوَلَّيْتُمْ اِلَّا قَلِيْلًا مِّنْكُمْ وَاَنْتُمْ مُّعْرِضُوْنَ

    Meaning, “And (remember) when We took a promise from the Children of Israel, “Do not worship other than Allah, and do good to parents, relatives, orphans, and the poor. And speak good words to people, perform salat and pay zakat.” But then you turned away (denied), except for a small part of you, and you (still became) the opposition.”

    Not only that, the advice to do ihsan is also recorded in the word of God in surah An Nahl verse 90 which has the following meaning.

    Meaning, “Indeed, Allah commands (you) to act justly and to do good…”

    In another verse, Allah says in Surah Al Baqarah verse 195 which has the following meaning.

    “And do good (to others) as God has done good to you…”

    Courtesy Features

    A person who practices ihsan can be seen from his behavior. Here are some courtesy features that have been summarized from Plus.kapanlagi.com and in the book “Mutiara Qudsi” by Ahmad Abduh Iwadh as follows.

    • Issuing infak in easy or difficult conditions
    • Hold back his anger when they can
    • Forgive the wrongdoers of those who oppress them
    • Do the night prayer
    • People who do kindness will ask for forgiveness at sahur.
    • Always try to obey the commands of Allah SWT (prayer, fasting, zakat, almsgiving, giving, etc.) and stay away from His prohibitions.
    • Be trustworthy and honest.
    • Always strive to maintain worship to Allah SWT and always thirst for worship.
    • Can create and maintain peace and harmony in society.
    • Strive to forgive others when wronged and guard against anger.

    Forms of Acts of Kindness

    Actions that reflect courtesy are not present in a singular form. It can take many forms. Here are some forms of kindness that are around us.

    1. Be patient

    Patience is the act of holding back from something that is not liked with full contentment and submission. As a Muslim, refraining from something he doesn’t like. For example, refraining from getting angry when someone does something bad to us.

    Not only that in worship and obedience to God, patience is also needed. As a Muslim, we are obligated to worship and refrain from disobeying God. Although, we are attracted to immoral things.

    Patience and not feeling anxious is also part of morals that is obtained with practice and seriousness. Reader who embrace Islam can practice patience by remembering God’s commands and the promised rewards.

    As in His word in Surah Ali Imran verse 200 which has the following meaning.

    “O you who believe, be patient and strengthen your patience and stay ready (at the border of your country) and fear God, so that you will be successful.”

    Also in surah Al-Baqarah verse 45 which means the following.

    “And ask for help (to God) with patience and prayer…”

    2. Performing Salat

    Salat in the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), is the second pillar of Islam, in the form of worship to Allah Swt., must be performed by every mukalaf Muslim, with certain conditions, pillars, and readings, starting with takbir and ending with salam; prayer to God.

    Salat can also be interpreted as an orderly worship of several words and actions that begin with takbir, end with salam, and are equipped with various conditions that have been determined. Allah says in Surah Al Ankabut verse 45 which means the following.

    “And establish prayer. Indeed, prayer prevents from (deeds) vile and evil.”

    3. Paying Zakat

    As Muslims, you must pay zakat if you have met the conditions. Giving zakat will not make us poor, it can actually clean our wealth. It should be remembered that in the sustenance we have there is sustenance of other people.

    Zakat is one of the fifth pillars of Islam. It is fardu ‘ain if the conditions have been met. In surah An Nisa verse 77 it was commanded about zakat. The meaning of the verse is “Establish prayer and pay zakat on your wealth…”

    The warning of zakat is also listed in surah At Taubah verse 103 which means, “Take zakat from some of their property, with that zakat you cleanse and purify them…”

    4. Belief in the Last Day

    The end of human life will come with an uncertain time. As a Muslim, you must believe that life in this world is only temporary and has an end.

    Then, will come the second life, the moments leading to the afterlife. God will resurrect all living creatures with one breath. They will gather at the Mahsyar field to be weighed or smoked.

    God will give the reward of heaven to those who do good. Meanwhile, those who do bad things on earth will be rewarded with the punishment of hell. This is stated in surah Ar Rahman verse 26-27 which has the following meaning.

    “Everything on earth will perish, but the face of your Lord who has patience and glory will remain forever.”

    Also recorded in surah Al Anbiya verses 34-35 which has the following meaning.

    “And We did not make eternal life for a human being before you (Muhammad); then if you die, will they remain? Everyone who lives will feel death. We will test you with bad and good as a test. And you will be returned only to us.”

    5. Jihad

    Jihad becomes fardhu kifayah to fight the infidels and those who fight the Muslims. However, this jihad cannot be used as a basis for killing other people of different beliefs and religions.

    In surah At Taubah verse 122 it was explained about jihad. The meaning of the verse is as follows.

    “It should not be for the believers to all go (to the battlefield). Why not go from each group among them a few people to deepen their knowledge of religion and to warn his people when they have returned to him, so that they can take care of themselves.”

    6. Infact

    According to Juwaibir which was narrated from adh-Dhahhak, “infaq is charity done to draw closer to God according to the ability and facilities they have, until the verse about the obligations of charity was revealed, namely the seven verses in Surat At-Taubah which explain about charity , and these are the verses menasakh (abolish) the existing law and establish a new law.”

    Meanwhile, in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), infak is defined as the giving (donation) of property and the like (apart from obligatory zakat) for good; charity; alimony Infak can be created in various forms.

    Income can be in the form of services or material. Services are usually given by giving energy or expertise to help others. Meanwhile, material by giving material possessions, such as money, gold, cars, bicycles, etc. to others who need help.

    Courtesy Function

    Courtesy is not without reason. At least, it is a reason for people to continue doing good. Here is the function of courtesy for humans.

    1. The driver, that Ihsan towards Allah SWT, motivates people to respect their lives, worship and do righteous deeds to the extent of increasing a person’s faith and piety.
    2. The distributor, namely that Ihsan towards Allah SWT, which humans already have in order to develop optimally in their daily life activities by using the Islamic religious guidance to the extent that they are aware of Allah SWT.
    3. Control, by using Ihsan, people can control their actions when doing something forbidden by Allah SWT.
    4. Adaptation, man must be aware of himself as a creature created by Allah SWT who has no energy and no strength compared to Allah who is the creator and the almighty.

    Also read:

  • Definition of Poverty: Types, Causes and Impacts

    Definition of Poverty: Types, Causes and Impacts

    Definition of Poverty  – Children dropping out of school because they cannot afford education, a mother who steals milk for her child, the high prevalence of malnutrition in children, what’s wrong with them? People say our land is the land of heaven, that’s the lyrics of the song by the band Koes Ploes.

    But shouldn’t all citizens in the land of heaven be prosperous? In fact there is still a lot of poverty that we can see before our eyes. Why is there still poverty today in our country? What is the impact if left continuously? And how to solve it?

    Reader, let’s talk about poverty this time. By studying it, we hope to help alleviate poverty in Indonesia.

    Definition of Poverty

    The primary needs or basic needs that we know so far include clothing, shelter, and food. If translated successively are clothes, houses, and eating and drinking.

    However, recently many experts have included education and health as primary needs. This is because education and health are needed to provide clothing, shelter and food. Without both, the fulfillment of all three is difficult to do.

    The inability to meet these primary needs is poverty. Poverty can be said to be like a social condition that is very heartbreaking and offers sorrow.

    However, is there a way to escape this poverty? Find the answer through the book To Avoid Poverty below.

    How can our hearts not be cut?

    After hearing or witnessing that small children have to suffer from malnutrition because their parents cannot provide adequate nutritional needs, the children drop out of school and then work to earn money.

    Poverty is one of the benchmarks of the well-being of a community in the area. Not only that, poverty can also be used as a benchmark to measure the level of progress of a country

    Poverty is a global problem that from ancient times until now many countries have tried to escape from the problem. Our understanding of poverty can be seen from various points of view.

    Some understand poverty subjectively, but there are also comparative ones. There are also those who see it from a moral, evaluation, or scientific understanding which is considered to have a strong foundation.

    To be able to understand the meaning of the word poverty through the right perspective and develop concern for the people around, the book Poverty = Curse? you can get it below.

    According to many opinions, someone who is said to be poor can be measured in various ways, namely:

    1. Lack of material

    Due to the lack of material availability, it is difficult for a person to meet clothing, board, food, education, and health. Poverty from this point of view is understood as a lack of basic goods and services.

    2. Lack of fulfillment of social needs

    A person will be ostracized by the community, if dependent, missing information, or unable to participate in community life.

    3. Lack of sufficient income and wealth

    Adequate poverty parameters differ in each country. Because it is influenced by the country’s economic conditions and the country’s political policies. In addition, lack of income and wealth, a person has difficulties to meet clothing, board, food, education, and health.

    The condition of continuous poverty will give birth to a poor population. What is the poor population? If the population has conditions that are below the standard limit of the poverty line set by the state, it can be said to be a poor population.

    The poverty line is measured from the value of rupiah that must be spent to meet daily living needs. Both the minimum subsistence requirement of food and the minimum subsistence requirement of non-food.

    Types of Poverty

    According to Ali Khomsan and friends in the book entitled Indicators of Poverty and Misclassification of the Poor , there are several types of poverty that need to be known, namely:

    1. Absolute Poverty

    Absolute poverty is poverty that describes individuals whose income is below the poverty line set by the state. Or it can also be interpreted as the condition of an individual whose income is not enough to meet his primary needs.

    2. Relative Poverty

    Relative poverty is poverty caused by development policies that have not been spread evenly so that they have not been able to reach the entire community. Therefore, in some regions there are residents who have income inequality.

    Although the condition of a resident is already above the poverty line, he still looks poor because the average income of the residents of the area is higher.

    Therefore, this type of poverty is called relative poverty. Relative poverty can also be interpreted as poverty that comes from the comparison between the population and its environment.

    From this relative poverty, a stigma can be formed that personal A is relatively poorer than personal B because personal B has a higher income.

    3. Cultural Poverty

    Cultural poverty is poverty that is formed because of the habits of society that have become culture, both from the values ​​carried, thoughts, and ways of working. Examples of cultural poverty that often occur in the community are as follows:

    • Lazy
    • Low work ethic
    • Easy to surrender to fate
    • A culture of society that likes corruption, collusion, and nepotism
    • Reject the progress of science and technology
    • Suspend aid from other parties, including the government
    • Fewer
    • Likes extravagance and excessive consumption
    • Likes to steal and take shortcuts to success
    • Relying on the inheritance of parents
    • Not standing on his own feet aka not independent

    To better understand the various fundamental principles of poverty alleviation as described in the Qur’an, Reader can read the book Himah di Balik Kemiskinan.

    4. Structural Poverty

    Structural poverty is poverty that originates from the social structure embedded in certain groups of society and makes it possible for them to be unable to use the resources that are actually available to them.

    Examples of structural poverty that often occur in society, namely

    • An area that has abundant natural resources, but its people cannot enjoy this wealth.
    • Eviction or clearing of land carried out by the government in an area causes the surrounding community to have no place to live and lose their jobs.
    • Communities in one area did not have time to have jobs or lost their jobs because the area’s natural resources were controlled by foreign investors who used foreign workers.
    • Poor countries because they are unable to pay off foreign debt.

    How to Measure Poverty

    The World  Bank or the World Bank has set a poverty line. This means that if someone has the ability to spend in a day below that nominal, then that person can be categorized as poor. These standards experience  updates  along with world conditions.

    In 2005, the poverty line was $1.25. Currently, the poverty line set by  the World Bank  is $ 1.9 or equivalent to Rp. 27,000.00 (exchange rate of $ 1 = Rp. 14,258.25 as of 11/9).

    However, every country has a different poverty line. This is of course caused by many things, such as the exchange rate of the country’s currency against the USD, the economy, geopolitics, and so on.

    In order to better understand what is meant by the standard poverty line, and how to analyze and classify it, Reader can learn about all of this through the book Poverty Indicators and Misclassification of the Poor.

    The most severe poverty is generally experienced by developing countries. This can be proven by the presence of poverty in each region. Countries that are experiencing a poverty crisis are forced to owe money to  the World Bank  or other countries. This is very risky because if they cannot pay the state debt, they will be declared bankrupt.

    However, that does not mean there is no poverty in developed countries. The presence of homeless people roaming around is proof that at least there are some poor individuals in developed countries. It’s just that there aren’t many of them.

    Looking at the data presented by  the World Population Review , the 5 countries with the highest percentage of poverty (in order of highest poverty rate) are:

    • South Sudan is 82.3% of the total population of 11,381,378 people.
    • Equatorial Guinea accounts for 76.8% of the total population of 1,449,896 people.
    • Madagascar is 70.7% of the total population of 28,427,328 people
    • Guinea Bissau is 69.3% of the total population of 2,015,494 people.
    • Eritrea is 69% of the total population of 3,601,467 people.

    Meanwhile, the 5 countries with the lowest poverty rate (in order of lowest poverty rate) are:

    • Turkmenistan is 0.2% of the total population of 6,117,924 people.
    • China is 0.6% of the total population of 1,444,216,107 people.
    • Ukraine is 1.3% of the total population of 43,466,819 people.
    • Kazakhstan is 2.5% of the total population of 18,994,962 people.
    • Sri Lanka is 4.1% of the total population of 21,497,310 people.

    Know the Definition of Poverty Line

    The poverty line (GK) is a standard used to determine whether an individual is in the poor category or not. In Indonesia, GK is calculated from the sum of the Food Poverty Line (GKM) and the Non-Food Poverty Line (GKNM). Residents who have per capita expenditure per month below the GK fall into the category of poor people.

    GKM is the expenditure value to meet the minimum food needs which can be equated with 2,100 calories per capita a day. There are 52 types of commodities that represent basic food needs, namely grains, tubers, fish, meat, eggs and milk, vegetables, nuts, fruits, oils and fats, and so on.

    While GKNM itself is expenditure to meet the minimum needs for shelter, clothing, education, and health. Commodity packages of this type are represented by 47 commodities in rural areas and 51 types in urban areas.

    Mathematically, GK = GKM + GKNM

    Causes of Poverty

    No smoke without fire is the correct term to describe causation. The occurrence of poverty certainly does not come suddenly, but there is a long and continuous process so that poverty occurs. Reader, the following are the causes of poverty:

    1. Lack of Job Opportunities

    Individuals who do not have a good, steady and continuous job will certainly find it difficult to meet their daily needs. Instead of meeting secondary to tertiary needs, primary needs are difficult to fulfill.

    You can imagine if this condition occurs in other individuals in large numbers. The country must be facing a serious poverty problem.

    Therefore, the government should manage the availability of jobs properly and increase the number of  entrepreneurs  who are reliable and have a high sense of nationalism. So that  the stock of  employment can accommodate the large number of workers.

    2. Lack of Education, Knowledge, and Knowledge

    Education in Indonesia has several purposes, among them:

    • Enrich the life of a nation
    • Forming dignified national character and civilization
    • Develop the potential of students to become noble people, have faith and fear God Almighty. Not only that, education is also necessary for students to be knowledgeable, capable, creative, and independent.
    • Become a democratic and responsible citizen.

    With the above objectives, education is very necessary for a person’s progress. The lack of education a person receives can reduce the development of a person’s potential.

    Someone who is highly educated, at least has a greater opportunity to grow the spirit of innovation, how to negotiate, how to think scientifically and logically, attitude , how to argue, how to solve problems, how to find strategic relationships, etc.

    A person who is less educated will lose those opportunities especially when entering the world of work, he will lose to compete with his rivals.

    It can be imagined if there are many individuals who lack education in a country. It is certain that the country will lack superior human beings. As a result, the country lacks innovation, research, and low negotiation skills. Thus, the occurrence of poverty is only waiting for time.

    It should be noted, education we mean here is someone’s willingness to learn. Education itself is formal and informal.

    3. A Conflict or Riot Occurs

    The occurrence of conflict or riots can disrupt the stability of the country, both in terms of politics, economy, social, culture, as well as defense and security. Riots can reduce the productivity of the community so that domestic trade and exports become sluggish. This will result in soaring prices on some goods or services.

    Security becomes disturbed because it is not uncommon for there to be looting of stalls, shops, factories, offices, gardens, rice fields, forests, etc. As a result, economic actors, especially entrepreneurs, experience difficulties in carrying out their activities and hinder the country’s economic activities.

    4. Climate Change or Natural Disasters

    Natural disasters, whether caused by climate change or not, have a great influence on the condition of a person’s poverty. If we look at the flashback of the earthquake that hit Lombok and the tsunami that hit Palu in the same year, 2018. The disaster left a lot of tremors for the people of Indonesia.

    As a result of the disaster, everything was paralyzed. Destroying many things that have been built. This can cause poverty in the area.

    5. Occurrence of Social Injustice

    Social injustice can cause a person to have different opportunities to develop. A person who is discriminated against or has difficulty obtaining his rights, of course can experience poverty.

    6. Lack of Water and Food Resources

    Water and food can be said to be basic needs for life. Therefore, there should be no shortage of water and food because a lack of both can lead to poverty.

    7. Minimal Infrastructure

    Bad road conditions, land separated from the waters due to lack of bridges, lack of information due to limited internet connections, lack of public transportation, and so on.

    These things will certainly disrupt economic activity. These conditions can reduce the ability to compete with other rivals. The backwardness can reduce competitiveness and lead to poverty.

    8. Lack of Government Support

    A government that does not support its people in finding income can plunge its people into the abyss of poverty. The support given by the government to the people can be in the form of regulations, grant aid, natural resource management, employment, and so on.

    9. Poor Health Quality

    Getting health services has become one of the primary needs. The lack of health services can cause poverty in the community because sick people cannot do their jobs well.

    10. High Demand Price

    The high prices of necessities cause people to find it difficult to buy goods, especially basic necessities. The income obtained cannot be sufficient as usual. If this happens in the long term, poverty will occur.

    Impacts of Poverty

    If in a country there are a lot of people who feel poverty, then there will be impacts that will be detrimental to the country. The following are the impacts caused by poverty.

    1. High crime rate.
    2. Closed access to education.
    3. High unemployment rate.
    4. Deteriorating health services.
    5. High death rate.
    6. Chaos.
    7. The country was declared bankrupt.
    8.  

     

  • Definition of Social Groups, Examples, Types, and Driving Factors

    Definition of Social Groups, Examples, Types, and Driving Factors

    Definition of social group – Humans living in the world cannot live alone and need help from others. Humans include social beings that are interconnected between individuals and the surrounding environment. Well, to provide a better understanding of social groups following their explanations, functions, characteristics and examples.

    Definition of Social Groups

    Humans are social creatures who cannot live on their own without the intervention or help of others. Every social being has an immediate environment, whether it is a family or another environment that forms a large group such as a tribe.

    The group in sociology is known as a social group. Social group means that the interaction that occurs between individuals to make contact, communication, and cooperation. To understand further, a social group is a group of people who have an awareness of togetherness and interact or communicate with each other.

    The function of the existence of social groups is to meet their needs. Therefore, humans need other people to work together or in groups. The existence of different social groups will certainly have an impact by creating new social conflicts. This is basically because of ideological differences in each group.

    The group members of a social group will obey all the orders in the group. However, other groups will actually try to compete and even defeat other groups. It is this kind of thing that can actually cause social conflict between groups by threatening each other and not caring about the applicable Law.

    The main cause of social conflict that occurs between groups is the existence of new situations and conditions that result in imbalances that occur in the social system.

    However, social groups will also produce social integration if there is tolerance and a sense of mutual appreciation and respect between one group and another.

    Social groups are formed from the interaction between one individual and another. They will interact with each other in communication, cooperation, accommodation, assimilation, and acculturation in order to achieve common goals.

    Understanding Social Groups According to Experts

    The following is the definition of social group according to experts which has been summarized by various sources:

    • Paul B. Horton and Chester L. Hunt

    They think that a social group is a group of people who have an awareness of their membership to interact with each other.

    • George Homes

    George Homans stated that a social group is a group of individuals who do certain activities, interact with each other to do those activities, interact and have mutual feelings to form a whole that is organized and reciprocally related.

    • Stolley Kathy

    Stolley explains that social group is a term in a specific sociological sense. The sociological definition of a social group is a group of people who interact regularly based on common interests and develop a sense of belonging, among them developing a sense of solidarity and loyalty that makes them feel different from other groups.

    • Soerjono Soekanto

    The last expert’s opinion is from Indonesia, namely Soerjono Soekanto who states that social groups are collections or units of people who live together because they are mutually related and mutually influence each other.

    Characteristics of Social Groups

    After knowing the meaning of social groups in general and according to experts, then we also need to know the characteristics of social groups. Here are some characteristics of social groups that need to be known.

    1. The existence of the same impulse or motive between individuals one with another.
    2. There is an affirmation in the form of the formation of an organization or structure that consists of a position and their respective roles.
    3. There is a consequence that comes from a different interaction between one individual and another in an environment.
    4. There is an awareness that exists in each individual and knowing their respective roles.
    5. There is a very close relationship between its members in order to achieve a goal.
    6. Each member has an influence or reciprocity.

    Driving Factors of Social Groups

    The existence of social groups is certainly a driving factor. The formation of social groups that occurs usually begins with the existence of a relationship or contact and social communication that produces a social process in social interaction.

    Social formation itself can be formed by several things, such as emotional, practical, and intellectual experience. Emotional experience is a grouping that exists when the instinct is channeled to live together with other human beings. Practical experience is a grouping based on activities that humans do to fulfill their wishes and desires.

    Intellectual experience or personal experience is a grouping based on the limitations of a person’s mind so that it requires the guidance and direction of other people.

    Types of Social Groups

    Social groups can be distinguished from various kinds, whether based on heredity, based on the attitude of members, based on interests and areas and others. Here’s an explanation:

    • Types of Social Groups Based on Interests and Regions

    Social groups can be distinguished based on their interests and territories, there are four types, namely:

    • Tribe or ethnic group

    Tribe or ethnic group is a community whose members have special characteristics so that we can distinguish them from the general public.

    Such groups are formed as a result of migration, war, slavery, or changes in political boundaries. Examples include the Dayak tribe, Baduy tribe, and so on.

    • Nation

    A nation which is a community with a very broad scope and has very many members. Members of a nation share many similarities in language, history, and culture.

    • Village

    The village is a group in which the inhabitants have special characteristics, namely the existence of a fairly high kinship attitude and their economic activity is usually in the agricultural sector.

    • Kota

    A city is a residential community with a relatively large population. A special feature of cities is that their people are heterogeneous, both in terms of occupation, level of education, cultural background, and religion.

    • Types of Social Groups Based on Ancestry

    There are two types of social groups based on heredity, namely as follows:

    • Every

    Social groups can be distinguished based on a person’s caste which is formed based on birth ties. Each caste has its own traditions and rituals.

    For example, like in India. In India castes are divided into 4 levels, namely Brahmins, Kshatriyas, Vaisyas and at the lowest level Sudras.

    • Nobleman

    Next is the nobility which is a social group formed based on birth ties from the royal family.

    For example, in Javanese society there is a term known as priyayi who are descendants of learned kings. 

    • Types of Organized Social Groups

    There are several types of regular social groups. Here are the types and explanations:

    • Primary group

    The primary group is a small group that has the characteristics of intimacy, face-to-face association, and cooperation.

    • Secondary Group

    A secondary group is an impersonal formal group with little social affinity.

    • Group In /  In-Group

    Group in or  in group  is a form of one’s awareness of individual identity in a social group.

    • Outer Group /  Out-Group

    An out group or  out group  is an outside group that can make a person feel he or she is not part of that group.

    • Informal Group

    Informal groups are groups that grow out of a process of interaction, attraction and need for a person.

    • Formal Group

    Each group has its own rules that are firm and deliberately created by each member to regulate the relationship between its members.

    • Membership Group

    Is a group in which everyone is physically a member of the group.

    • Paguyuban  / Community

    Paguyuban is a form of life together, where the members are bound by a pure and natural inner relationship.

    This social group has a warm or intimate nature of each member. The relationship is personal and limited to a few people and is exclusive.

    • Types of Irregular Social Groups

    Social groups can also be divided based on irregular social groups. Following are some types of irregular social groups.

    • Social Crowd /  Crowd

    Social groups can also occur in the presence of a group of people who are in one place, but among them are not permanently related.

    • Public

    What is meant by the public is a group that is not a unit. Interaction occurs directly through communication that is not durable.

    Examples of private conversations such as gossip, newspapers, radio, television, movies, and so on.

    • Massa

    A mass is all the individuals in a social crowd. In addition, the existence of this mass is usually caused because there is an incompatibility in society.

     

    Those are some types of social groups. Well, so that our discussion about social groups is more complete, then it is good that we also discuss about examples of social groups. So, what are the examples of social groups?

    Examples of Social Groups

    Social groups certainly have an important role in the life of each individual. Where they will learn how to communicate well, even cooperate with other groups. The following are examples of social groups, namely:

    1. Occupational Group

    Occupational group is one type of social group consisting of individuals who have the same or similar occupation. Occupational groups have a big role in assessing a person’s personality, especially in the members who join it.

    Examples of occupational groups, such as the Association of Pharmacy Scholars, the Indonesian Doctor’s Association, Peradi and others.

    2. Formal Groups

    A formal group is a group that is established or formed intentionally through the leader’s decision to complete a task efficiently and effectively.

    An example of a formal group is a traffic police unit consisting of sections, namely the administration section, field or patrol, logistics, construction or counseling.

    3. Informal Groups

    Informal groups are groups that do not have a clear structure and are not defined by the organization. Informal groups are formed naturally that appear as a need for social contact. This social group is often formed because each member has some common goals.

    Examples of informal groups such as mothers’ groups, friends hanging out, etc.

    4. Social Crowd

    Social aggregate or known as social crowd is a group of people who are in a place. But, they don’t have a regular relationship. A social crowd can also be referred to as a collectivity, which is a group of people in a place and a time that is temporary in nature.

    Examples of social gatherings include demonstrations, major studies, concerts and others.

    Closing

    Basically, a social group is an activity, a group or a very good social interaction. In fact, with the existence of various types of social groups, it can increase the bond of unity and unity. Therefore, social groups that exist in society cannot be simply eliminated.

    However, sometimes the large number of social groups can sometimes trigger a conflict that can divide unity and unity. This can happen because one social group and another social group do not respect each other. Therefore, it is necessary for social groups in a community to respect each other. That way, unity and unity can still be maintained.

    Thus the discussion about the meaning of social groups, types of social groups, to examples of social groups. Hopefully all the discussions above are useful and can add to your insight.

     

  • Definition of Scarcity: Characteristics, Causes, Impacts, and How to Overcome It

    Definition of Scarcity: Characteristics, Causes, Impacts, and How to Overcome It

     

    Definition of Scarcity –  Empon-empon, turmeric, ginger, temulawak, and several similar ingredients, are the basic ingredients for making herbal medicine. Herbal medicine is believed to increase the human body’s resistance, including from the threat of exposure to the corona covid-19 virus. At the beginning of the last pandemic, these materials were hard to find on the market.

    At that time, the community flocked to get the material, so that, as the need increased, which was not balanced by the availability of the material, this became the cause of the scarcity of the material in the community. Well, Sinaumedians, this time we will discuss the meaning of scarcity, broadly.

    In practice, the phenomenon of scarcity is a serious and important thing for us to understand. Then what is the meaning of rarity, characteristics, and causes? For more details, please see the following explanation.

    A. Meaning of Economic Scarcity

    In simple terms, the concept of scarcity can be interpreted as limited resources, resulting in insufficient human needs . When we need something, we cannot find what we need, this is also called scarcity. Broadly speaking, economic scarcity can be defined as, one of the most fundamental economic problems we face every day, widely used in business to show the gap between supply and demand.

    During this pandemic, there are many shortages in many sectors. This is due to the rapid spread of the covid-19 corona virus throughout the world. People are urged to keep their distance, not to crowd, use a mask, wash their hands after handling something with soap, in running water.

    In order to break the chain of spread of the virus, governments around the world issue regulations, so that people can work from home. But in practice, not all activities that can support economic activities can be done from home. So much so that many industrial sectors experience congestion or go out of business. The large number of closed industries causes scarcity in various areas of resources. Surely all of you have experienced something like this, Sinaumedians.

    Various financial sectors as well as the Indonesian economy have an impact due to this. The book How Indonesia Handles the Covid-19 Pandemic and Its Impact on the Economy can be read by Reader to understand more about it.

    B. Characteristics of scarcity

    Sinaumedians, after knowing the meaning of rarity, this phenomenon also has characteristics. What are the characteristics of economic scarcity? Check it out!

    1. Resources can rarely be obtained, they can also be insufficient, in other words, the means of satisfaction in the form of goods and services are limited.
    2. High human desires or needs, it can be said, human needs, are not limited.
    3. The number of tools that meet human needs is very limited, because they are no longer produced, thus making them difficult to obtain.
    4. The demand price has skyrocketed compared to the normal price, because the quantity is limited, while the demand from consumers is high.
    5. Consumers have to make sacrifices in order to get satisfaction tools in the form of goods or services, even to the point of sacrificing the needs of many people to meet more important needs.

    We can also see this in the example of the current pandemic, where there are so many challenges faced by the Indonesian nation that it is difficult to meet the needs of many people and this is discussed in the book Navigating the Pandemic Storm.

    C. Types of Rarity

    We have discussed a lot about the meaning of scarcity, but this scarcity can happen to anything, right? This time we will discuss the types of rarity itself.

    1. Scarcity of Human Resources

    From this condition, a person is expected to be able to improve their quality both in terms of thinking ability, as well as becoming a skilled human being. This can be done by improving the quality of education, digging into knowledge sources, following technological developments, in order to become skilled and qualified individuals, even able to compete with foreign workforce.

    In the book Indonesia Towards 2045 SDM Superior And Technology Is Key also discussed how to become a developed country we need to learn various solutions, breakthroughs, and leaps that other developed countries have made.

    2. Scarcity of Natural Resources

    Living beings cannot escape or be far from nature. Nature provides many benefits for the living creatures around it. Everything available in nature is referred to as natural resources, these natural resources consist of two types, namely biotic resources, in the form of animals and plants, and abiotic resources, in the form of air, water, soil, climate, and mining materials. Before being used, the natural resources must be explored first, so that they can be utilized.

    If the resources are used continuously, the supply will surely become thinner, including natural resources. The depletion of the availability of natural resources is what is referred to as scarcity, especially non-renewable natural resources, such as mining.

    In order to prevent this, the Natural Resource Law appeared in Indonesia which was used to regulate the authority of local governments in the management of existing natural resources, and this was discussed in the Indonesian Natural Resource Law book.

    3. Scarcity of Entrepreneurship Resources (Entrepreneurship)

    the word entrepreneurship itself comes from the French word, which is entreprende which has the meaning of adventurer, creator, and business manager, then entrepreneurship in general, can be interpreted as an effort to determine, develop, then combine innovation, opportunity, and a better way to have more value in life.

    So, entrepreneurship resources itself is an effort that involves other resources such as natural resources, capital and technology, so that it can create wealth and prosperity through the creation of jobs, production and products that society needs.

    A creative and innovative entrepreneur can take advantage of available resources, to create quality results, so as to obtain maximum profit. This is one of the keys to entrepreneurial success found in 8 Keys to True Entrepreneurial Success: Tips and Motivation to Become a Successful Entrepreneur by Rudi Rakian.

    4. Scarcity of Capital Resources

    To support a production, resources in the form of capital are needed. Capital resources are the main foundation for producing goods or services, which are products that have beneficial value to meet human needs. Capital resources can be in the form of fresh funds, physical capital.

    Namely in the form of raw materials, equipment, buildings, machines, skills, even will, and spirit can also be referred to as capital resources. A strong desire, to be the foundation of building capital. A strong desire accompanied by effort and hard work will give rise to a unique opportunity to run a production.

    D. Causes of scarcity

    Sinaumedians, scarcity does not happen immediately. There are other things that can cause scarcity. About what is the cause? Let’s take a look!

    1. Population Growth

    Population growth is something that needs attention. Rapid population growth, without accompanying the production process of an adequate means of satisfying needs, will cause the process of fulfilling human needs to be hindered. The high population growth rate will result in living needs that must be met, getting out of control.

    2. Production Ability

    The ability of production is determined by production factors in the form of labor, capital, natural resources, and entrepreneurship. The supporting factors are limited in number, so they will automatically have an impact on whether or not scarcity occurs.

    3. Geographical Location Differences

    The natural conditions in each hemisphere are not the same, each region has its own characteristics. From this characteristic will give birth to a diversity of resources, according to the potential of each region. The distribution of geographical conditions is the cause of the scarcity of resources.

    4. Natural Disasters

    Natural disasters, such as floods, earthquakes, landslides, erupting mountains, and other natural disasters are one of the factors that cause scarcity that cannot be predicted by humans. Natural disasters always leave damaged buildings, infrastructure, and other natural resources, even causing casualties.

    5. Pandemic

    The pandemic that occurred for one year in this hemisphere is the cause of scarcity that cannot be predicted anyway. Large-scale social restrictions resulted in the cessation of the production process of goods, the use of services was also limited, human resources were also very limited, because many people died as a result of this pandemic. So conceivably, the pandemic caused massive shortages in many sectors of the economy.

    E. Scarcity impact

    1. Price increase

    If the demand is greater than the availability of resources, then the price will soar. This should happen, because whoever is quick, he gets it, and whoever dares to pay more, he also gets it. For example, before the pandemic came, medical masks on the market only cost 30 thousand silver per box containing 100 sheets of masks, during the pandemic, people are required to wear masks when going out, because everyone needs a mask, so the price of masks has soared up to 10 times folded, even disappeared from circulation.

    2. Unemployment increases

    The scarcity of tools to satisfy needs, causing the rotation of the economic wheel to not run smoothly, so that many things cannot be fulfilled, including the availability of funding sources to employ the workforce. How to employ a workforce, if the financial resources are not there. With this kind of scarcity, productive human resources have no jobs.

    3. Criminality increases

    To satisfy needs, one must have a balanced exchange tool. To acquire a convertible, an effort and sacrifice is required. The efforts made, if not comparable to the availability of employment, then these efforts will not produce exchange value. When someone can’t satisfy their needs because they don’t have an exchange rate, they will do everything they can to satisfy their needs. In this condition, it has an impact on the potential for criminality to occur.

    4. Poverty figures are increasing

    The lack of resources capable of providing purchasing power, has an impact on the inability to meet needs. Not being able to buy basic necessities can be indicated as the appearance of poverty. The poverty figure that appears as a result of scarcity, has an impact on the difficulty of a developing country’s progress.

    F. How to Overcome Scarcity

    The limitation of resources, encourages people to make efforts to meet all their needs. These efforts will be accompanied by sacrifices in the form of unlimited financial resources, energy, and thoughts, this is done in order to meet the needs of life.

    In order for these efforts to be maximally successful, strategic plans and methods are needed to avoid, or overcome scarcity. To be more clear, let’s look together, some ways to overcome scarcity.

    1. Arrange the priority scale

    To meet the needs of life, humans need to make plans. This plan is arranged based on priority from the important to the unimportant. The preparation of this planning scale is one way to overcome scarcity, because it uses a means of satisfying needs based on the urgency of whether or not this means of satisfaction must be met.

    2. Save the use of natural resources.

    Even though these natural products are abundant, if their use is not limited, they will gradually deplete and then run out. Humans are expected to be wise in utilizing these natural resources, not over-exploiting them. We need to remember that the earth and all the natural resources in it are not inherited from our ancestors, but are loans from our children, grandchildren and great-grandchildren.

    3. Maintain the sustainability of nature

    Every day, thousands of trees are cut down, to meet the needs of paper production. Not only that, hardwoods are also cut down a lot, then exported as raw materials, large-scale logging will make the living habitat of these trees bare and arid, the impact that occurs from this condition is, natural disasters such as floods, landslides, and lack of water content in the soil. So human awareness is needed to preserve this wealth of natural resources by replanting or rejuvenating forests.

    4. Make use of substitute resources

    There are two types of natural resources on earth, namely renewable natural resources and non-renewable natural resources. Natural resources are non-renewable, their supply is limited, while human needs are unlimited, so alternative resources are needed to replace these resources. For example, oil comes from the weathering of ancient animal fossils that were buried millions of years ago.

    After years of being used, the supply will be depleted. In order to meet the people’s need for the availability of petroleum as an energy source, alternative energy sources such as biogas, biodiesel, and others are made as a substitute for petroleum. As another example, the soaring price of masks and the scarcity of masks on the market has made many people creative in making their own masks that can be used and washed repeatedly.

    5. Improving the quality of human resources

    The scarcity of quality human resources causes minimal absorption of productive human resources. This has an impact on increasing the unemployment rate. To respond to this condition, it is necessary to organize workforce training, so that a person’s abilities can be maximized, so as to improve self-quality.

    6. Manage capital resources appropriately

    Managing capital resources, related to one’s ability to set priorities in fulfilling needs. When the management of capital resources goes hand in hand with setting priorities, then this really helps someone manage their expenses properly and correctly. For an entrepreneur, this can streamline operational costs, the hope is that with minimal capital, they can get maximum profits. This is what is called managing capital resources effectively.

    So, Sinaumedians, a little review about the definition of scarcity. Look around you, during this pandemic, we must be wiser in responding to the economic phenomena that are emerging around us. We are invited to be more creative and innovative in responding to this condition. After knowing the meaning of scarcity, Reader can start to see yourself, what potential do you have as individuals, what personal resources can be generated, so that they are useful for others.

     

    The importance of concern for looking around, which is a supporting factor for the availability of tools to meet human needs. If this can be done, it is hoped that scarcity will not occur, at least if it does, it should not have a negative impact on the wheels of the economy.

  • Understanding Violence: Types, Characteristics, Causes, and Examples

    Understanding Violence: Types, Characteristics, Causes, and Examples

     

    Definition of Violence – Every human being in this world will always be side by side with what is called difference, be it background differences (religion, race, tribe, etc.), physical differences, gender differences, and many more. There is nothing wrong with living side by side with differences, even with those differences can make life more diverse and colorful.

    However, on the other hand, these differences that are close to us can be the cause of a conflict that occurs between individuals and individuals, individuals and groups or groups and groups. Even worse, differences can also be a trigger for violence in a community.

    Currently, there are many acts of violence that occur in the community where the acts of violence that occur will cause injuries to the victim, be it physical injuries or psychological injuries. In general, violence often occurs because of the existence of various problems in a society, then those problems are very difficult to solve.

    The number of acts of violence in a region indicates that the region is not doing well. For victims of violent acts, it is best to immediately report to the authorities, Government Board, family, Non-Governmental Organization (NGO). That way, perpetrators of violent acts can be immediately arrested and punished.

    Acts of violence are indeed one of the things that are not allowed in this world. However, there is no harm in knowing what violence is, the characteristics of violence, the types of violence, and examples of violence. By knowing violence more deeply, then we will become more aware that acts of violence should be avoided or even should not be done by everyone.

    Definition of Violence

    Quoted from the book M, Rahmat, entitled Encyclopedia of Social Conflict, in Latin, this violence is often referred to as violentia which means ferocity, violence, cruelty, and ferocity. Violence itself can be regarded as intentional or unintentional behavior with the aim of hurting others.

    For this reason, violence is one of the actions that violate Human Rights. This is because acts of violence never reflect the norms and values ​​that reflect Human Rights. Because perpetrators of acts of violence must be immediately punished in order to obtain a deterrent effect.

    Violence is an act that is done deliberately by individuals or groups with the aim of oppressing the weak in order to continue suffering. This violence can be in a physical form or it can also be in a psychological form. As for acts of physical violence, such as someone hitting or kicking, and so on. Whereas psychological violence, such as forcing others to do things they don’t like. Both forms have an impact that can harm the victim.

    In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) violence is the act of a person or group of people that causes the injury or death of another person or causes physical damage or property of another person.

    If there is an act of violence in a social environment, then there is a high possibility that you will enter into yourself, so that it does not exclude the possibility of committing an act of violence as well. Moreover, it will be very difficult for us to differentiate between acts of violence and those that are not.

    In addition, the development of technology also makes acts of violence more widespread. In other words, acts of violence do not only occur in the real world, but also occur in the virtual world or the world of social media. Therefore, so that we do not become perpetrators of violence in the virtual world, we need to use social media.

    Types of Violence

    In order to be able to group the violence that is happening, then we need to know the types of violence. Violence in society is divided based on the form and perpetrator.

    Based on the Shape

    This form of violence is divided into three, namely physical violence, structural violence, and psychological violence.

    1. Physical Violence

    Physical violence is a violence that occurs for real or can be seen and felt by the body directly. This physical violence often leaves scars for the recipient of violence or the victim of violence, so when you want to report this violence will be reported first. As for physical violence, such as beatings, beatings, even taking someone’s life.

    This physical violence can also be called direct violence because it can directly cause injury to the victim. This physical violence does not only happen outside the home, but can also happen in the family environment, such as Domestic Violence (KDRT).

    2. Structural Hardness

    This structural violence can be regarded as a very complex violence because it is not only related to individuals, but also often occurs with a group. Structural violence is a type of violence that can occur and the perpetrator can be a group or a person by using the legal system, the economic system, or the norms that occur in the community.

    Therefore, this structural violence often causes social inequality, be it in education, income, skills, decision makers, and resources. From these things can have an impact on a person’s soul and physique. Some structural violence can be resolved through deliberations or through legal channels.

    3. Psychological Violence

    Psychological violence is violence which is carried out to injure a person’s mental or soul, so that it can cause a person to suffer from mental disorders. This psychological violence is better known by many people as psychic violence. Forms of psychological violence are usually, such as offensive remarks, insulting a person or group, making threats, and so on.

    This psychological violence can not only cause fear, but can also cause a person to get psychologically traumatized. If the victim of psychological violence is severe enough, then he needs to be taken to a psychiatrist or psychologist. In addition, the people around him must continue to support him in order to get justice.

    Based on the Actor

    Violence can not only be seen from the form of violence, but can also be seen based on the perpetrators. Violence based on the perpetrators is divided into two, namely individual violence and collective violence.

    1. Individual Violence

    Individual violence is a type of violence in which the violence is perpetrated by someone against another person or it could be more than one person. Usually this individual violence occurs in the form of violence, such as beatings, theft, assault, and others. This individual violence can happen in our immediate environment, so we need to always be vigilant so we don’t become victims of violence.

    2. Collective Violence

    Collective violence is violence which is carried out by a group or mass. Usually this violence occurs due to disputes between groups, thus triggering brawls, clashes, and others. This collective violence can harm the surrounding infrastructure. Even worse, this violence can cause casualties.

    Therefore, when collective violence occurs, it is usually only resolved by the authorities. So, if you see collective violence occurring, you should immediately notify the authorities.

    Those are several types of violence that are divided based on the form and perpetrator. From the types of violence, we can classify the violence that is happening and how to solve it.

    Causes of Violence

    Violence perpetrated by a person or by a group does not just happen. In other words, there is a reason for the violence to occur. Here are the causes of violence.

    1. Loss of Self-Esteem

    Everyone in this world must have self-esteem. In other words, someone definitely wants to be appreciated by others, especially those in their immediate environment. However, if a person has lost self-esteem and is no longer valued by his immediate environment, then he can commit acts of violence which usually start with angry attitudes and behavior.

    Violence caused by loss of self-esteem has a very strong motive. In addition, not only can it be done individually, but can also be done in groups.

    2. Different Economic Levels

    The next cause of violence is a different economic level or you could say it is poverty. This cause can also be interpreted as the difficulty of getting access to the economic center, especially during critical times.

    The existence of this social change presents a different economic level as well. In fact, someone who is difficult to deal with social change can trigger himself to commit acts of violence, especially when facing different economic levels. This can happen because a person has lost his health in order to be able to meet his life’s needs, so he dares to commit violence, such as robbing, mugging, and so on.

    3. Cannot Control Emotions

    Everyone can never be separated from the name of the problem, so that it can bring up the name of emotion. The next cause of violence is a person or group who cannot control their emotions. If the emotions inside are difficult to control, then emotions will continue to increase, so they will easily get angry with trivial problems. From there, acts of violence can occur and can cause casualties.

    4. Revenge

    Revenge is a trait that can cause a person to commit violence. The emergence of this feeling of revenge is caused because a person does not accept the behavior that has befallen him, thus triggering a feeling of anger within. From that feeling of anger, a person will be determined to commit violence in order to be able to repay what he has received at that time.

    The venting of anger that is poured through this violence is not good because it can harm oneself and others. In fact, with a sense of revenge could have resulted in casualties. From this grudge, it could continue to bring violence against the next generations which could make the hostility difficult to get rid of.

    5. Has Become a Tradition

    Violence can also be caused by the existence of a tradition of violence in an environment. Violence caused by tradition is very difficult to eradicate, so it will continue to the next generation. An example of an act of violence committed because of tradition is an orientation period activity or what is better known by many people as ospek. This prospect applies to students or new students who will study at a new educational institution.

    In ospect activities, acts of violence often occur, causing fear to the ospek participants. From that fear, the victims of this ospect arose the desire to make students or new students feel what they had experienced, so that ospek became a tradition.

    However, currently ospects have been banned and replaced with more positive activities when students or new students enter a new educational institution. In this way, the opek tradition will slowly disappear.

    6. Drunkard or Drug User

    The cause of violence can also be triggered by unhealthy and unhealthy lifestyles, such as excessive drinking of alcoholic beverages and drug users. When someone is drunk and can’t control himself, be it because of alcohol or drugs, it can create chaos that triggers acts of violence. It could even torture more than one victim.

    Violence caused by drunkenness and drug use can also occur between groups, so that it can trigger brawls or clashes that will be difficult to eliminate. In fact, these fights can cause casualties, it’s really very unfortunate if something like that can happen.

    Examples of Violence

    Examples of violence as follows.

    1. Committing theft or robbery.
    2. Doing stabbing or burglary.
    3. Hurting the feelings of others, both in the form of insults, mocking, and cursing.
    4. Injuring other people’s bodies, such as beating, stabbing, raping, and sexually assaulting.

    Characteristics of Victims of Violence

    Victims of violence must immediately receive good treatment. Therefore, we need to know the characteristics of victims of violence, including:

    1. There is a change in behavior

    Someone who has been a victim of violence will experience changes in behavior that are far from usual. The change in behavior in question, can be like becoming more afraid when you want to do activities outside the home. Apart from that, it can also be seen that those who usually live quietly become vengeful.

    2. Become More Silent

    Victims of violence are often afraid to express it to others, so they just stay silent. This can happen because the victim of this violence is traumatized, so that his psychological condition is also affected. In fact, he will reduce the intensity of talking to other people.

    3. Get moody and anxious quickly

    In addition to being quiet, victims of violence will also turn into someone who is gloomy and anxious. If there are people close to you who look like that, you should immediately be given moral support so that their mental condition does not get worse.

    4. Closing Yourself

    Fear will continue to approach victims of violence, so they will try their best to close themselves from other people.

    5. Fear of meeting other people or perpetrators of violence

    Trauma to victims of violence will be difficult to remove, so they will be afraid to meet other people or meet the perpetrators of violence. In fact, victims of violence will feel that other people are very dangerous for them.

    Impact of Violence

    1. It can cause a person to experience trauma that is difficult to remove.
    2. Fear of dealing with the abuser or even other people.
    3. Can damage psychiatric conditions or depression.
    4. Can leave physical scars that are difficult to remove.
    5. Makes emotions unstable.

    Conclusion

    Violence is an act that does not reflect Human Rights. Therefore, the perpetrators of violence must be immediately given legal sanctions that already apply. In addition, every member of society must protect each other so that acts of violence can be avoided.

    Even though acts of violence have been numerous and could have happened near us, we must not reduce our sympathy for victims of violence. This needs to be done so that victims do not feel traumatized and have the courage to live their lives. In addition, we also have to demand justice so that the perpetrators of violence are given strict sanctions.

  • Understanding Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Needs Included Examples

    Understanding Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Needs Included Examples

    Definition of Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Needs Included Examples – Basically, humans living in this world have a need to maintain their lives. Human needs are basically not exactly the same. The needs of the elderly, adults, teenagers, and children are certainly different.

    Because of this, humans always strive to fulfill their needs and never end. These diverse human needs according to their intensity are divided into three types, primary, secondary, and tertiary needs.

    The diverse needs of every human being which is still the basis is the need for clothing, food, and board. Along with the development of time and technology, the needs of the community are increasing, resulting in difficulties for the community in determining which are the primary needs and which are the secondary needs for their lives.

    In fulfilling the need to be consumed, humans cannot escape from three types of primary, secondary, and tertiary components. consumption classes are divided based on the consumption of three groups of things, namely: groups of raw materials related to the primary production sector in the form of food, drinks, fast food, and others .

    Second, a group of basic equipment and technology related to the secondary production sector in the form of means of transportation, clothes, shoes, sandals, bags, accessories, cosmetics, and others. Third, the group of free time related to tertiary production in the form of information and communication items such as smartphones and pleasure seeking such as going to malls, discos, and sports.

    A. Definition of Primary Needs

    According to the International Labor Organization or ILO ( International Labor Organization ), primary needs are the minimum physical needs of the community, related to the adequacy of the basic needs of every community, both rich and poor.

    Examples of Primary Needs

    Examples of primary needs include clothing, food, housing, education, and others.

    The primary needs of the Female Workforce abroad, for example, are meeting basic needs in the form of financing their children’s education in their hometowns, building a decent house and meeting every need for food and clothing from the income earned while working abroad.

    Primary needs consist of clothing, food, and board. Clothing is the first primary need because in society we wear clothes. This need becomes very important. Next is food which is a source of food for humans and is the main need.

    Lastly, is the board. Board means house or place of residence. A place to live is a primary need for humans. Not having a place to live means that the primary human needs have not been met. The residence becomes a place of shelter, shelter for the most secure and comfortable family. The three primary human needs become needs that cannot be abandoned. A decent life is about the fulfillment of these primary needs.

    B. Definition of Secondary Needs

    Secondary needs are the next needs after the primary needs as a complement or addition are fulfilled. These secondary needs are additional or complementary in order to lead a better life. A place to live or a house is a primary need but the location and design of the house is a secondary need.

    Human lifestyle is one of the secondary needs. Individual economic ability also differentiates this secondary need. This need is also important for human survival. As human beings who have a culture and live in society, there is a great need for various things that are better in terms of quality, quantity, and type.

    The word secondary comes from the Latin “secundus” which means second. For example, someone who has built a house with a good design will automatically need good furniture to fill his house, such as sofas, refrigerators, cabinets, quality kitchen appliances, and other furniture.

    Examples of Secondary Needs

    Examples of other secondary needs are access to health, education, and entertainment such as watching movies, going to the mall.

    Definition of Tertiary Needs

    Tertiary needs are needs that some people often call the need for something luxurious. This tertiary need is the need that is fulfilled last. The purpose of fulfilling tertiary needs is for personal pleasure and this need can also be equated with desire because not everyone can fulfill the tertiary needs.

    Tertiary needs are complementary to human life whose fulfillment can be avoided. Tertiary needs are prestigious, meaning that people who can meet these needs will be raised in rank or dignity (more respected). Examples of these needs include refrigerators, computers, motorcycles, luxury cars, musical instruments, and others.

    Tertiary needs are often referred to as luxury needs because the fulfillment of these needs is aimed at luxury goods. The fulfillment of this need is more in the nature of maintaining a person’s performance in the middle of social life.

    The fulfillment of tertiary needs depends on a person’s position and economic strata in society.

    Examples of Tertiary Needs

    An example of this need is someone who has income and then buys jewelry, bicycles, even luxury cars after the primary and secondary needs are met in order to improve their status in society so that they are not considered a lower class. Examples of tertiary needs include vacations abroad, goods branded items , jewelry, etc.

    In fulfilling needs, one will tend to start from the basic needs because it is very important for survival and then continue with other needs, namely secondary and tertiary needs.

    At the level of secondary needs, usually a person will increase on further needs that actually have no direct relation to the survival of the person. In the fulfillment of tertiary needs, a person tends to buy luxury items that are not actually a priority or not something important.

    In the case of tertiary needs, one tends to waste money on an item that is less useful and one tends to be excessive in buying something or items that are not really important. Behavior like this, buying things that are less useful and excessive is called consumptive behavior.

    However, what needs to be known together is that the types of needs above are relative from one person to another. That is, each person has a different view on an item whether the item includes primary, secondary, and tertiary needs for him. For example, smartphones, computers, used to be considered as tertiary goods or luxury goods.

    However, nowadays computers and smartphones can be considered as primary needs for some people. This can be seen in community life, almost every home has a smartphone or computer, even more than one.

    Along with considering smartphones, computers as a primary need so that everyone tries to meet the needs of the smartphone. However, everyone has their own income and expenses and of course they are different, so some people find it difficult to meet the smartphone.

    As an alternative solution, some people to meet these needs purchase smartphones and computers with credit. Although it makes it easier, think about the risk of buying electronic goods with credit.

     

  • Understanding Physical Fitness: Elements, Forms, and Benefits

    Understanding Physical Fitness: Elements, Forms, and Benefits

    Definition of Physical Fitness

    What is physical fitness? Physical fitness is a need that we must fulfill so that our body can perform many activities well. Physical fitness can be said to be a form of a person’s physical ability to perform daily activities without feeling excessive fatigue and of course still have energy reserves.

    The better a person’s physical fitness, the better their ability to cope with daily activities. It can be said that physical fitness is one of the determining factors of the body’s health and endurance. For example, by exercising a lot, the body will be fitter and avoid various diseases.

    Therefore, improve your lifestyle by doing more physical activities and sports to maintain your body’s endurance. Don’t let the body just sit still and not move much, it will trigger the stiffness of the muscles and bones because it has not been given heavy activities for a long time.

    In this regard, Sinaumedia would like to discuss the elements, forms, and benefits that can be obtained from physical fitness. Come on Reader, check out the following comments!

    Elements of Physical Fitness

    There are several elements in supporting physical fitness in the body such as strength, endurance, agility, speed, balance, and so on. When you understand the elements of physical fitness, you can do exercises and sports that can support your physical fitness. Here are the elements.

    1. Endurance

    Endurance is a condition where a person can move the body to do several activities with different tempos, but can do it efficiently and effectively without feeling excessive fatigue.

    Endurance can be divided into two, namely, muscular endurance and cardiorespiratory endurance . Muscular endurance is endurance by showing the ability of muscles to do heavy work for a long time. While cardiorespiratory endurance is the ability of the whole body to continue moving at a moderate tempo for a long time.

    2. Speed

    Speed ​​is the body’s ability to move from one place to another quickly. This speed is divided into three, namely, sprint speed, reaction speed, and moving speed. This speed can be trained by running based on an adjusted frequency.

    3. Strength

    Strength is the ability of the muscles to resist the load being carried by the body. This element of strength can also be called muscle strength. This muscle strength can also be related to muscle power or muscle endurance . Muscular endurance is the muscle’s ability to withstand contractions with light loads continuously.

    There is a functional difference between muscle strength and muscle endurance . muscle strength is used to lift heavy loads in one activity. While muscle endurance is used to perform light physical activity for a long period of time.

    4. Coordination

    Coordination is the body’s ability to perform activities or movements efficiently and accurately. A person who has good coordination then the cooperation done by his body will also be good. Concentration can also be done easily even while moving the body alternately.

    5. Agility

    Agility is the body’s ability to change body position quickly. With agility, the body will move quickly without the risk of injury. If agility has been formed in your body then you will easily move your body quickly without fear of making a mistake that will result in injury.

    6. Flexibility

    Flexibility is the body’s ability to perform maximum movement. This flexibility is supported by factors such as age, muscle quality, joint structure, and ligaments.

    This flexibility should be trained often because flexibility is also related to other elements of physical fitness such as agility, speed, and coordination. Having a flexible body can minimize the risk of injury to the body. You can also move freely in all your activities.

    7. Body Composition

    Body composition is a comparison of the ratio of the body that has fat and lean mass. Fat mass is found under the skin, around the heart, intestines, around the muscles, and also the lungs. While the fat-free part of the body is in the bones, muscles, and body fluids.

    The higher the fat mass, the higher your body has a risk of disease. Therefore, in order for your body to gain physical fitness, it is necessary to take care of the composition in the body.

    8. Balance

    Balance is where the position of the body will remain upright and not fall while performing physical movements. Having good body balance can minimize the risk of falling and injury.

    9. Explosive Power

    Explosive power is a combination of strength and speed, where the body can move quickly and also have strong muscles to fight the load carried by the body. This means that our body can move quickly and carry heavy loads at the same time.

    10. Speed ​​of Reaction

    Reaction speed is the reaction time of your body when receiving a stimulus or stimulation. The speed of this reaction is different from the reflex. A reaction is a conscious movement, while a reflex is an automatic movement performed without awareness.

    Forms of Physical Fitness Training

    This form of exercise is used to strengthen, accelerate, provide flexibility and all the elements of physical fitness for our bodies. If we want the body to be in shape then we have to practice and do sports activities. Here is a form of physical fitness training.

    This Class X High School Class X Physical Education, Sports and Health (PJOK) Textbook includes material about the experience of practicing basic game and sports skills, development activities, self-test/gymnastics, aquatic rhythmic activities (water activities), and health education.

    1. Push Up

    Push ups  are a form of exercise to improve our physical fitness. This sport is included in the type of  calisthenic exercise. This means that this type of exercise has the function of strengthening the chest, shoulder, and tricep muscles. Even  push-up movements  can form the lower back and abdominal muscles.

    Several things need to be considered when doing  push ups  such as paying attention to the movement of the hand position, always facing forward, and paying attention to the constant up and down movement. These push ups  are of course very effective for increasing your muscle mass and heart health.

    2. Back Lift

    This back lift  serves to form the muscles on the back to make it more muscular and symmetrical. This exercise is done with the body and head facing the floor straight, then slowly moving the chest up to the head up and down to the maximum.

    The benefits of this back lift activity   are to increase body strength, lose weight, reduce the risk of injury, shape and improve posture.

    3. Sit Up

    Sit ups  are useful for training various muscles. In this case  sit ups  can train the abdominal muscles, chest, waist, neck, and also the pelvis. By doing  sit ups  we can get several benefits such as tightening muscles, improving posture, forming an ideal body, and improving body balance.

    If you want to get the many benefits that have been mentioned, then you have to exercise regularly so that physical fitness can form in your body.

    4. Shoulders Press

    Shoulders press  is used to train the strength of the arm muscles and shoulder muscles. This shoulder press  exercise  is quite easy, you can use a barbell as a tool. After that you just lift the barbell with both hands straight ahead and then lift it up to your chest, do it repeatedly.

    5. Leg Squat

    This leg squat  aims to train the leg muscles. To do this you need a barbell and lift it with both hands, then place the barbell and your hands under your neck. After that you can bend your knees and go down in a half squat, repeat the movement.

    6. 50 Meter Sprint

     

    This fast run is intended to train movement speed. This sprint is done with a standing start . The method is that you have to stand with one of your feet near the start line . Then listen for the whistle or signal to start. If there is a warning, you can run as fast as possible with a distance of 50 meters.

    Benefits of Physical Fitness

    Physical fitness has many benefits for our body. With a lot of training and sports, the body will become stronger, flexible, agile, balanced, etc. Not only for physical health, but mental health can also be improved if our body feels fit. Here are the benefits of physical fitness.

    1. Maintaining Bone Health

    One of the benefits of maintaining physical fitness is strengthening the bones. A person who is always active in sports in his life will have better bone density than a person who has never exercised.

    In this case, sports can also prevent osteoporosis, especially in individuals aged 20-30 years. Many exercises to strengthen the bones in our body for example such as running, going up and down stairs, and also lifting weights.

    2. Maintaining Weight

    Exercising or doing physical fitness activities can burn calories in our body. By burning some calories in the body, the weight will decrease if it was previously excessive. In order not to lack calories due to continuous burning, you should also take care of a healthy and not excessive diet.

    3. Improving Mood

    Physical fitness activities can improve your mood. This is because the level of endorphins that increase after doing sports can trigger a sense of pleasure and other positive feelings. Therefore, the mood that was bad before will become better because the body has been fit.

    4. Controlling Blood Sugar Levels

    Physical fitness can also control blood sugar levels in our body. When we exercise, body cells will take some of the blood sugar we have. The blood sugar level contains energy, which is why the blood sugar level decreases when we exercise. By exercising regularly, the blood sugar level in the body will be more stable.

    5. Reduce Stress and Depression

    If you regularly do physical fitness activities then you can reduce the stress and depression you are experiencing. Sports can also improve the quality of sleep, which results in a lower stress level the next day.

    Sports can also lower serotonin levels in the blood which will reduce depression for sufferers. A person who regularly exercises will certainly have better emotional and mental health. They will be spared from other mental illnesses.

    6. Reduce Cardiovascular Risk

    Exercising regularly can reduce the risk of heart and blood vessel diseases such as heart disease and stroke. Regular athletics will train the heart muscle to be stronger and more active to flow blood throughout the body. A strong heart muscle due to sports will keep the heart stable.

    In addition, exercising regularly can also lower the level of good cholesterol (HDL) and the level of bad cholesterol (LDL) in the body, so that it can minimize the risk of coronary heart disease.

    7. Relieves Pain

    Some diseases in the body will definitely make our body feel sick. By exercising regularly, the pain will subside because of it. For example, pain in chronic back pain, fibromyalgia, shoulder disorders, etc.

    If you have these diseases, you should consult your doctor first to find out what kind of physical fitness training is suitable and effective for you.

    8. Healthy Brain Work System

    When you exercise often, physical fitness will occur, which also results in the brain’s work system improving and becoming healthier again. This brain work system affects the thinking and memory of the human brain. Therefore, an exercise routine means that it can improve the brain’s work system and make hormones that can grow new cells in the brain.

    9. Extend Life

    Exercising regularly means taking care of physical health, which means that age also comes with its time because our body has strong protection against various diseases. This reduces the risk of diseases that will land on our body, where we will live longer and always feel fit every day.

    10. Healthy Skin

    Who thought sports could make the skin healthy? Sports will strengthen the body’s immune system, where it will prevent the entry of disease through exposure to free radicals. Therefore, sports can take care of skin health, including making our skin more durable, as well as preventing skin aging.

    Factors Influencing Physical Fitness

    In achieving optimal physical fitness for our body, there are several factors that can affect it. Here are the influencing factors of physical fitness.

    1. Food

    In order to survive, humans generally need food. When it comes to food, we can’t just eat the food we see, but we must also look at the level of nutrition that can meet our health needs.

    Therefore, it is best to avoid food and drinks that can damage our body such as alcohol and eat food that lacks nutrition.

    2. Rest

    Work on the human body has its limits, so be aware that your body should not work too hard. Fatigue is an indicator of the limits of human body function. It means that your body is no longer strong enough to support the body to do activities. If it’s like this, it’s best to rest enough to recharge the energy for the next day.

    3. Age

    Age is an influence in physical fitness. At the age of 25-30 years physical fitness can increase to the maximum. Then it will also decrease the functional capacity in the body by 0.8 – 1% every year. If you are diligent in exercising, the decrease in body function will also decrease, even up to half.

    This book discusses the concepts, examples, and data analysis of descriptive and inferential statistics in the study of education and sports, including: statistical concepts, data collection and presentation, measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion, parameter estimation and hypothesis testing, analysis prerequisite tests (normalization test and homogeneity test), correlation, testing of average parameter differences, regression, analysis of variance, validity and reliability test and discussion of different power of questions and level of difficulty.

     

  • Definition of Culture: Characteristics, Functions, Types and Elements

    Definition of Culture: Characteristics, Functions, Types and Elements

     

    Definition of Culture  – Reader, have you ever heard of the term culture? Of course often isn’t it? Especially as an Indonesian citizen who is famous for having a diverse culture from Sabang to Merauke.

    In general, culture or culture is a way of life that develops and is shared and passed down from generation to generation. For example, there is a custom of ‘ngunduh mantu’ in Java that will be implemented when someone gets married.

    Well, then what are the elements of that culture and does culture have different types? This article will briefly discuss the meaning, types and elements of culture. Read to the end of the article!

    Meaning of Culture

    Etymologically, the word culture or culture comes from the Latin language that is colere which means to cultivate or work. The word culture in English can also be interpreted as culture in Indonesian and means culture.

    In addition to etymology, some experts also expressed their opinions on the meaning of culture. Here are the experts’ opinions on the meaning of culture.

    1. EB Taylor 

    According to Taylor, culture is a complex thing that includes several things in it such as belief, art, law, morality, customs and abilities that can be acquired by humans as part of the community group.

    2. Selo Seomardjan and Soelaeman Somardi 

    According to Selo and Soelaeman, culture is all the work, taste, and creation of society.

    3. Ki Hajar Dewantara

    According to Ki Hajar Dewantara, culture is the fruit of human nature that emerges due to the existence of nature and the nature of society. Culture according to Ki Hajar Dewantara is also a form of success from a society that is able to overcome difficulties and be the beginning of the emergence of order in society.

    4. Koentjaraningrat 

    Culture is the whole of the behavior of creatures such as humans and the results that can be obtained by these creatures through various learning processes and systematically organized in social life.

    5. Parsudi Suparlan 

    Culture is defined as human knowledge as a characteristic of social beings that can be used to understand and interpret various things in the environment, thus creating an experience. According to Parsudi Suparlan, culture is also a foundation and a template for a person’s behavior.

    6. Harjoso

    Harjoso defines culture in seven important points, as follows.

    1. The culture owned by each is different from other regions.
    2. Culture has been present since time immemorial, and is maintained by being taught from generation to generation to the next generation.
    3. Culture has several components in it which consist of sociological, biological and psychological aspects of human existence in various regions.
    4. Culture can be referred to as culture through certain methods and provisions.
    5. Culture has several biological aspects in it.
    6. Culture is dynamic.
    7. In addition to being dynamic, culture is also relative and different from one society to another.

    That is the understanding of culture from the six experts, from the understanding of culture according to the six experts, it can be concluded that culture is the behavior possessed by humans as a characteristic of being a social being that can be used as a reference in behaving.

    Cultural Characteristics

    Culture can be recognized through its characteristics as follows.

    1. The culture that is present in society will be learned by the next generation.
    2. Culture can be conveyed by each individual to other individuals and groups, as well as passed down from generation to generation.
    3. Culture has a dynamic nature, meaning culture can change all the time.
    4. Culture has a selective nature that can reflect patterns of behavior and limited human experience.
    5. Although the culture of each region is different, culture has interrelated elements.
    6. The society that owns the culture will consider it ethnocentric or consider that its culture is the best culture and evaluate the society’s culture as only a standard culture.
    7. Culture has an element of belief in it that is believed by members of the society that owns the culture.
    8. In culture there is a language and special characteristics of each region that has that culture.
    9. Culture is a product created by humans or a group of humans.
    10. Culture includes material objects created through technology, as well as attitudes, values ​​and knowledge.

    Cultural Functions 

    Culture has several functions that are present and can be felt by the community. The main function of culture itself is to learn the heritage from the ancestors, then the next generation needs to review, whether the heritage needs to be renewed or continued and if it is abandoned then the culture can be destroyed.

    Culture and the elements in it are bound by time and not a static quantity. Culture will continue to change both slowly and quickly.

    Here are some of the functions of culture,

    1. Culture can increase the sense of nationalism of the people who own the culture.
    2. Culture can create a sense of tolerance and empathy from the community.
    3. People who have this culture will respect one another.
    4. Culture can be used as a means to establish socialization.
    5. Culture also functions as a learning medium.
    6. Culture functions as a boundary setter, meaning that culture can create differences that make each community group unique and distinguish it from other social groups.
    7. Culture serves to provide a sense of identity to group members.
    8. Culture functions to facilitate the emergence of a commitment to something that is bigger than the interests of the individual members of the community group.
    9. Culture functions to increase the stability of the social system in society.
    10. Culture acts as a mechanism as a maker of meaning and control that can guide and shape individual attitudes and behavior.

    This one book contains materials about culture and its relationship with humans. If Reader needs references related to culture, then this book is perfect for Reader to read. Immediately buy and read now!

    Elements of Culture

    Culture has elements that make up that culture, starting from elements of language, religion, tools of life, knowledge, society, technology, arts and livelihoods. The following is a further explanation of the elements of culture.

    1. Cultural Elements of the Religious System

    The first cultural element is the religious or belief system. This religious system concerns and is related to the beliefs of an individual. Cultural elements, religious systems are considered as one of the most important cultural elements in social life.

    The religious system also functions to regulate life between humans and their creators. Culture can be present in society, because there are elements of religious systems or different beliefs in each region.

     

    For example, the Balinese community has a belief in holding funerals for people who have died by burning them. The belief then formed a culture that is ngaben present in Bali.

    2. Cultural Elements of the Language System

    Language is a tool created by humans, to make it easier for each individual to interact. The language system is also an element that can shape the culture. According to Koentjaraningrat, the language system is a symbol of humans that is used for oral and written communication.

    The language system as an element of culture can be seen through the knowledge of the language used by each different community group and has its own variations and uniqueness.

    3. Elements of Knowledge System Culture

    Culture can emerge, because of the existence of science that functions as ideas and ideas from each of the initiators of the culture. The knowledge system in culture is universally also related to the system of living equipment and technology. This is because the knowledge system has an abstract nature and is embodied in the ideas of every human being.

    4. Cultural Elements of the Economic System

    The economic element can shape culture through the economic system, the community becomes a mutual cooperation to meet the needs of life. Livelihoods and economic systems are also an important focus of study in ethnography.

    5. Elements of Art Culture 

    Culture and artistic elements are indeed intertwined with each other. Art made by the community can form a culture within the community. For example, such as dance that has a special meaning and is only danced in certain rituals and ceremonies.

    6. Cultural Elements of Technology Systems or Living Equipment

    Technological elements can play a role in the formation of a culture in a certain area, this can also be seen through the efforts of anthropologists to understand human culture through the technological elements used by a group of people.

    The technology element in question is something that can be used as a living tool with a simple form and use. The technological elements present in this culture are related to the physicality of the culture itself.

    7. Cultural Elements of Kinship System and Social Organization

    Culture is formed through various social groups. According to Koentjaraningrat, every life in a community group is governed by customs and rules that have been agreed upon by members of the community. The close and basic social unity of an individual is his relatives, that is the core family of the individual and other relatives.

    8. Cultural Elements of the Social System

    The social system in the element of culture is a group of people whose members feel that they are one with each other. This social system is one of the important elements of cultural inheritance in the social structure. The social system also plays a role in calculating the lineage from the marriage relationship as well as the blood relationship of an individual.

    Types of Culture

    Culture is divided into several types according to its nature, existence, and scope of distribution. Here is an explanation of the types of culture.

    1. Types of Culture Based on Its Nature

    a. Subjective Culture

    Subjective culture is a factor of values, feelings, idealism which when summed up can be called an inner factor in the culture.

    b. Objective Culture

    Objective culture is an external factor that is present in a culture and is in the form of techniques, social institutions, teaching, voice art, fine art, literary art and ceremonies that use courtesy.

    2. Types of Culture Based on Its Existence

    a. Material Culture

    This material culture refers to all human creations that are real and concrete. It includes finds produced by archeological excavations such as weapons, jewelry and clay bowls.

    Material culture also includes other items apart from archaeological finds, such as airplanes, clothes, televisions, skyscrapers, sports stadiums and washing machines.

    b. Immaterial Culture

    The type of immaterial culture is in the form of an abstract creation and is inherited by its predecessors to the next generation. Examples include songs, traditional dances, fairy tales, and folk tales.

    3. Types of Culture Based on the Scope of Its Spread

    a. District Culture

    Culture can be in the form of a way of behaving, a pattern of thought to a way of acting from members of a community that owns that culture. Regional culture can be limited by the administrative region of the region or its demographics.

    The demographic region became a local cultural boundary, but along with the development of the regional cultural boundary, this region became unlimited as a result of the uneven distribution of the population.

    b. Local Culture

    Local culture depends on spatial aspects. This can be seen through the space in the city that is present as the local culture of the city, or certain areas in the city that are influenced by the culture brought by immigrants.

    In local culture, there is also a dominant culture that develops which is the original local culture in the city or region. Koentjaraningrat believes that local culture is related to the group of people who are bound by their awareness and identity of the original cultural unity in their place. In this case, what is referred to as local culture is language as its characteristic.

    c. National Culture

    National culture is the culture of the accumulation of the cultures present in the regions. There are various forms of national culture and can be seen in general when observed carefully, then it can be known that there is a large spread that occurs between cultures in one region and another region. However, the cultural diversity is what makes a nation have its own identity.

    On the national culture, there are several spreads. Here is the explanation.

    1. Rumah Adat , is a house that has special characteristics and is generally found in each region. Each region has traditional houses with different characteristics and different meanings.
    2. Traditional Ceremony , is a tradition that is carried out from generation to generation in an orderly and orderly manner in accordance with the customs of the local community. In the form of a series of activities as an expression of gratitude for something, in accordance with the community’s belief system. Traditional ceremonies have universal, sacred, sacred religious value and are carried out from generation to generation.
    3. Dance , in each region has a different traditional dance and will be danced in special ceremonies or commemorations only. An example of dance as the spread of national culture is the Ranup Lampuan dance in Aceh.
    4. Songs , Indonesia has many regional songs in their respective regional languages. Each regional song has its own meaning and message. In addition, each nation also has a national anthem that serves to increase national unity.
    5. Music , traditional music is generally in the form of instruments using specific musical instruments in the area. For example, angklung in West Java or gamelan in Central Java.
    6. Traditional clothing , the same as the spread of other national cultures. Traditional clothing also has special characteristics in the region that has the traditional clothing and is only worn in special ceremonies. Traditional clothing is also influenced by religious factors in each region. Examples are kebaya in Java, ulos in North Sumatra, ulee balang in Aceh, kain cual in Bangka Belitung.

     

    That is a brief explanation of culture starting from the meaning of culture, its elements, functions and types of culture.

    Reader can learn more about cultural material through reference books available on Sinaumedia. Because as #SahabatTanpaBatas, Sinaumedia always provides quality books for all Reader. Buy and get the book now!

     

  • Understanding Fiscal Policy: Purpose, Form, Function and Examples

    Understanding Fiscal Policy: Purpose, Form, Function and Examples

    Understanding of Fiscal Policy – The Covid-19 pandemic made the government issue a number of policy maneuvers to contain the pace of the economic slowdown in the last year. There are many terms that Reader may not know about the steps taken by the government.

    One that is often heard but less public in the ears of the public is that the government is encouraged to relax fiscal policy. So what exactly is the fiscal policy? why are more and more experts and the media highlighting it?

    Fiscal policy in Indonesia is one of the policies of the government aimed at directing the economy of a country.

    When viewed and not understood more deeply, Reader may be confused because fiscal policy can look similar to monetary policy . But they are both different. Let’s see more explanation about fiscal policy.

     

    A. Definition of Fiscal Policy

    1. Definition of Policy

    Linguistically, the word policy in KBBI has the meaning of cleverness, skill, wisdom. Policy also means a series of concepts that become the basis or basis of the implementation plan of a job, leadership, way of acting that is generally done by the government or organization.

    Policy can also be interpreted as an ideal, a goal, a principle or even a purpose that is a guide in a management. Because of that, policy is generally applied to something that requires complex management, policy is used as a guide to do the management itself.

    2. Fiscal Meaning

    While the word fiscal linguistically comes from the English language ” fisc” which has the meaning of treasury or arrangements for the entry and exit of money in a government, or country or even a government.

    It is said that this fiscal word comes from the Greek ” fiscus” which is the name of an official in the Ancient Roman empire, fiscus at that time served as the person who managed the kingdom’s finances.

    Meanwhile, in Indonesian, fiscal means something that has a close relationship with tax affairs and management of state revenues. Therefore, in a fiscal language, it is always related to financial and income management, which can also include taxation.

    3. Definition of Fiscal Policy

    In terms, the definition of fiscal policy is a policy or guideline or basis that is usually carried out by the government or the leadership of a country/kingdom to regulate the state’s financial condition and income.

    In addition, fiscal policy is also useful for directing a country’s economy to be more productive by changing or updating government spending and income. Through fiscal policy, the government can exercise control over government and state expenditure and revenue control.

    The funds collected are considered by the government as income and then used as expenditure through programs made by the government. The program created by the government aims to be able to produce achievements in national income, production and the economy and is also used as a balance tool in the economy of the country or kingdom.

    According to some experts, such as Zain, fiscal policy is government spending and revenue in the form of taxes. The tax is a levy imposed by the state either by the central government or local government.

    Tax collection carried out by the government has been clearly regulated in law as general government financing, the aim is to carry out government functions and does not contain elements of individual rewards by the government for paying these taxes.

    Meanwhile, according to Alam , fiscal policy is a policy that adjusts government spending and revenue with the aim of being able to improve these economic conditions.

    Haryadi also expressed his opinion regarding the meaning of fiscal policy. According to him, fiscal policy is an economic policy used by the government of a country to be able to direct the economy of a country. The goal is to go in a better direction in accordance with what the government wants. The trick is to change the receipts and expenditures of the country’s government.

    In short, fiscal policy is an economic policy carried out by the government to be able to control the income and spending of state funds so that the country’s economy will be better. To understand more deeply about the formulation of future fiscal policy, Reader can read the book Introduction to Fiscal Policy below.

    B. Who Makes Fiscal Policy?

    Fiscal policy is generally carried out by the government through the Ministry of Finance or other ministries such as the ministry of trade, investment institutions to independent institutions such as the financial services authority (OJK) and deposit insurance agencies (LPS).

    These institutions are authorized to regulate various policies related to financial management, income, expenditure, production, industry, export and import and so on.

    In contrast, monetary policy is generally the regulation of the economy by the government through the act of controlling the circulation of money and regulating interest rates. Both fiscal and monetary intervene in the economy, but monetary policy tends to affect prices, finance and public consumption as well as several real sectors.

    The institution authorized to issue monetary policy is the central bank, namely Bank Indonesia (BI). An example of monetary policy is control over interest rates, so that when BI raises or lowers interest rates, it will generally affect a number of sectors, for example house sales, vehicle sales and the banking sector.

    You can also study matters related to the Fiscal Policy Agency and the Ministry of Finance in the Fiscal Policy, Climate Change, and Development Sustainability books below.

    C. Objectives of Fiscal Policy

    Fiscal policy has the main objective of determining the direction, objectives, targets and priorities of national development and economic growth of a country and its nation.

    In accordance with its understanding, fiscal policy aims to be able to control a country’s income and expenditure so as to achieve better country economic goals. This can be done with the formulation of a policy that is credible and based on the results of studies and research. A discussion of the process of formulating a good policy is discussed in detail in the book Tax Policy: Optimizing Incentives and Fiscal Sustainability.

    1. Increase GDP (country GDP and GDP per capita)

    The main objective of the government in releasing various fiscal policies is to intervene in the economy so that it can be boosted. Fiscal policy will affect various lines of the economy, so that every time the government makes changes or updates to fiscal policy, it is expected to be able to stimulate growth in various sectors.

    So that the more state income grows, the more the industrial sector grows as well as other economic sectors, the economy of a country will increase. To measure the level of the country’s economy usually uses the calculation of Gross Domestic Product (GDP), aka gross domestic product (GDP). Indonesia is currently one of the countries with the largest GDP in Asia, namely IDR 15,434 trillion in 2020.

    While the value of the country’s GDP is getting bigger, the fiscal policy issued by the government will also affect the level of GDP per capita or per capita income of the people which is also increasing.

    Along with the economy that continues to grow, the industrial sector is getting bigger and the state income is getting bigger, it will affect the level of welfare of the people. People’s income will also grow because the labor market grows along with increasing wage levels.

    2. Increasing labor absorption

    As previously explained, fiscal policy will affect a country’s economic condition. When the fiscal policy issued is the right step, then this will help boost the economy.

    As the economy develops, the industrial sector and the business world also develop, the labor market will also be boosted. The more the domestic economy grows, the greater the need for labor from the labor-intensive sector. Therefore, fiscal policy will also affect labor conditions.

    For example, government policies to encourage foreign investment flows into Indonesia will help the industrial sector grow even higher. The industrial sector grew rapidly, new factories were built so that companies needed more workers.

    Appropriate fiscal policy will certainly help absorb more workers. This is very important in the midst of fears of increasing poverty and unemployment due to the Covid-19 pandemic.

    The Central Statistics Agency (BPS) recorded that the number of unemployed people in Indonesia in the February 2021 period was 8.75 million people. This number continues to grow and even rises 26.26% compared to the same period last year.

    Simultaneously with the increasing number of people who lose their jobs, this will lead to an increasing number of people living below the poverty line. BPS also released the number of poor people in March 2021 reaching 27.54 million people, this number also experienced an increase compared to March last year which numbered 26.42 million people.

    3. Maintain price stability

     

    The government can also intervene in the economy, especially in terms of the price of goods in the market. In inflation, there are three components, namely core inflation, volatile price inflation and price inflation regulated by the government.

    Changes in the prices of goods in the market that are affected by changes in demand and supply are called core inflation. Changes in the prices of goods because they are affected by the season, for example, the price of chili is expensive in a certain month because of the dry season or rainy season is called fluctuating price inflation.

    While this third component which is often related to government fiscal policy intervention is the price inflation component regulated by the government. In this third component of inflation, the government is authorized to set price limits on certain products so that their prices will not change even if demand or supply drops. An example is the setting of fuel prices and electricity tariffs by the government.

    The government’s policy in regulating inflation will then affect the economic and social conditions. When the government decides to raise the price of fuel, many people will be affected economically so that demand will also decrease. The response will affect the condition of the oil and gas industry which will further have wider implications for various other economic sectors.

    Therefore, fiscal policy is also closely related to how the government regulates the economy through price regulation. The government’s measures could affect the price increase or vice versa. Therefore, the ideal fiscal policy is issued with the aim of improving prices, for example raising prices when the value is too small or controlling the price and lowering it when the price is too high.

    4. Other Purposes of Fiscal Policy

    Besides the main purpose of fiscal policy, there are several other purposes that Reader knows about. What are the other objectives of the fiscal policy?

    1. Fiscal policy aims to achieve stability in the economic conditions of a country nationally.
    2. Fiscal policy aims to drive the economic growth of a country.
    3. Fiscal policy can help drive the pace of investment.
    4. Fiscal policy has the purpose of being able to open wide job opportunities.
    5. Fiscal policy aims to create social justice that every country wants to achieve.
    6. Fiscal policy is also a form of income equalization and distribution.
    7. Fiscal policy can reduce unemployment.
    8. Fiscal policy aims to be able to maintain the stability or stability of the price of goods and services, so as to avoid inflation.

    That is the eighth purpose of fiscal policy that Reader needs to know. After knowing the meaning and purpose of fiscal policy, Reader needs to know the function of fiscal policy. Here is an explanation of the function of fiscal policy.

    D. Functions of Fiscal Policy

    Reader needs to know that the function of fiscal policy has been regulated by the country in a clear Law.

    The function of fiscal policy is regulated in Law No. 17 of 2003 Article 3 paragraph 4 on National Finance, the law contains the functions of authority, planning, supervision, allocation, stability and distribution.

    1. Functions of Authority

    The first function of fiscal policy is authority, meaning that fiscal policy works when the national budget has become a guideline used to find income and expenditure in a specific and relevant year.

    2. Planning Function

    Both functions are planning. That is, fiscal policy works when the budget from a country has become the basis for management in planning the budget for the year in question at that time.

    3. Supervision function

    Fiscal policy works when a country’s budget has become the basis of management to plan the budget for the year in question.

    4. Allocation Function

    Fiscal policy works when the national budget is allocated with the aim of reducing the level of unemployment and waste of resources. The allocation function can also increase the efficiency and economic effectiveness of a country.

    5. Stabilization Function

    Fiscal policy works when the government’s budget is used to be a tool that aims to preserve and make efforts on the fundamental balance of the country’s economy.

    6. Distribution Function

    Fiscal policy works when the country makes a budget policy fairly and with a sense of propriety.

    That is the sixth fungus from fiscal policy that Reader needs to know, then Reader needs to know more about this fiscal policy. Does this one policy have other forms? Here is the explanation.

    E. Form of Fiscal Policy

    Theoretically, the forms of fiscal policy can be in the form of

    1. Functional Fiscal Policy

    This form of fiscal policy is prepared with various mature considerations, especially paying attention to the aspects of its function and use. Because it prioritizes the aspects of use value and function, this fiscal policy is formed by paying attention to many aspects, especially its direct and indirect consequences.

    In detail, the presentation of various studies and ideas at the Regional and Bilateral Cooperation Policy Center, the Fiscal Policy Agency that discusses how economic and financial cooperation can be developed is discussed in the book Dynamics of Regional and Bilateral Economic and Financial Cooperation.

    2. Deliberate Fiscal Policy

    It is a fiscal step taken deliberately when faced with conditions that could not be predicted beforehand. So that various fiscal policies are taken deliberately and do not consider aspects that are too detailed, the purpose is to respond to economic shock conditions that come suddenly.

    These various forms of deliberate fiscal policy can be in the form of changes in national spending, changing a number of regulations that regulate income or making changes in aspects of income and expenditure.

    3. Fiscal policy is not intentional

    That is fiscal measures that can be categorized as impulsive because the government will take fiscal action without considering many aspects in the long term. Usually, this form of fiscal policy is done to respond to business conditions that are not very busy.

    F. Components in Fiscal Policy

    In general, fiscal policy has four components in it. The four components are taxation policy, production policy, investment policy, debt management policy.

    1. Taxation Policy

    Taxation policy is the policy that applies in the determination of fiscal policy. Taxes are one of the largest sources of national income, both from direct taxes and indirect taxes. The determination of taxation policy has the purpose of being able to maintain progressive taxation through tax enforcement decisions.

    By raising taxes, the government can reduce the purchasing power of the public on goods and services, which can have an impact on the decline in investment and production. Likewise on the other hand, if the tax rate is lowered by the government, then the public will have the opportunity to be able to spend their money so as to increase inflation.

    2. Production Policy

    The second component in fiscal policy is production policy. This component is related to income and capital expenditure in a country that has been regulated in the production policy.

    Capital expenditure issued by the country can be used for various fields, for example such as education, health and others. In addition, production can also be used to pay national obligations and internal and external interest.

    3. Investment Policy and Disinvestment Policy

    The third component of fiscal policy is investment policy and disinvestment policy. The objective of this policy component is for a country’s economic growth to be in balance, so it is necessary to optimize investment.

    4. Debt Management Policy

    This component of the debt or surplus management policy is carried out by the government of a country if the income received by the government is greater than the budget that has been spent by the country, so that the country experiences a surplus.

    If the opposite condition occurs in that country, then that country will experience a deficit or a loss. Financing for the deficit can be done by borrowing funds from foreign parties or by printing money.

    In order for Reader to understand more clearly about this fiscal policy, the following is an example of a fiscal policy that Reader can know about.

    G. Types of Fiscal Policy

    The types of fiscal policy can be categorized based on their role in regulating income and expenditure conditions, including the following.

    1. Surplus Fiscal Policy

     

    This type of fiscal policy is oriented towards the goal of creating a surplus on income, or the value of income that the government books more than production. The purpose of this surplus fiscal policy is to avoid a spike in inflation.

    To achieve a surplus value in the national budget is usually done by reducing the budget for spending, in addition to that it can be done by accelerating a number of income components such as taxation and taxes. Interventions on taxation and tax policies will affect the realization of government income.

    2. Deficit Fiscal Policy

    Deficit fiscal policy is the opposite of surplus fiscal policy, this type is oriented towards the goal of making the value of spending greater than the value of income.

    Usually this policy is taken to inject the economy so that it is more resilient, in the sense that the national government is usually prepared to experience a deficit by increasing budget spending so that the economy can be boosted.

    Usually the decision for this deficit is taken when the economic condition of a country is sluggish. On the other hand, this condition will have a bad effect because the national government will withdraw debt every year to meet the large spending needs while the income is small.

    3. Balanced Fiscal Policy

    This type of fiscal policy is a combination of the previous two types, where the value of income and expenditure is tried to be balanced so that there is no excess or lack of funds.

    This value has positive and negative sides, in balanced conditions it means that the government does not need to withdraw funds or debt, so that the national debt condition will automatically be maintained. On the other hand, balanced conditions show that the economic conditions are not attractive.

    4. Dynamic Fiscal Policy

    This type of policy is a fiscal policy that is looser or easier to adjust when conditions change significantly. Simply put, a country is not always faced with predictable conditions. As during the current Covid-19 pandemic, the country is required to actively make changes to the composition of the government’s income and expenditure budget.

    The government is required to correct the 2020 growth figure and create an economic stimulus package. Where Indonesia, as one of the countries that experienced a major impact from the pandemic, is able to respond to the condition quickly. Reader can read more about it in the book Tax Incentives & Fiscal Resilience During the Covid-19 Pandemic.

    When economic conditions begin to normalize, then the government can begin to tighten spending and increase income, this is to maintain economic stability. On the other hand, in uncertain conditions, the government can relax spending so that a deficit occurs. The purpose is for the economy to be more liquid after the injection of new funds through an increase in the value of spending.

    H. Examples of Fiscal Policy

    1. Tax Incentives During the Covid-19 Pandemic

    The government provides relief in the form of the elimination of a number of taxes for corporations during the Covid-19 pandemic. This certainly affects the performance of the government’s income from taxes, whose percentage portion in the state budget is quite high.

    Various ideas, thoughts, analysis, research results on various aspects of fiscal instruments in the State Budget can also be learned by Reader in the book Dynamics of Fiscal Policy Responding to Global Uncertainty.

    When tax incentives are implemented, it means that the government will allow less and less tax revenue to be received. But on the other hand, this step was taken as an effort to keep the economy stable.

    When corporate tax is eliminated, the burden on companies will be smaller and will help keep business activities running. In this way, the tax relief stimulus is expected to be able to boost the economy so that the effect of the pandemic on the economy is not too severe.

    2. Increase Budget for Handling Covid-19

    The government also increased the value of the budget for the handling of Covid-19 through the national economic recovery program (PEN) 2021 to more than Rp 700 trillion, this is up from the range of Rp 690 trillion last year.

    This jumbo budget certainly sucks up a lot of government budgets that were originally allocated for some specific programs and then diverted to deal with the pandemic. In addition, the increase in the value of this budget makes the need for funds higher which in the same condition the government experiences a decrease in income. To finance the budget deficit, the government will be more diligent in attracting debt.

    However, the step to expand the budget for the handling of Covid-19 is the right step and is much needed at this time. The economy will not be able to recover when the pandemic is not under control, therefore paying dearly to pursue recovery makes more sense than letting the economy linger on the effects of the pandemic and not taking action to overcome it.

    3. Other Examples of Fiscal Policy

    In addition, there are several other examples of fiscal policies that have been applied by a country, examples of which are as follows.

    1. The government’s policy to be able to raise taxes with the aim of obtaining additional national income.
    2. The fiscal policy applied by a government in a certain country to issue bonds is to be able to borrow money from foreign countries, so that it can cover the financing of the country’s deficit.
    3. The fiscal policy applied by the government regarding the obligation of the community to have a Taxpayer Identification Number or NPWP as one of the ways to be able to increase the number of taxpayers in the country.
    4. Fiscal policies applied by the government to be able to manage and manage the budget by reducing national spending and raising taxes, the purpose is to stabilize the country’s economy.

    I. Impact of Fiscal Policy on Business

    After knowing the meaning, purpose and example of the fiscal policy, does Reader know the impact of the fiscal policy on the business community of a country that applies the fiscal policy?

    Fiscal policies can have an impact on business operations that are being developed or run by the community in a country that applies the policy. An example is the impact of the fiscal policy component, namely tax increases.

    When the government implements a tax increase policy to achieve a goal for the country’s economy to become better, it will certainly have an impact on the businesses that are being built by the community in it. Business owners need to consider price planning for the goods and services they offer to consumers.

    Therefore, business owners need to do financial planning with accounting knowledge. So that when the government implements the fiscal policy, business owners do not feel confused to adjust the government’s policy to their business.

    J. Instruments of Fiscal Policy

    In addition to the four components of fiscal policy that have been previously discussed, Reader also needs to know the existing instruments of fiscal policy.

    The instrument of this fiscal policy can help the government to achieve the objectives of implementing fiscal policy.

    1. Balanced Budget

    A balanced spending budget is a budget that has been adjusted to circumstances and economic conditions.

    This budget aims for the long term, so that the state budget becomes balanced and creates economic stability.

    2. Automatic Budget Stability

    This second instrument is an emphasis on government expenditure made by the government must be useful and have a relative cost of the activity program being carried out.

    3. Budget Management

    This third instrument is the relationship between spending by the government and direct tax revenues that is used to minimize economic instability by adjusting the budget.

    4. Functional Financing

    The fourth and final fiscal policy instrument is financing which refers to government spending that has been regulated in order to achieve the goal of avoiding a direct impact on the country’s national income.

    The main objective of a functional financing instrument is to increase employment opportunities for the people living within it.

    K. The Role of Fiscal Policy Implemented by a State’s Government

    The fiscal policy implemented by a country has several roles that need to be fulfilled or achieved when the policy is enacted.

    1. Can reduce the inflation rate, in accordance with the objectives of fiscal policy, the policy has a role in reducing the inflation rate in a country. The reduction in the inflation rate is carried out by delaying or canceling government projects.
    2. Can increase gross domestic product, this second role is achieved by encouraging public production of goods and services.
    3. Can reduce the unemployment rate of the people of the country, this one role is carried out by implementing a country development project.
    4. To increase people’s income, this role is carried out by creating new job vacancies.
    5. Can increase the stability of a country’s economy, this role is carried out by the government by reducing the international impact of cyclical fluctuations.

     

    Those are the five roles of fiscal policy that need to be achieved by a government that has implemented  fiscal policy .

     

  • Understanding Diversity: Causal Factors, Elements, and Implementation

    Understanding Diversity: Causal Factors, Elements, and Implementation

    Meaning of Diversity – When discussing diversity, surely the real example will not be far from this life, namely the existence of Indonesian society itself. Yep, does Reader realize that Indonesian society has diversity, from race, tribe, religion, to the language used. That diversity is also what makes the symbol of this country, the Garuda Pancasila, has the motto “Bhinneka Tunggal Ika” .

    Basically, diversity is a condition where there are various differences that each individual has in the middle of social life. The difference is not only in gender, but also in various fields. So really, what is the definition of diversity? What are the elements that make up diversity in Indonesian social life? What about the real form of the diversity of Indonesian society to finally have such a national motto?

    Well, for Reader to understand more about what diversity is, let’s read the following review!

    What is the Meaning of Diversity?

    The term diversity comes from the root word ” ragam “, which in KBBI (Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia), has the meaning of type, type, color, pattern, and behavior . The meaning is that this variety means something that has different types, colors, or patterns and lives together in a real life.

    When following the context of society, this diversity refers to a condition in social life where each individual has differences in various fields, ranging from gender, ethnicity, race, religion, ideology, culture, language, to thoughts. 

    It is also often referred to as a pluralistic society. A diversity that “lives” in social life must be balanced with equality. This is because this equality has a meaning as a condition, especially in this diversity of life, every human being still has the same position at one level of the social hierarchy.

    Real examples of diversity that can be found in this life, for example:

    • In a class, there are children with different religious backgrounds. For example, there are those who are Protestant Christians, Catholics, Muslims, Buddhists, Hindus, to Confucians.
    • In an RT meeting, there are heads of families as representatives of their families who have different ethnic backgrounds. For example the Javanese, Dayak, Sundanese, and others.
    • Within an organization, there are members who each have different patterns of thinking caused by differences in educational background and environment.

    What are the Factors Causing Diversity in Indonesia?

    When discussing diversity in Indonesia, it covers all areas in social life. In fact, the diversity in Indonesia is formed by the large number of ethnic groups that live scattered throughout Indonesia, even one province has various numbers of ethnic groups with different characteristics.

    Reporting from indonesia.go.id, based on the 2010 BPS census stated that Indonesia has proven to be a country that has ethnic diversity, namely around 1,340 ethnic or ethnic groups living in this homeland. The Javanese are the largest ethnic group in Indonesia, accounting for around 41% of the total population. In fact, the division of ethnic groups in Indonesia is not absolute and unclear because there is population movement or migration so that one ethnic group with another ethnic group will influence each other so that diversity occurs. Nevertheless, this diversity must also be based on the principles of togetherness, equality, tolerance and mutual respect for one another.

    So, here are the factors that cause Indonesia to have diversity in social life, namely:

    1. Geographical Location

    This geographical location is related to the condition of the archipelago, which number around 17,000 and each island has different ethnic groups. This also makes Indonesia has a strategic position, so that it is not uncommon to be used as a foreigner (foreign citizen) to apply for naturalization as an Indonesian citizen (WNI).

    2. Differences in Natural Conditions

    Seeing the diversity of geographical locations in Indonesia, natural conditions will also vary. These differences in natural conditions are related to seasonal differences between regions and differences in natural conditions in the form of beaches and mountains. From this, the needs of the community, livelihoods, and the results of natural resources will also vary.

    These differences in natural conditions also affect the diversity of the use of transportation and communication systems in social life. For example, for people who live with natural coastal conditions, they will generally use sea transportation.

    3. The Influence of Foreign Culture

    Foreign cultures that influence the Indonesian nation, especially in the digital era as it is today, are also contributing factors to the diversity of its people. Usually, foreign cultures that enter Indonesia have different characteristics, so people have to be smart to sort them out. Not infrequently there will also be a process of acculturation or mixing between elements of foreign culture and Indonesian culture. For example, many literary arts are inspired by Ramayana and Mahabarata literature originating from Indonesia (Hindu culture).

    Moreover, today’s society is very accepting of existing changes which cover all areas of life. So that acculturation to achieve various results is also a factor causing diversity in Indonesia.

    What are the Types of Diversity Terms in Indonesia?

    Reader  must have known that the condition of people in Indonesia is very diverse, ranging from race, ethnicity, religion, language, culture, educational background, to their mindset. This is very reasonable, especially for an archipelagic country like Indonesia which has around 17,000 islands. Not only that, because individuals who live in society do not always have something in common.

    So, here are three types of terms that can be used to describe the diversity of Indonesian society, namely:

    • Heterogeneous, namely the term used to indicate that the existence of a thing has more than one number and is different, so they cannot be equated.
    • Multicultural, namely the term used to indicate the existence of a group that is willing to accept other groups as a unit regardless of the differences that exist. These differences are usually in the form of ethnicity, gender, culture, language, to religion. The term multiculturalism seems to emphasize that from the differences that one group has with other groups, in the public sphere they become the same, so they must respect these differences.
    • Plurality, namely the term to indicate a form of presupposition regarding more than one thing.

    What Elements Are Contained in a Diversity of Society?

    In this Indonesian society, there are many elements that are contained so that diversity is formed between the people. These elements are very clear because they “apparently” are seen in every individual who lives in this social life, namely:

    1. Race and Tribe

    Race and ethnicity also become elements in the diversity of Indonesian society. This is because each individual who lives in the territory of Indonesia from Sabang to Merauke is also part of a different race and ethnic group. This can be seen from their biological characteristics, ranging from hair, skin color, body size, eye size, and height. Not infrequently, individuals who are part of the same ethnic group, it turns out that they have different biological characteristics. This can also be referred to as diversity.

    According to Law Number 40 of 2008 concerning the Elimination of Racial and Ethnic Discrimination, race itself is a national group that is seen based on its physical characteristics and lineage. In general, there are five human feelings on this earth, namely:

    • Negroid, which is characterized by black skin and curly hair.
    • Mongoloid, which is characterized by olive skin with stiff hair and slanted eyes.
    • Caucasoid, which is characterized by white skin with blue eyes and blonde hair.
    • Australoid, namely those with black or brown skin characteristics.
    • Khoisan, that is, the average comes from South Africa.

    However, when discussing the diversity of society in Indonesia, there are at least four racial groups that become the identity of each individual, namely:

    • Malayan-Mongoloid race, most of whom are in Sumatra, Java, Bali, West Nusa Tenggara, Sulawesi and Kalimantan.
    • Melanesoid race, most of whom are in the regions of Papua, East Nusa Tenggara and Maluku.
    • Asiatic-Mongoloid race, who are foreigners from China, Korea, Japan, and live in all parts of Indonesia.
    • The Caucasoid race, who are foreigners, originate from India, Australia, Europe, the Middle East, America, and live all over Indonesia.

    So, previously it was explained that this territory of Indonesia has a strategic area so that many foreign nationals apply for naturalization to the Indonesian government so that they can become Indonesian citizens. Therefore the diversity of Indonesian society is not only limited to native Indonesian ethnic groups, but also a mixture of foreign ethnic groups.

    2. Religion and Belief

    In Indonesia, there are actually 6 religions recognized by the state, namely Islam, Catholicism, Christianity, Hinduism, Buddhism, and Confucianism. However, for that trust can vary. Not only that, even within a religion there will also be differences in the way of worship. Nevertheless, this diversity must not tarnish the unity of the Indonesian nation.

    3. Manners

    These manners are related to the norms applied in an area. Not infrequently if in one region to another, have different manners and norms. Manners are usually in line with polite behavior that must be applied by all Indonesian people, regardless of ethnicity, because manners have been the original identity of the Indonesian people since time immemorial.

    Why is Bhinneka Tunggal Ika the State motto of Indonesia?

    Since elementary school, Reader  must have been taught what the motto of this Indonesian nation is, namely Bhinneka Tunggal Ika. Yep, this motto is even placed on the Garuda bird which is also pinned as the symbol of this Indonesian state. The meaning of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is “Different but still one”, which was apparently designed by Sultan Hamid II of Pontianak. The motto was then inaugurated by President Soekarno as the symbol of the Indonesian state at the Cabinet Meeting of the United Republic of Indonesia, precisely on February 11, 1950.

    This sentence about Bhinneka Tunggal Ika has actually been found in the book Sutasoma by Mpu Tantular from the Majapahit kingdom around the 14th century. In the book, the notion of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is more emphasized on the differences in the areas of belief and religious diversity that existed among the people of Majapahit at that time. This definition is still adhered to today, because it is very suitable and can also be interpreted that even though the Indonesian state has various ethnic groups along with their cultures and customs, overall it is a real unity for this nation.

    The embodiment of the motto Bhinneka Tunggal Ika in social life is mutual respect between one community and another, regardless of ethnicity, religion, language, customs, skin color, and others when interacting socially. Through this motto too, we must throw away selfish or regional attitudes for the common good, Reader .

    How is the Implementation of Diversity in Indonesia?

    There are lots of implementations or concrete examples of the diversity that exists in Indonesia, starting from the family environment, school environment, work environment, to the play environment. Because basically, all individuals do have diversity, be it ethnicity, religion, skin color, to their mindset.

    Family environment

    Is Reader  aware that within the family, especially in the extended family, there is often striking diversity? The most appropriate moment to gather with the extended family on both the father’s and mother’s side is when celebrating a big day. So, at the time of the celebration, try to pay attention to your relatives, is there anything “different” from your family? Or is there even a striking diversity in the nuclear family? For example, your father is from the Dayak tribe and your mother is from the Javanese tribe.

    These things are common and very common in Indonesia, because basically this country has various ethnic groups, so it is only natural that in a large family there are various ethnic groups. Then, how do we respond to this? The answer is to respect others and there is no need to be racist or offend other ethnic groups. Because, we are all Indonesians who must unite.

    School environment

     

    Almost the same as the family environment, the school environment must also have the diversity of ethnic groups in it. Take a look at your class, do all of them come from the Javanese only? There must have been several other tribes, for example the Sundanese, the Asmat, or even the Acehnese. Diversity is normal to find because your parents or friends’ families may have moved residents or migrated from their place of origin.

    It should be known that the migration of the population is also a factor in why an area can have a variety of ethnic groups. So, how do we respond to that? The answer, of course, is that we should respect each other and not be racist. You can even learn the culture and special language of other tribes through your friends. It’s also fun to learn the culture and language of other tribes!

    This diversity is not only limited to ethnic groups, but also to religions 

    Work Environment

    In the work environment is the most obvious form of implementation to see the diversity of the Indonesian population. This is because it is impossible for a company or workplace to employ only certain ethnic groups, of course it requires many people and the vacancies will definitely be filled by people from various ethnic groups.

    Almost the same as in the school environment, the presence of population displacement or migration means that a company or workplace will be filled by various ethnic groups. It is not uncommon for people from other regions with various ethnic groups to choose to migrate to a certain place to get a job. Therefore, a certain place will be mentioned as a heterogeneous area. An example is the Jakarta region which is commonly used as a destination for people who happen to live outside of Jakarta.

    Well, that’s the commentary on what is the meaning of diversity along with the causative factors, elements , to the form of its implementation in everyday life. The form of diversity is not only in ethnic groups, ranging from religion, skin color, language, culture, to the way of thinking also of course has diversity. All these things are natural because Indonesia has long been a country of multiculturalism. The important and mandatory thing is that we all have to respect each other and not be racist towards other ethnic groups 

    •  
  • The Meaning of Diversity and Some Factors Forming Diversity

    The Meaning of Diversity and Some Factors Forming Diversity

    The term diversity is again widely discussed, this is of course because of the many racial issues that have happened lately. In fact, we know for ourselves that the Indonesian nation is one of the real ones. Some forms of diversity that exist in Indonesia, namely the wealth of culture, tribe, language, and national characteristics.

    Talking about diversity is basically not just about differences. The concept of diversity itself has a wide scope, ranging from acceptance and respect. Diversity can be said to be a part that is also created by society in a demographic.

    In Indonesia, this is part of the nation’s identity. There are many factors that can make diversity happen. Diversity can also be understood as an important ability that every citizen should have, especially in Indonesia.

    As one of the ways to preserve the value of this diversity, we will learn about the true meaning of diversity. Not only that, it will also be discussed about the form and factors that cause the diversity that occurs in Indonesia. Let’s watch until the end!

    A. Understanding of diversity

    The notion of diversity can be interpreted as a condition in society where there are many differences in various fields. These differences can be seen based on ethnicity, race, religion, belief, political ideology, social culture and economy and others.

    One example of forms in Indonesia can be seen from the many differences of each tribe, ranging from Javanese, Sundanese, Batak, Minang, Bedouin, Sasak, Dayak, Asmat and others. Not only that, when viewed from the religious dimension, the Indonesian state also has a wide diversity, namely Islam, Christianity, Catholicism, Hinduism, Buddhism and Confucianism. In addition, there are many religious beliefs in Indonesia.

    Diversity is a fact that cannot be denied in people’s lives in Indonesia. Diversity itself can be called a form of wealth and beauty that is owned by the Indonesian nation. In addition, diversity in Indonesia is the capital of national unity and unity.

     

    In addition, diversity can basically be understood as a variation that refers to all forms of difference. Diversity itself usually occurs in a condition of society that has many differences in various fields. Based on the principle of diversity, each individual brings unique characteristics that need mutual respect.

    Individual differences are known to occur not only based on characteristics, but also include dimensions of race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, age, physical ability, religious beliefs, political beliefs, ideology, and many more. Diversity can be used as a form of exploration of the various differences that exist in a safe, positive, and protected environment.

    Talking about diversity is a sense of mutual understanding between one difference and another. Diversity also always moves beyond simple tolerance to embrace and celebrate the very rich dimensions of diversity. Therefore, diversity can be said to be a reality created by individuals and groups from a wide spectrum of demographic and philosophical differences.

    B. Forms of Diversity

    After discussing the meaning of diversity, in this section we will discuss about any form of diversity itself. According to the UN, human diversity can be categorized based on country of origin, family and ethnic background, race, gender, age, culture, professional background and training, religious or political beliefs and personality.

    Meanwhile, when viewed from an article published by The City University of New York, the form of diversity is more than just acknowledging or tolerating differences. Diversity is a conscious practice tool that involves several things, including the following:

    1. Understanding and appreciating the interdependence between humans, culture, and the natural environment.

    2. Practice mutual respect for qualities and experiences that are different from yourself.

    3. Understand that diversity does not only include ways of being but also ways of knowing.

    4. Acknowledge that personal, cultural and institutionalized discrimination creates and maintains special rights for some people while simultaneously creating and maintaining losses for others.

    5. Build alliances across differences so that they can work together to eradicate all forms of discrimination.

    C. Factors Forming Indonesia’s Diversity

    In this section, we will begin to discuss the factors that cause diversity in Indonesia. By understanding the factors that cause the diversity of Indonesian society, it will greatly support diversity so that Indonesian society always lives side by side.

    The diversity of Indonesian society has many strong influences from several factors, both from within and from outside the community. In general, the diversity of Indonesian society can be influenced by many factors, such as natural factors, society and individuals.

    Well, the life of society in Indonesia is very diverse known to be caused by many causal factors. The following are some of the factors that cause diversity in Indonesian society, among others:

    1. Consists of archipelago regions

    The first factor that causes the Indonesian society to be diverse is because of its archipelago. As a country with a total of 17 thousand islands, Indonesia has many islands spread from the western tip, Sabang to the eastern tip, Merauke.

    The condition of the archipelago region owned by Indonesia ultimately creates a diversity that is quite different, between one region and another. This is also what makes each region in Indonesia have their own special culture, language, and customs.

    2. Landscape conditions

    In addition to being made up of archipelago regions, the factor that causes the Indonesian society to be diverse is due to the factors of the landscape conditions. As a region that is above the “Ring of Fire” area, there are many volcanoes, beaches, mountains, and vast grasslands.

    The difference in residence certainly creates diversity for each community that lives there. For example, just like the people who live in mountainous areas and the people who live on the coast. Mountain communities are known to have more conservative customs and culture. Meanwhile, communities living on the coast will have more adaptive customs and culture.

    3. Climatic conditions

    Then, another natural factor that causes Indonesian society to become diverse is the climate condition factor in Indonesia. Most regions in Indonesia are known to have a tropical climate, but it turns out that there are slight differences in each region.

    For example, the western part of Indonesia will have a more regular rainy season than the eastern region. Meanwhile, the eastern part of Indonesia is known to have a longer dry season than the western region. This difference in climate itself geographically creates diversity in Indonesian society, starting from livelihood, culture, to the characteristics and physicality of the society.

    4. Differences in communication and transportation

    Furthermore, as a country with a very large territory and consisting of various islands and other landscapes, the factors that cause Indonesian society to become diverse are communication and transportation. Indonesia’s territory ultimately became the cause of communication and transportation being very difficult to level.

    This difference in access to communication and transportation will ultimately be the cause of the creation of diversity in Indonesia. This is because communication and transportation will create community differences from each region in social interaction with other communities.

    5. Race and class

    Not only due to natural factors, the diversity in Indonesian society is also influenced by race and class factors. As a country known for its variety of races and groups, Indonesia is a real form of diversity itself.

    Indonesian society itself is a different flavor, among which is the Malayan-Mongoloid race that is spread in Sumatra, Kalimantan, Sulawesi, Java, Bali. Then there is the melanosoid race that is spread in Papua, NTT and Maluku. Then, the Asiatic mongoloid race that comes from China, Korea and Japan. In fact, there are also Caucasoid races that come from Indians, the Middle East, Australia, Europe and America.

    Races or groups in Indonesian society are always developing. Not infrequently, these races or groups form various new cultures typical of Indonesian society. Each race will eventually form groups and create social and cultural diversity in Indonesia. However, it does not rule out the possibility of staying in harmony with each other and respecting each other.

    6. Ancestral differences

    After the diversity of races or groups, Indonesian people are also known to come from several different ancestors. The ancestors of the Indonesian nation turned out to be Austronesian tribes or tribes using the Austronesian language group. This tribe is a combination of various large ethnic groups in the Asian continent (especially Southeast Asia), part of Oceania and part of Africa that use a cluster of languages ​​from the Austronesian family.

    Along with the passage of time, the ancestors who inhabited this region of Indonesia gradually experienced development until they could have their own culture. In Indonesia, there are two known ancestral races namely Mongoloid and Austromelanesoid.

    7. History

    Furthermore, the factors that cause Indonesian society to have diversity are historical factors. History itself is one of the factors that play an important role in shaping the diversity that exists in Indonesian society. Each region is known to have its own history.

    For example, such as a region that has a strong relationship or history with the history of the Islamic kingdom. It can be ascertained that the region will have certain special cultural characteristics, both social and cultural.

    8. Religion

    Not only a historical factor, religion is also one of the factors that play an important role in shaping the diversity of society in Indonesia. As a country known for its high level of religious adherence, Indonesia has many differences related to religion. This of course can create a more diverse society, starting from the way of life, socializing, and even different cultures.

    9. Influence of foreign culture

    Next, the factor that causes the diversity of Indonesian society is the entry of foreign cultures. Foreign cultures are known to mix and acculturate well with the local culture. Foreign cultures that have blended will form a new culture that is special and unique. This special culture will eventually form the diversity in each region.

    For example, for example Javanese and Islamic culture that gets a big influence from Arab culture. Arabic culture ultimately forms the Islamic culture in Java that is special and different from the culture in other regions.

    10. Community acceptance of change

    Meanwhile, the last known cause of the diversity of Indonesian society is the acceptance of change. Therefore, diversity will be created depending on how the attitude is taken by the community in facing the changes that occur. The attitude in facing a change greatly determines the formation of culture between one society and another society.

  • Understanding Identification: Processes, Forms, and Examples

    Understanding Identification: Processes, Forms, and Examples

    The concept of identification is one form of social interaction that exists in human life. The ability to do identification is very necessary especially for those who decide to take an education level with the study of sociology. This is because there is a close relationship with social phenomena and various examples of social problems in the surrounding area.

    The word identification may not be foreign to you, because the existence of identification activities can exist in all kinds of aspects. Although it sounds simple, but actually identification also has several stages.

    Of course, each stage of identification will make it possible to get a clearer solution. Therefore, the presence of identification is very much needed in the community.

    Definition of Identification

    Previously, the definition of identification was briefly explained. However, in this point it will be explained more broadly related to the meaning of identification.

    The definition of identification is an action that will be carried out with several processes such as searching, finding, researching, recording data and information about someone or something. In simple terms, identification is an action that has something to do with fixing or determining the identity of some things such as things, people and so on.

    Identification can also be interpreted as one form of social interaction where a person has a tendency to be similar to an idol they admire. This is because this identification process will be closely related to the meaning of imitation as well as the meaning process of suggestion that takes place in a person. But identification will have a stronger influence.

    In addition, in the imitation process it also has a temporary nature and only at a certain time range. However, the other thing is that the identification process takes a long time and is even permanent in nature.

    In sociology the identification process is also needed. Where this identification exists, it will be used to get a picture of the social reality of existing social problems. Having this basis in the identification process requires evidence that can be an objective attitude as well as social facts that want to be shown.

    The Meaning of Identification According to the Experts

    The previous explanation is about the general meaning of identification. While this explanation is about the meaning of identification according to some experts.

    1. Kartini Kartono

    Kartini Kartono explained that the concept of identification is a social process and social interaction that will have a series of identifications of objects in a class according to certain characteristics

    2. Poerwadarminta

    Poerwadarminta explains that the notion of identification is a form of determination that can be produced from the determination of the identity of a person or an object in the handling of certain social problems.

    3. Soedarsono

    Soedarsono says that the meaning of identification can be divided into three. Where there is identification it can be used to determine someone’s decision or determination and so on. Identification can also be interpreted as a psychological process of the individual that can happen because he imagines himself as someone else unconsciously. Then, identification can also be interpreted as self-determination from the evidence that has been shown.

    4. Herdaniwani 

    Herdaniwani explains that identification is a special sign that will be done by individuals in the process of knowing themselves as well as decisions in the process of establishing their identity. That means, identification is a special effort done by an individual in showing his identity. Where this condition can occur after going through a long identification in order to distinguish himself from others.

    5. Komarudin

    Komarudin explained the meaning of identification as identity or similarity of identity. That means an individual can show evidence or facts as an identity identifier. Identification can be seen when individuals begin to show imitation behavior towards the behavior of other individuals.

    6. Arief Budiman

    Arief Budiman explained that identification is a process that will be done by individuals in equating themselves with the nature of external ojek.

    Related Book Recommendations

    Below are some book recommendations related to identification. What is that? Read more below.

    • Quantitative Research Methods, Hypothesis Development

    Hypothesis development is one of the most crucial steps in quantitative research. Hypotheses need to be done with a strong argumentation base as a form of basis for proposing certain hypotheses. In practice, especially in theses and dissertations that are in the preparation stage, hypotheses often appear suddenly without being preceded by a strong argument.

    Once the hypothesis is well and correctly made and there is data available for testing. Then come to the level of hypothesis testing. This book will specifically invite readers to conduct quantitative research to develop hypotheses properly and correctly.

    • Research Data Analysis Using Stata Software

    The book Research Data Analysis Using Stata Software is compiled to help young researchers such as undergraduate and master’s students who will complete their final project. This book will specifically discuss how to use Stata software in the research data analysis process, especially in the social and business fields.

    Later, this book will begin with a discussion about the definition and introduction of various types of data in research. A term often used in data analysis as well as an introduction to Stata software.

    Where later the arrangement of the next discussion will follow the flow of research data analysis as found in journals and articles. For example, data preparation, descriptive presentation and inferential statistics to test hypotheses.

    • Qualitative Research Data Analysis

    Qualitative Research Data Analysis is one of the difficulties that often appear in the use and practice of qualitative research. The existence of the Qualitative Research Data Analysis book will help try to answer the problem by introducing the various types and tools that are usually used in the process of managing and analyzing qualitative data.

    Illustrations and short examples will be given based on the author’s experience when preparing a S3 thesis and for the first time in using a qualitative research approach.

    Where the assumption will be used because the target of the Qualitative Research Data Analysis book are researchers who have just started learning about the qualitative approach and need a reference for the management and analysis of analytical data.

     

    Identification Process

    In doing identification also requires several processes. Where this process will indeed be done in three stages, namely the identification stage, the diagnosis stage and the treatment stage. Each level has a different role, therefore it should be done sequentially. In order for you to understand more, here is the identification process.

    1. Level of Identification

    The first stage is the identification stage. Where later at this stage a person will begin to recognize the problems he faces first. Later, at this identification stage, it will be done objectively and subjectively depending on the problem at hand.

    Well, objective and subjective will never be left in the level of identification. In fact, both have different functions from each other.

    At the objective level, it will be used as an initial template in the process of solving the problems faced. Objectivity can be seen from the existence of instruments. Where the instrument will be used to measure a social problem.

    Even so, sometimes the use of an objective level in problem identification is judged to be lacking in depth. In fact, sometimes it only comes down to statistical elements.

    Then, at the subjective level, it is a method that is judged to be more effective for use in social science. Identification done subjectively can be deeper and relative in nature.

    Subjective identification can also provide a broader and more comprehensive interpretation. Of course, in this case, we will not forget the established social standards.

    Social problems that are viewed subjectively can be resolved with each region. This is because basically a social problem is always different.

    So, the values ​​and norms that apply will also be different. This is also influenced by the point of view in the problem solving process in a region. It may be that problems that occur in one region will not occur in another region.

    2. Level of Diagnosis

    After the next stage of identification is the stage of diagnosis. Basically, the diagnosis level will be done to find out what factors can cause problems. This process will also produce a background of the problem.

    Later, the way to do it is to find the source of the problem from the individual and group. If the problem originates from the individual, then later things that will be seen are from factors related to the individual. Some of the individual factors are such as biology, psychology and socialization ability. This will make someone look guilty.

    Meanwhile, when the existing problem emerges from the group, then the identification action carried out will cover various points of view. The things that can be seen can be related to the social structure, the function of the social system and other things that are related to the social system.

    3. Level of Treatment

    After the diagnosis stage is done, the next step is the treatment or problem solving stage. Later, the process is based on the results of the available diagnosis. The solution to this problem cannot be seen only from one side. However, later it will be done comprehensively.

    The problem solving process will be done comprehensively. It is not only able to provide rehabilitation, but also prevention efforts will be made so that the same problem does not occur.

    Having a problem solving process is expected to prevent other problems from occurring. Of course, this is also expected to minimize the occurrence of problems.

    Form of Identification

    In social science and culture, identification is a process that exists in a person in imitating the behavior of others or their idols. This will make the person so soulful, have a personality and character that looks similar to their idol.

    Some of the forms of identification are as follows.

    1. Class Identification

    Class identification is one form of identification that exists in a certain social class. For example, a student or student who has the behavior of imitating the behavior of a teacher or lecturer that he admires.

    2. Defensive Identification

    Defensive identification or defensive identification is a form of subsequent identification that can occur because of a person’s fear of something. For example, it is a coward who identifies himself as a fighter to be able to face the fear of others.

    3. Development Identification

    Development identification is a form of positive identification. Where this form of identification will make someone who used to be dependent on other parties become independent. For example, when a child who used to depend on parents finally experiences self-development and is able to live more independently.

    4. Ethnic identification

    Ethnic identification is a form of identification that can occur in a specific ethnic group. For example, the Chinese community in Surabaya communicate with each other using the Javanese language and this makes them able to mix with the native Javanese ethnic group.

    Examples of Identification

    In our daily life, we actually already apply the identification process. However, it may be that we are not aware if the action taken is an identification process.

    Previously it was explained about identification, of course it will be more complete if we also know what examples of identification in everyday life. Well, to be more clear, here is an example of identification in everyday life.

    Examples of Identification in Sociology

    The first example is identification in terms of sociology. Yusuf is a private PTS student in the city of Jakarta. He identifies himself with famous Bollywood artists that he admires such as Shahrukh Khan.

    Furthermore, Yusuf made big changes ranging from his appearance, dance, speaking style to his favorite drink which he follows in order to resemble his idol Shahrukh Khan.

    Examples of Cultural Identification

    The second example of identification is in terms of culture, especially about the problem of cultural elements. For example, there are claims about a certain culture made by other parties and it is clear from the historical background that the culture originates from the original party and not from the party making the claim.

    However, to be able to make that claim, they do the same training and skills as the culture and even bring natives from the area that owns the culture.

    Examples of community identification

    The last is an example of community identification. For example, when someone idolizes a successful entrepreneur and he is willing to do whatever steps his idol does. For example, starting to dare to sell when his peers are busy playing.

    Because he has a tendency to do the same thing, sooner or later he gets what he wants. Because, in any case, he does not give up easily even though failure has befallen the journey he has taken.

    Conclusion

    From the explanation above it can be interpreted that various forms of social problems that occur in the community and are in the environment are often identified. That means, there is a tendency of a person to be the same as other people.

    Judging from the explanation above, it can also be said that basically the identification process can have a positive impact as well as a negative impact. Even so, everything is also related to the activities carried out.

    As an anticipation of the identification process, it would be better if before imitating at the identification level, observations related to the influence that will occur in oneself should be carried out. Because what we do will likely be an example for others in the future.

    •  
  • Definition of Active and Passive Verbs, Characteristics, Types, to Examples

    Definition of Active and Passive Verbs, Characteristics, Types, to Examples

    The meaning of active and passive verbs must be familiar to us in our daily life, especially when studying Indonesian subjects. Understanding active verbs and passive verbs is basically very important. This will help us to use good and correct Indonesian.

    Try to imagine what happens when active verbs and passive verbs are used incorrectly. Of course, this could lead to misunderstandings between the speaker and the listener or the writer and the reader.

    Therefore, in this article, you will be presented with an explanation of the meaning and examples of the use of active verbs and passive verbs. If you can understand the meaning and examples of active and passive verbs, of course you will be able to write in a correct order that is easy for the reader to understand. Let’s read the full review!

    A. Definition of Active and Passive Verbs

    Based on the meaning in the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), a verb can be understood as a word that describes a process, action, or situation. Meanwhile, the verb has a position as a predicate or main element in a sentence structure.

    Verbs can basically be used to express an action, event, process, or activity performed by the actor or subject. A sentence usually does not only contain a verb, but can also be filled with a group of verbs (verb phrases), adjectives (adjectives), adjective phrases, and nouns (nouns), or noun phrases. Therefore, verbs can be given a suffix at the beginning of a sentence, at the end of a sentence, and even in the middle of a sentence.

    The easiest way to understand the meaning of active and passive verbs is to look at their conjugation. Active verbs generally have a function as a doer or subject that gets the prefix me- or ber-. Meanwhile, passive verbs usually function as actors or subjects that are given the prefix di- or ter-.

    Well, here are some differences between active verbs and passive Indonesian verbs that you need to know, among others:

    – The difference between active and passive verbs Based on the subject

    Active verbs have a subject that is positioned as the doer or the party that does. Meanwhile, passive verbs get a subject that is subjected to a job or action.

    – The difference between active and passive verbs based on the predicate

    Predicates on active verbs can be marked with the suffix me- or ber-. Meanwhile, predicates owned by passive verbs generally get affixes in the form of di- or ter-.

    Examples of the use of predicates on active verbs are write, read, search, catch, swim. Meanwhile, examples of the use of passive verbs, such as shot, read, eaten, drank.

    B. Examples of Active Verbs

    After being able to distinguish the meaning of active and passive verbs, you can understand more about active verbs through examples. One of the ways that can be used to recognize the characteristics of active verbs. Active verbs can be checked by doing negation or adding the word “no” to the predicate. Meanwhile, you can add the word “not” to predicates that function as nouns.

    To make it clearer, listen to examples of active verbs and nouns in the following sentences,

    – Ali “planted” cactus cactus in the yard. (Ali (didn’t) “plant” cactus cactus in the yard.)

    – Lia is a cafe waitress. (Lia (not) a cafe waitress.)

    1. Examples of Active Verbs

    How to identify active verbs that match the SPOK structure in a sentence is actually quite easy. If you have understood the explanation above, you can look again at some examples of the use of active verbs that have been arranged in a sentence below, including the following:

    – Roni wears the clothes you gave.

    – He eats bread made by his mother.

    – The doctor is examining a patient in room 10.

    – I’m learning English through an app.

    – I’m reading a book in the library.

    – Mother fried the fish that father caught.

    – His family is still grieving after the passing of his beloved grandfather.

    – The lightning had struck someone before the rain came.

    – Joko rides a motorcycle calmly.

    – I swim regularly every Sunday.

    – The policeman is helping a motorist who has skidded on the road.

    – The teacher is teaching in class.

    – I have already planned a meeting for tomorrow night.

    – My cat gave birth to three babies last night.

    – The student is still trying to put together a thesis in order to pass this semester.

    – Nindi sweeps the house clean.

    – Lia speculates about a beautiful future.

    – I want to tell the situation.

    – Rindi slows down his car.

    – Yesterday dad caught a big fish.

    – The athletes continue to fight for victory.

    – I’ve embarrassed him in public.

    – He is writing a letter to his family.

    – Don’t hold the racket like that!

    – The bird always whistles every morning.

    – He is working on his PR.

    – She is wearing embarrassing clothes.

    – I’m looking for a lost pen.

    – I walk from home to school every day.

    – He has tried to cook well.

    – I heard everything.

    – He always belches after eating too much.

    – I saw him kill someone.

    – Mom cut the onions quickly.

    – I have washed your clothes.

    – I’m enjoying this beautiful view.

    – Today I will marry Rindi.

    – He built a beautiful house.

    – Help him put the items in!

    – I already bought the item you wanted.

    C. Examples of Passive Verbs

    As previously stated, passive verbs are basically one type of verb that has the function of expressing an activity or job of the subject or person who is subject to the job or action.

    Therefore, passive verbs can be marked with the subject of work or action with the suffix di- or terpa- on the predicate. This certainly gives the impression that a passive verb is a sentence that emphasizes the subject and not the object. For example, like being swallowed, burned, kissed, eaten, stepped on, and so on.

    If you understand the meaning of passive verbs, you must be able to distinguish between passive verbs and active verbs. Well, so that you can learn more about this material, here are examples of passive verbs that have been arranged in a sentence, among others:

    – Sunflowers are watered by Ana.

    – Ani already ate the salmon this morning.

    – Carrots have been cooked Intan until ripe.

    – River water is poisoned by industrial factory waste.

    – Mango syrup is drunk by Budi.

    – The book has already been read by Sinta.

    – The birthday bread has been cut by Fatimah.

    D. Types of Verbs

    In the process of understanding the linguistic rules owned by the Indonesian language, you do not understand enough the meaning and examples of active and passive verbs. There are some other types of verbs that you need to understand. Well, the following are some types of verbs that belong to the Indonesian language, among others:

    1. Active Verbs and Passive Verbs

    In accordance with the explanation above, verbs based on their subject can be grouped into two, namely active verbs and passive verbs. Active verbs are verbs that get affixes in the form of me- or ber-. Active verbs are usually often used to make explanations regarding the activities carried out by the subject or someone who is doing it. Examples of active verbs include “cutting”, “running”, and “dancing”.

    Meanwhile, passive verbs are verbs that get affixes in the form of di- or ter-. The passive verb itself is usually used to provide an explanation regarding the activity in which the subject is subject to a job or action. Examples of passive verbs include being eaten or eaten, cut or cut, and so on.

    2. Base Verbs and Derivative Verbs

    The following types of verbs can be seen based on their form, verbs based on this form can be divided into two, namely basic verbs and derived verbs. The basic verb itself can be interpreted as a type of verb that has the original form. It can be understood that the basic verb does not get affixes or is only a base word. Examples of basic verbs, such as bathing, drinking, running, and so on.

    Meanwhile, if the basic verb has the original form, the derivative verb has more forms in the form of affixes. The affixes themselves are mandatory affixes, obligatory bound, free of arbitrary affixes, and reduplication or compound. Examples of derived verbs are like landing, running, meeting, pilgrimage, going round and round, and many more.

    3. Transitive and Intransitive Verbs

    The third type of verbs are transitive and intransitive verbs. These two verbs are divided based on their object. A transitive verb itself is a type of verb that has an object. This makes this verb must be followed by an object to make a sentence more perfect or have meaning. Examples of transitive verbs include giving, cooking, kicking, and so on.

    Meanwhile, the opposite of a transitive verb is an intransitive verb. As a type of verb, intransitive verbs can be characterized by verbs that don’t get or don’t need an object. Therefore, even though it does not use objects in the sentence structure, the meaning of intransitive verbs can be known. Examples of transitive verbs include crying, sitting, and many more.

  • Definition of Cartel: Cooperation of Entrepreneurs That Can Harm Consumers

    Definition of Cartel: Cooperation of Entrepreneurs That Can Harm Consumers

    Definition of Cartel – For those of you who often watch the news on TV or read articles on online news portals, you may have come across the word cartel. Especially in the news that discusses trade. So what is the meaning of cartel? Is he so important that he should be in the news?

    In the world of business or commerce, competition is a common thing. Even without competition, there will be no perfect market. This means that the price of goods is competitive and the products sold are more varied, so that consumers can choose goods that suit their needs and budget.

    Well, unfortunately there are bad guys working together to outwit the competition. Usually they want to get a big profit by reducing the competition. Yup, they are what is called a cartel.

    Definition of Cartel

    If you open the Big Indonesian Dictionary application and type “cartel” in it, you will find the meaning as follows:

    A combination of similar enterprises aimed at controlling production, competition, and prices; a coalition of political parties that have the same goal; alliance between two or more parties.

    While according to the Financial Services Authority (OJK), a cartel is a collaboration between several entrepreneurs or companies for mutual benefit. This cooperation can be in the process of determining prices, quantities and marketing areas so that competition is more limited. In the end they get a sort of monopoly position.

    Lalu Lincoln Arsyad defined a cartel as an official organization of sellers who together determine the price, quantity, and differentiation of products so that the industry gets maximum profit.

    Cartels are also discussed in Anti-Monopoly Law No. 5 of 1999. In this Law it is mentioned that business operators are prohibited from making agreements with competing business operators to influence prices by regulating the production or marketing process of a product or service. Because it can lead to monopoly practices or unhealthy business competition.

    To understand the cartel further, Reader can read the Revised Business Competition Law book written by Dr. Binoto Nadapdap, Sh., MH In it there is a discussion about cartel polemics and changes in the Court’s attitude towards the use of indirect evidence in dealing with cartel matters.

    From some of the definitions above it can be concluded that a cartel is a form of cooperation between independent producers and other independent producers to avoid competition so that they can dominate the market.

    Interestingly, each of the producers included in the collaboration can still stand and have the freedom to act. And again, cartels are generally alliances of producers in the same field.

    Cartels themselves are banned almost throughout the country. Although in reality its existence cannot be eliminated just like that. Either in a national or international scope, formal or informal.

    And Reader needs to remember, that based on the definition above, a single business entity that dominates the market cannot be considered a cartel. So as long as the business entity does not abuse the monopoly it has, it will not be considered guilty.

    The Process of Cartel Formation

    Usually, these cartels appear in oligopoly conditions. This is a condition where there are only a few sellers with a homogeneous type of product. In addition, cartels can also appear or be formed in industries that have:

    1. Small or low profit
    2. Few companies
    3. Has a barrier factor
    4. The demand for the product is inelastic
    5. Concentration of companies geographically
    6. Has no legal restrictions

    So usually a cartel will be formed if the companies in the industry that have these characteristics work together and comply with every rule that has been agreed upon.

    The reason is because companies that work together can get greater benefits if the collaboration is effective. On the other hand, if one of the members violates, then the company will suffer a loss.

    Cartel Models

    Reader needs to know, cartels have their own models that are already widely known, namely:

    1. Oligopoly

    The first model is a market structure in which there are only a few companies, but they have a high level of interaction. Usually in this market there is a barrier that makes it difficult for prospective new companies to enter it.

    As a result of this barrier, in some oligopoly markets, some or all of the producing firms have large profits over a long period of time.

    With high interaction, companies that are part of an oligopoly market have to make the right decisions. For example, they will continue to compete or even work together to form a cartel.

    2. Duopoly

    The second model is the simplest form of an oligopoly market. So, when in an oligopoly market there are only two companies and this duopoly model is developed to see the interaction of those companies.

    Well, in this duopoly there are two other models, namely the Cournot, Edgeworth, Chamberlin, Stackelberg, Chamberlin, Bertrand, and also Sweezy models. But what will be discussed this time is the Cournot and Edgeworth models.

    a. Cournot model

    In this model, each firm acts as if the output of its rival firm is constant. Then the company tries to maximize profits on the rest of the existing market.

    This is like if there are only two black sellers around your house. The first one already has many customers because of its position as a pioneer. While the second is a newcomer.

    Well, this newcomer thinks that he cannot beat the name or branding of the first seller, so he does various things to make a profit from the remaining buyers.

    b. Edgeworth model

    This model is usually based on two assumptions. First, the company assumes that the prices of its competitors are fixed. Second, each company has its maximum output constraints.

    With this assumption, rival companies will then sell their products at lower prices so that they can dominate a larger market.

    If you look at the examples of the two previous seblak sellers. In this Edgeworth model, the seblak seller who is a newcomer sells a serving of seblak at a lower price. That way he can get more customers than his competitors.

    3. The demand curve is broken

    This is a condition where when a company lowers its price, other competitors do the same. However, if the company raises its price, it has no buyers and causes its sales to fall drastically.

    This model is like two counters waging a price war to attract more buyers. If this condition continues, then at a certain point, any counter that raises its price first will lose its customers.

    4. Pricing

    This is a condition where the dominant company determines the price in order to achieve maximum profit. While other smaller companies have to sell a lot of goods in order to make a profit.

    Cartel Types

    Cartels, as a form of cooperation, are divided into several types. Usually this type focuses more on the scope of cooperation which has become the main point in the agreement made.

    1. Price Cartel

    This type of cartel is one that regulates the minimum selling price of a product produced by its members. Each member may not sell his product at a lower price than the agreed minimum price.

    However, its members are not prohibited from selling their products at a higher price. Of course, all risks of loss – such as the product not selling well in the market – are borne alone.

    2. Cartel Terms

    The conditions cartel usually dictates certain conditions that must be complied with. For example, quality standards, delivery, and packaging in selling products. The purpose of this requirement is to establish product uniformity and attributes so that competition between producers does not occur.

    3. Kartel Rayon

    The third type is more focused on determining or dividing sales areas. Usually this division is accompanied by pricing for each region. With this agreement, cartel members can only sell their products in designated areas.

    4. Production Cartel

    Production cartels generally form agreements on the maximum amount of goods each member can produce. The goal, of course, is that there is no excess production that has the potential to lower selling prices.

    5. Kartel Pool

    In this cartel, the profits earned by its members are collected in a joint treasury and then divided again according to a pre-agreed agreement.

    6. Sales Syndicate

    In this type of cartel, members hand over the goods they produce to a central sales office. That way, these goods can be sold at the same price so there is no competition in the market.

    Further discussion of the types of cartels can be found in the book Circumstantial Evidence: As Evidence in Cartel Cases  by Dr. Rosana Kesuma Hidayah, SH, M.Sc.

    Cartel Advantages and Disadvantages

    Even though it is prohibited by law, it does not mean that the cartel does not have its own advantages and disadvantages. Here are some of them:

    Cartel Profits

    • Cartel members are well positioned to face competition because of the cartel’s position in the industry market.
    • Risks in sales and capital risks for cartel members can be minimized because the production and sale of goods can be regulated and the amount guaranteed.
    • This cartel can carry out a rationalization that causes the price of goods sold to tend to fall.
    • Cartels can also create a more conducive working relationship between company management and workers. Because if there is a source of conflict, such as demands for wage increases and workers’ welfare, it can be easily discussed.
    • The risk of termination of employment (PHK) can be minimized because every company that is a cartel member tends to have a stable position in free competition.
    • The risk of loss caused by low sales can also be minimized because production or sales are regulated and the amount is guaranteed.

    Cartel Losses

    • There is a possibility that cartel competitors smuggle in and become members
    • In public life, cartels are also considered detrimental because they can freely change selling prices
    • Regulations made and agreed upon can bind the freedom of its members
    • Innovation can be reduced because cartel member companies already have definite and stable profits
    • If there is a company that wants to innovate, it is likely to be hindered because there are regulations and sanctions that have been mutually agreed upon.
    • It is detrimental to society because cartels can make prices unstable. What’s more, the cartel also has the power to increase prices as it wishes.
    • Competition between producers becomes unhealthy which causes the business climate to become less conducive.
    • Unstable and vulnerable product prices can also affect people’s purchasing power.
    • There is a possibility that cartel members will gain too much profit in the long run.
    • To the detriment of society at large because price rigidity can fuel chronic inflation.

    Fortunately, in Indonesia cartels are not allowed and are considered legally illegal. This prohibition is regulated in Article 11 of Law Number 5 of 1999 concerning Prohibition of Monopolistic Practices and Unfair Business Competition.

    The article states that business actors may not enter into agreements with competitors to influence selling prices and regulate the production and marketing of goods or services. Because this agreement can result in monopolistic practices and unfair business competition.

    Exactly as mentioned by Galuh Puspaningrum in his book entitled The Law of Agreements Prohibited in Business Competition .

    Problems Existing in the Cartel

    1. Obstacles for companies that are not members of a cartel

    Within a cartel there are hurdles for companies wanting to become new members. For example, if a company in an industry succeeds in increasing its price until it is profitable in the long run.

    Now this company is not interested in joining the cartel because they feel that they are already getting economic benefits. It is very likely that this company will face various obstacles presented by cartel members.

    2. Natural obstacles

    The cartel also has natural barriers which are divided into two, namely:

    1. The first natural barrier arises when output is greater than total demand. Under these circumstances, existing firms can make a profit without inviting other firms to enter the market.
    2. The second natural barrier arises when there is an absolute cost advantage. This means that companies that are already involved in an industry have a low average cost curve and within very large limits. Especially when compared with potential new income.

    This obstacle has the potential to cause existing companies to determine a price even though the company has already earned a profit. While newcomers have to suffer losses in a certain time.

    3. Resistance Made by Enterprises

    This is an obstacle deliberately created by cartel member companies to prevent new entrants. Usually this condition occurs if there is no natural resistance that occurs.

     

    The way it is done is to increase the number of similar products that have several features and can be combined into several combinations. In the end will appear a place to market products that are almost the same.

    Examples of Cartel Cases that Have Happened in Indonesia

    To better understand the meaning of cartel and its intricacies, Reader can look at examples that have happened in Indonesia. One of them is the SMS (Short Message Service) tariff business.

    In 2008, there were many reports about several mobile operators (Telkomsel, Mobile-8, Bakrie, Telkom, and XL) playing with the tariff for SMS. They have been doing cartel since 2004 until 2007.

    The Business Competition Supervisory Commission (KPPU) at that time succeeded in proving the violations committed by the mobile operators. The action is the agreement that caused the SMS tariff cartel.

    At that time, the competitive tariff for SMS was as much as Rp. 114 per SMS, but the operators set a higher tariff, namely Rp. 250. As a result, consumers or communities that use their services experience losses of Rp. 136 per SMS.

    This lasted for three years until in total, the consumer or customer of the mobile operator experienced a loss of around Rp. 2.827 Trillion. On the other hand, the operators profit from the losses.

    That is the discussion about the meaning of cartel and other matters related to it. This phenomenon cannot be left alone and we as a society should be more aware of the existence of cartels in this country. Moreover, there are already cases that prove that the community is the one that is harmed.

     

  • Definition of Carbohydrates and Functions of Carbohydrates for the Body

    Definition of Carbohydrates and Functions of Carbohydrates for the Body

     

    To meet our energy needs in one day certainly needed carbohydrate content. With this content, the energy in our body increases. That means, one of the functions of carbohydrates is to add energy to the body.

    On this occasion, we will discuss the meaning of carbohydrates to the functions of carbohydrates. So, what are you waiting for, see this review until it’s finished, OK?

    Understanding Carbohydrates

    Carbohydrates are the most abundant organic compounds on Earth. Carbohydrates are nutrients that function as a source of energy for the body. This energy source is the main food for the brain.

    Therefore, if a lack of carbohydrates can actually trigger health problems, so you cannot avoid them. Carbohydrates have various functions in the body of living things, especially as fuel, food reserves and building materials.

    When you consume carbohydrates, the body will break them down into glucose. Glucose or blood sugar is the main source of energy for cells, tissues and organs of the body. This substance can be used immediately or stored in the liver and muscles.

    Most carbohydrates can be found in grains. However, not a few food manufacturers add these nutrients to other processed foods, in the form of starch or added sugar.

    Everyone’s carbohydrate needs generally vary, depending on age, gender, physical activity, and medical conditions suffered. Therefore, the balance of the amount of intake should always be maintained. Don’t get too much or too little. In addition, extreme diets by limiting carbohydrate intake and other nutrients should be avoided.

    Healthy adults generally need a carbohydrate intake of 220 to 300 grams per day. So, don’t get short of carbohydrate intake, so that your body still has the right energy, so it can start activities to the fullest.

    Carbohydrate Source

    Basically, there are lots of foods that contain carbohydrates and can be substituted for rice. Here is the full explanation.

    1. White Rice

    White rice is a food that is quite high in carbohydrates. White rice is the staple food of Indonesia. In 180 grams of white rice there are 50 grams of carbohydrates.

    Not only is it high in carbohydrates, white rice stores vitamins B1, B2, B3, B6, protein, iron, selenium, manganese, phosphorus and magnesium which are also needed by the body even in small amounts. Glucose from white rice is useful for the main source of energy or fuel for the body, especially for the brain.

    2. Brown Rice

    Brown rice or red rice is a food that is considered healthier than white rice. In one cup of brown rice there are about 36 grams of carbohydrates. Even though the carbohydrate content is lower, red rice has fiber which is beneficial for the body. Brown rice also functions as an antioxidant.

    3. Sweet Potatoes

    A medium-sized sweet potato with its cloudy skin is about 23.61 grams. And this one food also stores vitamins A, C, and potassium which are beneficial to health.

    4. Corn

    The next choice of food that contains carbohydrates is corn. Consumption of 100 grams of corn, then you will get about 25 grams of carbohydrates. Not only carbohydrates, corn has protein and vitamin C needed by the body.

    5. Appeal

    This apple, which has a hard texture but tastes good, contains quite high carbohydrates. In one medium-sized apple there are about 25.15 grams of carbohydrates. Apples also store vitamins such as vitamins A and C which are good for the body. Potassium and fiber content make this one fruit even richer in nutrients.

    6. Bananas

    Fruits can also be a source of carbohydrates. Banana is a fruit that is quite high in carbohydrates. One medium-sized banana contains about 26.95 grams of carbohydrates. In addition, bananas store potassium, vitamins A and C.

    7. Red Beans

    The next carbohydrate-containing food is red beans. Consumption of one cup of red beans will produce carbohydrates of approximately 21 grams.

    The protein and fiber content is high enough so that it can add nutrients to the body. Not only that, the potassium in red beans makes this food have many health benefits, one of which is to prevent inflammation of the large intestine.

    8. Oat

    One cup of oats can provide about 27 grams of carbohydrates. In addition to carbohydrates, oats contain protein and five and four grams of fiber. A study says that oats derived from wheat are beneficial for maintaining heart health. Oats are usually consumed in the morning as a breakfast menu.

    9. Potatoes

    Carbohydrates in potatoes are about 66 to 90 percent. This tuber is indeed quite filling. You can consume it by boiling, frying, or processing it in other forms.

    10. Dates

    Medjool dates have a carbohydrate content of around 17.99 grams. In addition, dates are also rich in vitamin A, fiber, calcium, phosphorus and potassium which are beneficial for health. The sweet taste and soft texture make many people love this Middle Eastern specialty.

    11. Raisins

    This food from dried grapes contains about 129.48 grams of carbohydrates in one cup. In addition, raisins store potassium, phosphorus, calcium, and are a good source of antioxidants for the body.

    Types of Carbohydrates

    Carbohydrates are known to have two types. The body will digest both types of macronutrients in different ways. The following explanation is summarized from various sources:

    Types of Simple Carbohydrates

    Simple carbohydrates are usually found in candies, syrups, or fizzy drinks. These foods and drinks are made from refined sugars that do not contain fiber or vitamins.

    These types of food are known as “empty calories” and have the potential to increase body weight.

    Even though it doesn’t have calories, the body can still process these simple carbohydrates. When the simple sugars produced by carbohydrates are already in the bloodstream, insulin will help glucose enter the body’s cells.

    Energy will be obtained by the cell. Insulin will also help the remaining glucose to enter the liver and muscles to be stored as energy reserves. If glucose cannot be stored in cells for energy, it will be converted into fat.

    This is what ultimately makes many people believe that carbohydrates can make you gain weight. Even if you know how to manage it, carbohydrates can provide many benefits.

    For example, by doing regular exercise so that the glucose reserves in the muscles can be used. So when there is excess glucose, it can be stored in the muscles and become an energy reserve.

    Types of Complex Carbohydrates

    The function of carbohydrates for the body is also supported by this type of carbohydrate. Complex carbohydrates are digested by the body by breaking down long chains of sugar before they become energy.

    Complex carbohydrates take longer to process in the body than simple carbohydrates. On the bright side, complex carbohydrates can provide consistent energy and prevent fat accumulation in the body.

    After complex carbohydrates enter the small intestine, enzymes will begin to break down carbohydrates into glucose. At that time, glucose begins to enter the bloodstream. Then glucose will be needed in the same way as glucose in simple carbohydrates.

    However, complex carbohydrates take longer to enter the bloodstream. The advantage of complex carbohydrates is that they can provide energy for a longer time than simple carbohydrates. So when consuming this type of complex carbohydrates can make us feel full longer.

    There are several types of food that are able to provide optimal carbohydrate function for the body, such as:

    • Whole grains and bread containing these ingredients (whole grain) Brown rice, brown rice, or sago
    • Whole grain cereal pasta
    • Nuts
    • Tubers, such as sweet potatoes
    • Fruits, such as bananas, apples, mangoes, or dates.

    Functions of Carbohydrates for the Body

    pixabay

    Here are some of the functions of consuming carbohydrates for the body, including:

    1. As an Energy Source

    The function of carbohydrates is as a source of energy. When carbohydrates are digested, the body will convert them into glucose. This substance is a source of energy for the body.

    What we need to know is that carbohydrates are divided into two types, namely complex and simple carbohydrates. Complex carbohydrates provide more lasting energy. Meanwhile, simple carbohydrates provide energy in a short time.

    Carbohydrate intake from every food consumed will be broken down into sugar in the body, then absorbed by the digestive tract and into the bloodstream.

    With the help of the hormone insulin, sugar in the blood will enter the body’s cells and be processed into energy. Meanwhile, excess sugar or glucose in the body will be stored in the muscles and liver as glycogen. When completely unused, glucose will be converted into fat.

    2. As a Weight Manager

    Not a few people think that the consumption of carbohydrate foods can increase body weight. That assumption is not just a myth. Complex carbohydrates can provide energy for longer.

    So when consuming it, we can feel full longer and reduce appetite. To get this one carbohydrate function, choose foods that contain complex carbohydrates, such as wheat bread, nuts, and vegetables.

    These types of carbohydrate foods are known to be rich in fiber which can provide the effect of satiety for longer and lose weight.

    Most people who want to lose weight choose to go on a low-carb diet. That is, you may only get 25 to 150 grams of carbohydrates per day.

    In fact, this weight loss diet is actually safe, but you still need to consult with a nutritionist. This is because a low carb diet sometimes makes you not get enough fiber.

    Lack of fiber and other carbohydrates can also cause health problems, such as constipation (constipation) to malnutrition.

    3. To Support Brain Function

    One of the functions of carbohydrates is to support brain performance. Glucose in carbohydrates is a good source of food for the brain. This organ is known to work harder so it needs more energy to carry out its function.

    At least the brain needs about 20% of energy in order to function optimally. Therefore, carbohydrates are very necessary and good for supporting brain function.

    4. To Prevent Disease

    Consuming too many carbohydrates is not good for health, especially for the heart. However, complex carbohydrates such as high-fiber foods can help lower body cholesterol.

    A study proved that complex carbohydrates that are high in fiber will not increase blood sugar. In addition, fiber can also prevent diabetes because it does not trigger a spike in blood sugar.

    5. Protect Protein

    Another very important function is to protect proteins. In the human body, protein functions as an energy reserve or other energy source as a substitute for carbohydrates. If the amount of carbs consumed is less, protein will replace the function.

    In fact, protein functions not only as a source of energy, but also for the formation of other important organs in the body. Therefore, a sufficient amount of carbohydrates will help to keep the protein in order to function as it should.

    6. Prevention of Various Diseases

    Carbohydrates are also known to reduce the risk of various diseases. This one carbohydrate function is supported by several studies that state that the fiber content in complex carbohydrates is thought to be able to suppress the risk of heart disease, obesity, and digestive disorders.

    Carbohydrate sources rich in fiber include vegetables, potatoes or sweet potatoes cooked with their skins, and whole grains.

    7. Maintain the Health of the Digestive System

    The next function of carbohydrates for the body is to help maintain digestive health. Complex carbohydrates that are rich in fiber can help defecate more smoothly and regularly. In addition, fiber can also prevent us from the risk of colon diseases such as diverticulum.

    8. Source of Calories

    Carbohydrates also serve as a source of calories for the body. The number of calories in carbohydrates is actually not that much, but it helps enough to meet the body’s needs. If you want to add calories, it is highly recommended to consume carbohydrates that are high in fiber.

    9. Maintain Muscle

    Carbohydrates are also known to maintain muscle. This is because carbohydrates can maintain muscle mass. When the body lacks glucose, the muscles will be broken down into amino acids. Then, it is changed again into glucose or other compounds that produce energy.

    How to Manage Carbohydrate Eating Patterns

    Here are some ways that can help you in organizing a healthy diet to meet your daily carbohydrate needs, namely:

    1. Breakfast with grains

    When starting the day, you can have breakfast with oatmeal or cereal added with grains. Try to choose a type of cereal that contains 4 grams of fiber and less than 8 grams of sugar per serving.

    2. Eat wheat bread as a lunch or snack

    If you are tired of rice as a staple food during lunch, try to replace it with wheat bread. You can choose whole wheat unleavened bread that contains ingredients such as: whole wheat, black wheat, or other whole grains.

    3. Replace potatoes with beans

    Instead of eating potatoes that can increase weight, you can replace them with beans. The reason is that beans are a source of carbohydrates that can be digested slowly and contain healthy protein.

     

  • Definition, Characteristics, and Examples of Carnivorous Animals (Meat Eaters)

    Definition, Characteristics, and Examples of Carnivorous Animals (Meat Eaters)

    Definition, Characteristics, and Examples of Carnivorous Animals (Meat Eaters) – Every animal must consume food according to the nutrition required to survive. Based on the type of food, animals can be divided into four types, namely herbivores, carnivores, omnivores, and insectivores. All four have their own role in the food chain.

    Herbivores are animals that eat plants, while carnivores are animals that eat meat. Omnivores are animals that eat plants and meat, while insectivores are animals that eat insects.

    This time we will cover things related to carnivorous animals and their examples. So, keep following this Reader review. Always activate your Sinaumedia Digital application, so as not to miss other exciting information.

    Definition of Carnivorous Animals

    Carnivores are meat-eating animals. Animals that are classified as carnivores because they prey on other animals. This type of animal is also called a predator.

    Kira Seta (2018) in his book titled Getting to Know Herbivorous, Carnivorous, and Omnivorous Animals explains that the word carnivore comes from Latin, namely carne which means “meat” and vorare which means “to eat”.

    Meanwhile, Ullrey (2004) in Mammals: Carnivores (Encyclopedia of Animal Science) defines a carnivore, meat eater, or satwaboga as a living creature that obtains the energy and nutrition it needs from food in the form of animal tissue, both as a predator and scavenger. Animals that only depend on animal meat for nutrition are called obligate carnivores, while carnivore animals that also consume non-animal food are called facultative carnivores.

    Because their food source is meat, it is not uncommon for carnivorous animals to be nicknamed as predators. What is evil? Of course not. This is an important aspect of its role as an ecosystem balancer that prevents animal populations.

    Carnivores are at the top of the food chain. However, not only animals, it turns out that there are also plants that catch insects and other small animals. This type of plant is called a carnivorous plant. Some fungi also eat microscopic animals and are called carnivorous fungi.

     

    Classification of Carnivores

    The word “carnivore” often refers to one of the orders of mammals, namely the order Carnivora. This gives a wrong understanding because many Carnivores meet the definition of meat eaters, although not all carnivores are like that, in fact only a few carnivores are really considered obligate carnivores. Additionally, many carnivore species are not included in the order Carnivora.

    For example, most bear species are actually omnivores, except for pandas which are herbivores. One of the animals that really only eats meat is the polar bear that lives in the Arctic. This is because in this place only a few plants can live.

    Carnivores that only eat insects and other similar invertebrates are called insectivores, while carnivores that only eat fish are called piskivors. Carnivores can also be classified based on the percentage of meat in their food, namely obligate carnivores, hypercarnivores, and mesocarnivores.

    1. Obligate Carnivore

    Obligate carnivores or true carnivores are groups of carnivorous animals that only depend on nutrition derived from the flesh of other animals to survive. Obligate carnivores do not have an adequate digestive system to process plant matter. The bodies of obligate carnivores cannot digest plants well.

    If these animals eat it, it is as if it just passes through the process of emesis or vomiting, that is to forcefully remove the contents of the stomach through the mouth or nose, so that the plant cannot provide enough nutrition for obligate carnivores.

    For example, cats need high protein and their metabolism cannot synthesize certain essential nutrients (including retinol, arginine, taurine, and arachidonic acid), so they only rely on animal meat to obtain these nutrients.

    2. Hypercarnivores

    Hypercarnivores are a group of carnivorous animals whose 70% food source is meat. Animals that become hypercarnivores usually cannot digest plants. This is why most of their food is meat. The physical character of this animal is having a strong skull and facial muscles, which function to hold prey, cut meat, and break bones.

    3. Mesocarnivores

    Mescocarnivores are a group of carnivorous animals whose 50% food source is meat. Why only 50%? Then, what else is left? In addition to meat, this type of animal can eat fruit, vegetables, and mushrooms. The physical character of this type of carnivore is usually smaller than that of hypercarnivores. This type of animal usually lives in an environment close to humans.

    4. Hypocarnivores

    Hypocarnivores are a group of carnivorous animals whose meat needs are only around 30% of all types of food. This type of carnivore can eat meat, but the majority of its food is fish, fruits, roots, and nuts. Animals that enter this group are usually equated with animals that enter the omnivorous group.

    Characteristics and Characteristics of Carnivores

    Characteristics commonly associated with carnivores are the organs for grasping and tearing prey apart (the majority of vertebrates’ teeth and claws fulfill this function) and their predatory status. This assumption is incorrect because some carnivores do not hunt and are scavengers, although most hunter carnivores also eat carrion whenever the opportunity arises. This is why scavenger carnivores do not have the same characteristics as hunter carnivores.

    Carnivores have short digestive systems because they do not have to break down the cellulose found in plants. Many animals that hunt other animals have evolved eyes, so they face forward, which allows for depth perception. This occurs almost universally in mammalian predators. Other predators such as crocodiles have side-facing eyes and hunt by ambush rather than chase.

    Common characteristics of carnivorous animals include:

    • The majority live in forests or savannas;
    • The majority of carnivores are mammals that have mammary glands;
    • Have sharp nails or claws that function to grip their prey;
    • Has a fast running speed in chasing and hunting prey;
    • Has poison that can weaken its prey;
    • Have sharp eyesight both day and night;
    • Has a very sensitive sense of hearing and smell;
    • Has strong and sharp canine teeth to tear the body of its prey;
    • Have a spine;
    • Having the ability to attack and disable victims quickly;
    • It has a single stomach with a shorter digestive tract.

    In the food chain, carnivores occupy the highest trophic level or are also known as top consumers or consumer III.

    Examples of Mammal Group Carnivores

    Mammals are vertebrates which have the main characteristic of mammary glands. To date, more than 5,000 genera of mammals have been identified, spread across 425 families and 46 orders.

    The word  mammal  comes from the Latin word  mamma  which means “nipple”. Mammals reproduce by giving birth (viviparous) and laying eggs (oviparous). Some mammals are classified as carnivores because they eat other animals. Some of the front teeth of carnivorous mammals have adapted to form  carnassial , namely teeth that work like scissors that can cut meat.

    The examples of carnivore animals in the mammal group are explained as follows.

    1. Polar Bear

    The polar bear or ice bear has the scientific name  Ursus maritimeus . This animal is a large mammal in the biological family genus  Ursidae  and is a  circumpolar species  found around the Arctic. Polar bears are sometimes also classified as marine mammals.

    Male polar bears weigh between 400–600 kilograms and can sometimes reach over 800 kilograms and reach over 2.5 meters in height. Female polar bears on the other hand are only half the weight of male bears weighing between 200–300 kilograms and about 2 meters tall. Polar bears have a very keen sense of smell. They can smell a dead whale or seal from 20 miles away.

    Polar bears are good swimmers, able to swim 60 miles without stopping. They use their forelegs for swimming and hind limbs for rudder. The oil glands in their skin lubricate their fur well, so their body is water resistant and stays dry while swimming.

     

    The main diet of polar bears is fish and seals. They are patient animals when hunting and waiting for their prey (seals), who are diving for hours until the target jumps to land and is then immediately pounced on. The paralyzing power of its prey resides in its sharp claws and the powerful thrashing of its forelegs.

    An adult polar bear needs 2 kilograms of fat per day to survive in cold temperatures. A seal weighing 55 kilograms can meet the food requirements for a polar bear to survive for 8 days.

    2. Lion

    Lion is a species of animal from the family felidae or cat type. There are many lions in the African continent and some in the Indian region. Lions are animals that live in groups, usually consisting of one male and many females. This group guards its territory.

    Lions live between 10 and 15 years in the wild, but in captivity can reach more than 20 years. The younger lion will usurp leadership from the older lion.

    Female lions are much more active in hunting, while male lions are more relaxed waiting and asking for rations from the prey of their females. Male lions are believed to be superior and powerful compared to other big cats, but the lion’s weakness is that it cannot climb trees like other big cats.

    Male lions have thick fur around the back of their necks to protect them in free fights. Other big cats, such as leopards and leopards, have much smaller body sizes than lions. Despite being from the same family as tigers, lions do not like water. It’s different with a tiger that likes water.

    3. Tiger

    The tiger is the largest living cat species of the genus Panthera . Tigers have distinctive stripes on their fur, in the form of dark vertical stripes on orange fur, with the lower part of the fur being white. Tigers are apex predators, mainly preying on ungulates such as deer and wild boar.

    Tigers are generally solitary, solitary predators, but still have a social side. They still stay in nearby areas to support their food needs and raise their offspring. Tiger cubs stay with their mother for about two years, then will live independently and leave their mother’s range to build their own homes.

    Tigers were first scientifically described in 1758 and were once widespread from the Eastern Anatolia region in the west to the Amur River valley in the east. Tigers are also found in the southern foothills of the Himalayas up to Bali in the Sunda Islands. Since the beginning of the 20th century, the tiger population has continued to decline to 93% and experienced extinction in West Asia, Central Asia, as well as on the islands of Java and Bali.

    Tigers are also declared extinct in most regions of Southeast Asia, South Asia, and China. Today, the tiger’s range stretches from the temperate forests of Siberia to the subtropical and tropical forests of the Indian subcontinent, Indochina, and Sumatra.

    Examples of Carnivorous Animals Reptile Group

    Reptiles are vertebrates that are cold-blooded and their bodies are covered with scales. The majority of reptile species reproduce oviparously (eggs), but some also viviparously (give birth). Reptiles are tetrapods (animals with four legs) and lay eggs whose embryos are enveloped by an amniotic membrane.

    Examples of carnivorous animals of the reptile group are snakes and komodo dragons.

    1. Snake

    Snakes are a group of legless and long-bodied reptiles that are widespread in the world. Scientifically, all types of snakes are grouped in one sub-order, namely Serpentes and are also members of the order Squamata (scaly reptiles) along with lizards. However, snakes ( Serpentes ) themselves are classified in the Ophidia branch (clade), which is a group of reptiles with or without legs, long bodies, and having a physiology that is very different from lizards.

    Snakes are one of the most successful reptiles in the world. They can be found in all types of habitats, namely forests, grasslands, deserts, rivers, lakes, highlands, plantations, rice paddies, seas, and also in human settlements. However, like other reptiles, snakes cannot be found in cold areas such as on mountain tops and in the Arctic Circle (some species are able to live in areas near the North Pole). Snakes are also not found in Ireland, New Zealand, Greenland, isolated islands in the Pacific such as Hawaii, as well as in the Atlantic Ocean.

    Most snakes live and live on the ground, while others live and live on trees or plants. Even so, most species of snakes on the ground can climb trees. In addition to the ground and trees, snakes also live in water, there are even snakes that live in water and never travel on land at all, for example the snakes of the Hydrophiidae family .

    Snakes prey on various types of animals smaller than their bodies. Tree snakes and land snakes prey on birds, mammals, frogs, other types of reptiles, including their eggs. Large snakes such as panca kembang can prey on goats, deer, deer, and even humans. Snakes that live in the waters prey on fish, frogs, tadpoles, and fish eggs.

    Snakes eat their prey whole without waste and are capable of consuming prey three times larger than the diameter of their head. This is because their jaw is lower and can be separated from the upper jaw. Additionally, snakes have backward-facing teeth that hold their prey in their mouths. This prevents the victim from escaping.

    2. Komodo dragon

    Komodo or complete komodo lizard ( Varanus komodoensis ) is a species of large lizard found on Komodo Island, Rinca, Flores, Gili Motang, and Gili Dasami in East Nusa Tenggara Province. This lizard by the natives of Komodo island is also called by the local name “ora”. Another name for komodo is land crocodile, although komodo is not a species of crocodile.

    Komodo is the largest species of the Varanidae family , as well as the largest lizard in the world, with an average length of 2-3 meters and a weight that can reach 100 kilograms. Komodo is the apex predator in its habitat because so far no other large carnivore other than this lizard is known to exist in any geographical area.

    Well, Reader. That’s a brief story about carnivorous animals. It turns out that the way these animals survive is very unique. However, even though these carnivorous animals are mostly wild animals, we cannot hunt these animals so that the natural ecosystem remains sustainable.

  • Definition of Character: Elements, Formation and Values

    Definition of Character: Elements, Formation and Values

     

    Definition of character –  The term character is of course sad that Reader often hears. Reader may often hear that person A has a quiet character, while B has a chatty character. However, does Reader know the meaning of character?

    In general, character can be defined as a set of traits that are always admired as a sign of virtue, goodness and moral maturity possessed by a person.

    Everyone has their own character. The cause of each person’s character is different due to some specific factors that form a person’s character. In order for Reader to understand the explanation of character further, the following are the definitions, elements, formation and values ​​of character. Read to the end of the article.

     

    Definition of Character 

    In general, the understanding of character is a set of traits that are always admired as a sign of virtue, goodness and moral maturity possessed by a person.

    Etymologically, the term character comes from the Latin language, character, which means character, character, psychological traits, personality, character and morals.

    Another definition of character is the accumulation of personality, character and traits possessed by an individual and directs the individual’s habits and beliefs in his daily life.

    The formation of character in a person will happen through the learning process throughout his life. So in other words, a person’s character is not innate since they were born, but formed due to a learning process from the family environment and the people around them.

     

    The Meaning of Character According to Experts

    In order to better understand the meaning of character, here are the opinions of experts on the meaning of character.

    1. WB Saunders 

    The understanding of character according to WB Saunders is a real and different trait shown by an individual. The character of an individual can be seen from various attributes in his behavior in everyday life.

    2. Alwisol 

    Alwisol believes that character is a depiction of behavior done by showing and highlighting right-wrong, good or bad values ​​implicitly or explicitly.

    3. John Maxwell 

    Character according to John Maxwell is better than just words. Further Maxwell then explained that character is a choice that will determine the level of success of an individual.

    4. Wednesday 

    The definition of character according to Kamisa is a mental trait, character and morals possessed by a person, so that makes him different from other people.

    5. Soemarno Soedarsono

    According to Soemarno Soedarsono, character is a value embedded in a person that is obtained from education, experience, trials, sacrifices and influence from the environment which is then combined with the values ​​that exist in an individual and then becomes an intrinsic value that is realized in the system fighting power and then affects a person’s attitude, thoughts and behavior.

    6. Poerwadarminta 

    Poerwadarminta put forward the opinion that character is a person’s character, psychological traits, morals and character or manners that distinguish that person from other people.

    7. Simon Phillips 

    The understanding of character according to Simon Philips is a set of values ​​that leads to a system and is based on the attitudes, thoughts and behaviors displayed by an individual.

    8. Coons

    Coon explained that the meaning of character is a subjective assessment of an individual’s personality and is related to personality attributes that can or cannot be accepted by the wider community.

    9. Mansur Muslich 

    Muslich expressed the opinion that character is a way of thinking and a way of behaving of an individual that is a characteristic of every individual to be able to live and work together, both in the family, community and country.

    10. Big Indonesian Dictionary

    In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), character is a person’s psychological traits, character, morals or character that distinguishes an individual from other individuals.

    11. Wines 

    Character according to Wyne is a marker of a person’s way of focusing on how to apply a good value in the form of action or behavior.

    For this reason, an individual who has dishonest, cruel or greedy behavior can be said to be someone who has a bad character, while someone who has honest behavior, likes to help others can be said to be someone who has a noble character. So, the term character is closely related to one’s personality.

    Character Elements

    From the definition of character that has been explained by experts, it can be concluded that some experts argue that a person’s character is determined by the attitude of an individual. Whether it is good or bad, it will also affect his character.

    According to experts, a person’s character is not born, but is formed slowly and influenced by the surrounding environment, people around or family.

    In addition to family and the surrounding environment, there are several elements that influence each other to form a person’s character. Here’s an explanation.

    1. Emotions 

    In general, the definition of emotion is a feeling or a turmoil of the soul that arises from within a person as a result of stimulation, either from within a person or from outside.

    Emotions can also be interpreted as a symptom that moves dynamically in a situation that is felt by an individual and these symptoms are accompanied by their effects on behavior, awareness and become a physiological process.

    Without emotion, an individual’s life will feel bland, because humans always live in a way of thinking and feeling. Emotions are also synonymous with a strong feeling.

    2. Attitude 

    The attitude of an individual is part of his character, even a person’s attitude can be considered as a reflection of that person’s character. In this case, the attitude of an individual to something that is in front of him, will show how the shape or form of the character possessed by that person.

    So, if there is someone who has a good attitude towards other people, it can be said that that person also has good character as well. And vice versa, when a person has a bad attitude, it can be said that that person has a bad character as well.

    3. Trust 

    Trust is a cognitive component that is owned by an individual from his sociological psychological factor. The belief that something is right or wrong on the basis of authority suggestions, evidence, experience and intuition is very important in the development of an individual’s character or time.

    Thus, the trust that is owned by an individual will strengthen the individual in terms of self-existence and strengthen his relationship with others.

    4. Habit and Will

    Habit is an aspect of human behavior that is settled, lasts automatically for a long time. An individual’s habits are unplanned and repeated over and over again, many times.

    Meanwhile, will is a condition that strongly reflects a person’s character because this will is closely related to actions that can reflect the behavior of that person.

    5. Self-Conception or Self-Conception

    The fifth element of character is self-conception or self-conception. Self-conception is a process of totality that is carried out either consciously or unconsciously regarding how the character and self of an individual are formed.

    Thus, self-concept is how an individual builds himself and what the individual wants and how the individual places himself in life.

    In simple terms, self-concept or self-concept is the perspective or attitude of an individual to himself. This self-concept has a relationship between physical dimensions, self-motivation and individual character.

    The Process of Forming and Forming Character

    It has been explained at the beginning of the article, that a person’s character is not born with that person, but is formed by several factors. The formation of an individual’s character needs to go through a long learning process in that person’s life.

    A person’s character will begin to form through his environment, family, school and the surrounding community. Several parties have an important role in forming the character of an individual, these parties include parents, siblings, peers, teachers and other people who are around the individual.

    According to Lickona, it is explained that the formation of a person’s character is formed due to a habit that continues from childhood to adolescence. Parents have both good and bad influences that will eventually shape the habits of their children.

    Every individual certainly has life experiences that come from the surrounding environment, family, school. One’s life experience can also be obtained through books, television, the internet and other sources that have the potential to increase one’s knowledge.

     

    In the process of gaining this life experience, the role of one’s conscious mind is very dominant. So that the mind will carry out the process of filtering the information that enters itself through the human senses.

    The mindset and belief system that exists in a person who is becoming more mature, will shape the actions, habits and unique character that each individual possesses. This means that each individual has a belief system, self-image and unique habits.

    Why should a person’s character be formed? The purpose of character formation is basically to encourage the rebirth of children with good traits or characters. By developing a good character, it will encourage children to grow with the capacity of commitment to be able to do a variety of things that are best for themselves and to be able to do everything correctly.

    Children with good character will also have a purpose in life. Society has an important role in the formation of a child’s character, through parents and their environment.

    Character Values

    Based on the study of religious values, social norms, rules or laws, ethics and academics, human rights principles, details of the values ​​have been identified which are then grouped into five main character values.

    The five main values ​​are the values ​​of human behavior in relation to God, oneself, fellow human beings and the national environment. Here is a more detailed explanation.

     

    Character Values ​​in Relationship with God

    The first character value is the character value that has a relationship with God Almighty. those values ​​are religious, the words and actions of an individual that are based on divine values ​​and religious teachings.

     

    Character Values ​​Related to Oneself (Personal)

    There are several forms of character values ​​that have a relationship with a person’s personality, among which are the following:

    • Honesty is a behavior that is based on an effort that makes a person as an individual who can be trusted in actions, words, work towards oneself or other parties.
    • Being responsible is the attitude of an individual to perform a task and obligation as he should do to himself, society, environment, country and God.
    • Discipline is an action that can show orderly behavior and obey various provisions and rules.
    • Hard work is a behavior that shows a serious effort in overcoming various obstacles to be able to complete the task well.
    • Self-confidence is an attitude of self-confidence in the ability to fulfill every desire and hope.
    • Think logically, critically and innovatively. This character is thinking and doing an action in real or by using logic to be able to produce new ways and results as well as the most up-to-date results from what is already owned.
    • Independence is a behavior or attitude that is not easy to depend on others to be able to complete tasks.
    • Having a sense of curiosity, so that an individual always strives to know deeper and wider than anything he has learned, he sees and hears.
    • Loving knowledge is a way of thinking, behaving and acting from an individual who shows an attitude of loyalty, concern and the highest appreciation for knowledge.
    • Character Values ​​Relating to Each Other

    Here are some character values ​​related to others.

    • Be aware of the rights and obligations owned by yourself and others.
    • Obey every social rule.
    • Appreciate the work and performance achieved by others. Especially the attitude and performance of a person that is beneficial for other people.
    • Being polite is a subtle and kind act from the point of view of grammar or behavior to everyone.
    • Democracy is the attitude or action of a person who evaluates the same rights and obligations of himself and others.

    Character Values ​​Related to Environment 

    Here are some character values ​​that have a relationship with the environment:

    • Social and environmental care. The meaning of this value is the attitude and actions of a person who always strives to prevent damage to the natural environment and the surrounding environment as well as develop several efforts to repair the damage to nature that has occurred and always provide help to other people and the community in need.
    • National values ​​are a way of thinking, acting and a vision that places the interests of the nation and the country above the interests of oneself or the group.
    • Having a nationalist soul in the form of a person’s way of thinking, behaving and doing something that can show loyalty, concern and high appreciation for the language, environment, social, physical, cultural, economic and political conditions of his nation.
    • Appreciate diversity. Indonesia is a large country with different cultures and languages. Because the value of this character is important, because appreciating the existence of diversity can give a feeling of respect for all kinds of good things that have a physical form, nature, custom, culture, religion or a person’s tribe.

    Such is the explanation of the meaning of character, which is a set of traits that are always admired as a sign of virtue, goodness and moral maturity possessed by a person.

  • The Understanding of Capitalism as an Economic System, Look at Its Features!

    The Understanding of Capitalism as an Economic System, Look at Its Features!

    Definition of Capitalism – Capitalism is often considered as one of the ideologies that can create human well-being. In practice, the ideology of capitalism demands that the perpetrators control the capital and the business model they are targeting with the hope of making a profit.

    Capitalist itself is a word that refers to an owner of capital and its understanding is called capitalism. In many countries, the system of capitalism is generally used, but not completely used as an ideology. The government cannot intervene in the ideology of capitalism so that the capitalist system is generally mixed with other economic systems so that the wheels of the economy can run well.

    Then, what about capitalism in Indonesia? What is the difference between the ideology of capitalism and liberalism and socialism? Well, so that Reader doesn’t get more curious, let’s go ahead and see the complete discussion about capitalism in the following article!

    What is Capitalism?

    Capitalism is an economic system that provides full freedom for everyone to control economic activities such as trade, industry, and production tools with the aim of making a profit. In another sense, capitalism is an economic system where all economic activities are carried out by the private sector and not by the government. Here, the government’s duty is only as a supervisor.

    Capital owners have the right to determine the price of a product in the market. Simply put, the capitalist system gives freedom to all its actors to organize the economy according to what they want and need.

    Here are some definitions of capitalism according to experts, Reader :

    1. Karl Max

    Hearing the name of Karl Marx, maybe Reader will remember a concept namely Marxism. Karl Marx is known as an expert in interpreting various theories in the fields of economics, government, and society. He also studied the concept of capitalism from various points of view, namely the economic aspect and the political aspect.

    Capitalism is an economic system that is created and used with the intention of obtaining profit from every production process. This is done through the mode of production , where the process of organizing each production is done in a measured and systematic way to reduce production costs to the minimum possible.

    Profits from the process will provide the strength to standardize labor or workers to dominate. Karl Marx also divided this system of capitalism into two classes, the capitalists and the workers. Where, the capitalists are the bourgeois who have various tools for production. While the laborers or the proletariat are people who do not have production tools, production materials, and even work space.

    2. Max Weber

    One of the presumptions that resonates with the negative side of the meaning of capitalism is the presumption put forward by Max Weber. According to Max Weber, capitalism has benefits and positive aspects for human life. Where, this spirit of capitalism goes hand in hand with religious doctrine.

    Capitalism is present as a good understanding to make people prosperous so that they are diligent in working, have a disciplined life, as well as a frugal life. This is linked to the concept of capitalism which was initially born from Protestant ethics as a form of worship to God.

    This Protestant ethic was born as Calvinists in Europe who believed that everyone was destined to go to heaven or hell so that in order to get good, people must succeed in working in the world. This doctrine created a work for Weber that was applied by the Calvinists in order to encourage enthusiasm in working because the measure of success in this world is considered to also affect success in the afterlife.

    3. Adam Smith

    Adam Smith’s view on the meaning of capitalism is different. According to him, this understanding of capitalism exists to support a better economy. Where, an individual has a great role to prosper a nation by making that individual a more respected figure. This is due to its ownership of production equipment, distribution, and profit management.

    • Creating wealth is actually the concern of an individual not the government.
    • An individual must have wealth in the form of personal property or resources precisely.
    • Freedom in the economy that produces a competitive market, where sellers and buyers can choose the market as they wish.
    • The government’s role is limited only to defending, protecting, and overseeing the involvement of foreign parties and job providers.

    4. Mr. Soekarno

    Capitalism is a social system in society that emerges because of the way of production that separates the workers from the means of production.

    5. JM Romein

    Capitalism is an economic system that aims to conduct production activities with the aim of generating profit.

    Figure of Capitalism

    Capitalism is generally associated with Karl Marx. However, unfortunately this is not accurate, Reader because it turns out that the most important figure of capitalism is Adam Smith. Adam Smith is a classic capitalist economic figure who criticized the mercantilism system which he considered to be insufficient to support the economy of society at that time.

    He stated that the production movement should move according to the concept of MCM or capital-commodity-money , which will be a non-stop cycle because money will turn into capital again and can turn back when invested.

    Adam Smith saw that the market should have laissez-faire or freedom from all government intervention, so that the government only has the task of overseeing all the work done by the community.

    Capitalism is different from other economic systems

    Capitalism: An economic system that gives all freedom to individuals or the private sector so that they can play an active role in economic activities in order to make a profit. In the capitalist system, each individual is given the opportunity to develop as far as possible and the state cannot do much intervention. A simple example of government intervention in the capitalist system is the setting of the minimum wage.

    Socialism: A series of economic and social systems characterized by social ownership of various means of production and self-management of workers. The ideology of socialism is an ideology that gives freedom to the intervention of the state or government to regulate wages, prices of goods and services, assets, and so on.

    Characteristics of Capitalism

    Here are the characteristics of capitalism that Reader should know.

    • Acknowledgment of the personal rights of each individual.
    • Ownership of means of production by individuals.
    • Individuals are free to choose their own jobs or ventures.
    • The economy is governed by market mechanisms.
    • The government has a very small role in economic activities.
    • The motive that drives the economy is to make a profit.
    • Man is seen as homo-economicus, that is, a person who always pursues his own profit.
    • The understanding of individualism is based on materialism or hedonism (a legacy of Ancient Greece).

    Advantages of Capitalism

    Although it is often considered disadvantageous to many people, especially small capitalists or those without capital, the capitalist system has advantages, quoting Capitalism:

    • Competition: Capitalism can trigger the emergence of business competition. Capital owners will compete with each other to produce goods and services at the best prices that can be offered to consumers.
    • Innovation: Product competition in the free market will indirectly trigger product innovation. Innovation can be considered as a determinant of sustainability for a business.
    • Price: Competition not only creates innovation, but also price competition. In the capitalist system, each person has the right to decide how much money will be spent to buy a good or service.
    • Efficiency: Efficiency in the capitalist system also has an impact on productivity. Capitalism makes a person work smarter to produce a product or servic
    • Entrepreneur: The capitalist system encourages many people to become entrepreneurs. Every individual has the freedom to start and build a business they like.e with minimal capital, but with maximum profit.
    •  

    Disadvantages of Capitalism System

    Although it has many advantages, the capitalist system also has disadvantages. Launching Economicshelp, here are the shortcomings of the capitalist system.

    • Limited access to capital: One of the disadvantages of the capitalist system is access to capital that only certain groups have. This is prone to cause imperfect competition in the free market, and can even lead to monopoly.
    • Low wages: The capitalist system only focuses on profits so that the problems of wages and the well-being of workers are often neglected.
    • Inequality: Often the perpetrators of capitalism are considered to have failed to create equality. Because everything has a personal nature, the perpetrators of capitalism can pass on their business to the next generation.
    • Exploitation of nature: Huge profits will trigger capitalists to exploit natural products.

    Examples of Forms of Capitalism

    In everyday life, forms of capitalism occur in many forms, including:

    • Supermarkets and minimarkets located adjacent to traditional markets
    • Technology company innovations also make people become consumptive
    • Mining exploitation with big profit motivation
    • The stock market trades shares with the aim of raising capital. In the stock market everyone can participate either small individuals or financial companies.
    • The presence of various competitors in various business sectors.

    Capitalism in Indonesia

    Reader , capitalism that continues to grow in Indonesia until now is inseparable from the influence of Dutch colonialism, you know. Of course, Reader still remembers the VOC forced cultivation system, right? This incident became the root of the emergence of capitalism in Indonesia.

    The cruelty of the forced cultivation system by the Dutch became a real form of capitalism, namely the Dutch extorted native wealth in order to fulfill the interests of their own government.

    After this forced cultivation system disappeared and Indonesia became independent, capitalism in Indonesia developed and gave rise to a new form of imperialism. During the New Order era, foreign capital began to enter Indonesia which caused the distance between people who had capital and those who did not have capital to become even more visible.

    Unfortunately, until now the capitalist system is still developing in Indonesia. We can see where the wealth of resources in Indonesia is still being exploited by other countries. Even so, we can also see the efforts of the Indonesian government to prevent this bad thing from continuing to happen, as can be seen from the Freeport case in Papua where in the end 51% of the shares were controlled by the Indonesian government.

    Is the Implementation of the Capitalism System Good or Bad in a Country?

    Basically, the notion of capitalism itself is an economic system used by a country to regulate the freedom of capital owners in carrying out business activities. This includes the process of production, distribution, sales, and various other things. Then, is this capitalist system good or bad to implement? The answer depends on Reader’ point of view in responding to it.

    If it is based on the explanation of some of these figures or experts, then Reader can interpret it clearly. For Reader , who considers capitalism as a way to gain huge profits or enrich oneself, this is clearly the opinion of Karl Marx. Then, if this understanding of capitalism is carried out as a form of effort to achieve success in the world and the hereafter, then this is Weber’s opinion.

     

    That is the meaning of capitalism, its advantages and disadvantages, and examples that Reader can learn from. Hope it is useful.

  • Definition of Campaign: History, Characteristics, Types and Influence in Mass Media

    Definition of Campaign: History, Characteristics, Types and Influence in Mass Media

     

    Hello  Reader friends,  Some of us may already be familiar with the word campaign. This term often appears and is discussed in the world of politics. So what are campaigns and what are their types? let’s pay attention to the following discussion.

    Definition of Campaign

    The campaign is one of the routine events in this world, including in our country Indonesia. In Indonesia, election campaigns are usually held every five years when the leader changes. When that moment occurs, the people running for office, be it mayor, district head, DPR, or presidential elections, all join hands to secure support from as many sectors of society as possible.

    These politicians don’t just campaign on the streets, they campaign on TV, social media, appear on YouTube, and rent large stadiums that can accommodate thousands of people, such as the Gelora Bung Karno Stadium or GBK, to campaign. Usually the higher the vote rate, the bigger the campaign size. For example, the 2019 presidential election or other presidential elections.

    Etymologically, the word campaign comes from the Latin word  “campaign”  which means field. The term sport is also related to other terms, namely champion/champion and champagne /champagne.

    The “champagne” element refers to Italian military exercises in “Campania” (country), while the “champagne” element refers to French citizens growing champagne grapes in their own gardens.

    According to the origin of the word, activity means a complete planned series of actions to achieve certain goals, whether in terms of public relations, marketing, increasing revenue, improving quality, safety standards, etc. (usually in geographic scale and time limit).

    The term sport is often used for various activities, including the military, commercial marketing, social activities, political activities, and various other activities.

    You will remember how exciting the campaign moments were. Not only were the streets filled with banners, billboards and flags bearing the symbols of the parties supporting each presidential candidate, but on social media, the supporters were no less excited.

    Unfortunately, campaigns that are supposed to be an arena for voting and are carried out peacefully often turn into an arena for debate between supporters and an arena for blaming and insulting each other. Unfortunately, on social media, society is divided into two camps.

    Thus, in general the notion of a campaign is a series of planned communication efforts and actions to gain the support of a large number of audiences carried out by one person or group of people one by one in an organized manner in decision making. The campaign creation process will be carried out continuously within a certain period of time.

    Commercial marketing, social activities, political activities, in principle, campaigns are processes of communication activities carried out by individuals or groups institutionally, with the aim of creating a certain effect or influence.

    Some experts have offered their own views on the definition of campaigns, such as Rogers and Storey (1987), who say that a campaign is a series of communication actions planned or designed to have a certain impact on a large audience over a continuous period (Venus, 2004:7) .

    The above definition is considered by some experts to be the most popular and acceptable interpretation among communication scientists (Grossberg, 1988; Snyder, 2002; Klingemann & Rommele, 2002).

    Definition of Campaign According to Experts

    Apart from Rogers and Storey, other experts such as Pfau and Parrot (1993) provide further explanation regarding the definition of campaigns. Both say a campaign is a consciously designed, gradual and continuous process over a certain period of time that aims to influence the target audience.

    Leslie B. Snyder (Gudykunst & Mody, 2002)  explains that campaign activities are organized communication behaviors aimed at certain audiences and within a certain period of time to achieve certain goals. At the same time,

    Rajasundarman (1981) explains that an activity can be defined as the coordinated use of various communication methods over a certain period of time, which aims to guide the audience to a particular problem and its solution.

    According to Imawan , a campaign is defined as a persuasive effort by a person or group of people to get other people to agree with an idea or ideas being offered.

    According to Rachmadi,  a campaign is defined as a systematically organized activity designed to encourage people to do what they want with certain media so that it is right on target and accompanied by an assessment.

    According to Antar Venus , what is meant by movement is an effort made within a certain period of time to bring certain changes and influences to social life.

    According to Kotler and Roberto , activity is defined as the effort of an individual or a group of people to instill the thoughts, attitudes and behaviors expected of an activist.

    According to Cangara , an awareness campaign is a communication campaign designed to influence the public to understand the behavior of the reporter.

    Referring to this definition, we can conclude that a campaign is an act of communication that aims to solicit support. Campaign efforts can be led by individuals or organized groups of people to achieve decision making within a group. Campaigns can also be used to influence, hinder or distort success.

    In a democratic political system, a political campaign refers to an election campaign to gain support, where representatives are elected or a referendum is decided. Political Action Political campaigns seek to incorporate organized efforts to change policies within an institution.

    Campaign History

    The campaign itself has existed since the era of legislative elections in the world of politics. Often, campaigns are initiated by those who are at a disadvantage or oppose the establishment (against more powerful interests, for example). This advocacy phenomenon is closely related to stakeholder groups and political parties.

    Democratic communities have regular election campaigns, but political advocacy can be undertaken on some issues even in democracies as long as freedom of speech is permitted. The US election campaigns of the 19th century produced the first mass political parties and created many popular campaigning techniques.

    Campaign history is as old as election history. We may never think to measure whether the campaign we have been doing so far is effective. The campaign appears to have devolved into a sketchy legislative election.

    It doesn’t matter whether the campaign affects the election results or not, it also answers the question of whether it will affect the future of people’s lives. Do people understand what is conveyed. The campaign becomes an entity to fill its own ego, this is like madness for people who have big money, carry out mass mobilization, rah-rah, ending with power.

    Fifty years ago, most people still believed the wrong conclusions about the campaign. They argue that campaigning through the mass media does not help increase public understanding and change behavior.

    The second is Hughes’ report (1950) on the failed campaign against the United Nations in Cincinnati, Ohio, USA. These two articles have dampened the enthusiasm of media scientists who have spent decades researching and conducting campaigns, and have even made them ignore the phenomenon of campaigns.

    In the early second half of the 1970s, interest in experimental campaigns exploded among media professionals, sparking new expectations about the potential of campaigns to promote social change, and the prospects for their research in the communications field.

    The optimism especially developed after the results of research conducted by Mendelsohn (Perloff, 1993); Warner (1997); AJ Meyer, Nash, McAlister, Maccoby, and Farquhar (Perry, 2002) have all the research reports published on the research asserting in principle that a well-constructed campaign will have an extraordinary impact on the audience. This period is known as the era of campaign success.

    At that time, media professionals realized that the impact of the campaign was more moderate and influenced by various factors. In certain conditions, a campaign program has a high chance of success, but in other cases it fails.

    They also realized that the success of the campaign was greatly influenced by the ability of some activists to plan programs and use available resources.

    This is completely in accordance with the opinion of Robert E. Simmons (1990), a professor of communication science at Boston University, US, who asserts that success in achieving campaign goals is determined by our ability to plan, implement, and evaluate systematically and strategically campaign programs . Things like that, should depend on theoretical understanding, about different campaign sizes, as well as technical skills to run them.

    Campaign Features

    Citing the material titled “Campaign and Propaganda” by Agus Purbathin Hadi, campaign practice can be shown through a number of characteristics or elements.

    A clear source

    The campaign has a clear source, namely the initiator, sender, and person responsible for the campaign product, so that the recipient of the campaign message can identify and assess the credibility of the message source.

    Open to discussion

    The campaign message is open to discussion, even the main idea behind the implementation of the campaign is open to criticism. This is because the idea and purpose of the campaign basically contains good things for the public.

    Based on the principle of persuasion

    All actions in campaign activities are based on the principle of persuasion, which is to invite and encourage the community to accept or do something that is organized on a voluntary basis. So, the campaign in principle is an example of real persuasion.

    Campaign Purpose

    In accordance with the definition of the campaign above, the communication activities in the campaign must be done in an organized and institutionalized manner. The organization can come from the government, private or non-governmental organizations.

    • Fundraising invitation letter for disaster victims.
    • Government recommendations for child immunization.
    • An invitation to a group of people in the community to choose a specific gubernatorial candidate.
    • Recommendations for an athlete to consume certain healthy foods and food supplements.
    • And others.

    Campaign Types

    There are actually several forms and types of campaigns, but in general campaign activities are carried out with slogans, speeches, print media, logos, radio recordings in the form of voice and television in the form of voice and images.

    The implementation of the campaign was also carried out through internet media as part of the image, which then developed into an effort to share ideas or group problems with the community in the hope of getting answers.

    Types of Campaigns Based on their Orientation

    1. Product Oriented Campaigns

    This is a product-based campaign. This type of campaign is usually done in a commercial setting. This campaign aims to develop a positive image of the products presented to the community.

    2. Candidate Oriented Campaigns

    This is a candidate-driven campaign. These campaigns are often based on political interests, for example election campaigns and election campaigns.

    3. Ideologically or Cause Oriented Campaigns

    This campaign is directed at a specific social purpose. As explained by Kotler, social change campaigns aim to overcome various social problems by changing society’s views, attitudes, and behaviors. For example: vaccination campaigns, breastfeeding campaigns, blood donation campaigns, and family planning campaigns.

    Types of Campaigns Based on Content

    There are several types of campaigns that can be distinguished from the context, among others:

    • Active Campaign 

    Campaigns that contain the introduction of products or people for whom the campaign is carried out, usually Transmission information is about good things.

    • Negative Campaign

    Negative campaigns are often run by competitors when the content of the campaign shows the absence of products or people. In general, this negative campaign is based on data and events that have happened before.

    • Black Campaign

    A black campaign is a campaign that aims to destroy the personality of a person or a product as a competitor. However, the information conveyed in the black campaign is slanderous, lying or accusing without evidence.

    The Influence of Television on Campaigns

    In terms of campaigns, the mass media, print and electronic newspapers, are campaign channels for politicians. Especially with this current of technology, it seems as if the electronic media has become the main channel to influence public opinion, especially during the election campaign.

    This media is growing rapidly along with the development of technology. This is partly because many people have televisions and radios, and some even have access to the Internet. As a result, many parties and candidates will compete in the general election by using campaign facilities or channels through electronic media, especially television.

    The Influence of Newspapers on Campaigns

    In addition to television, newspapers or print media play a role in shaping public perception. Perception is the process of knowing what we feel from our senses, so that we gain new knowledge from it. Perception is greatly influenced by the information gathered as a whole. Similarly, the image is also fundamentally influenced by the information received and perceived.

    Information or news in the mass media is the result of curatorial choices made by the editor-in-chief or executive editor of the newspaper. Newspaper news itself can be interpreted as news about an important event and is considered to attract the attention of the public.

    News is part of the information provided by the press. For the presentation of news, you must go through a selection process. Because news content greatly affects the public’s interest in reading.

    Due to selection in news making, not all available news or information can be displayed. The news that is published is usually only news that has sales value. This is what sometimes causes the media to be less neutral.

    The media only cares about profit, sometimes the media does not pay special attention to small communities. While they have never been touched by the world’s elite.

    Patterson concluded that information in newspapers is more effective for the public than television. The presentation of newspapers, in addition to print, is also often visual in the form of news photos, political party symbols, or caricatures. From the assumption it can be seen that the press has a great influence on the political movement.

    Based on the results of student research, the prominence of election news through the frequency of news headlines and opposition to elections (OPP) on students’ perceptions of political parties shows a significant influence (Yuniati, 2002).

    Repeated messages or news can attract a person’s attention more than just a message with less words. Especially if a news is broadcast simultaneously in several newspapers and on television. In newspapers, big news or major topics are always on the front page with interesting and titillating headlines and supporting photos.

    It turns out that the mass media, both newspapers and television, have a very large influence in winning elections. Political communication is most effective through indirect means or using the media. Because the message delivered will be known to many people in all directions simultaneously and can also be repeated.

    Perception, interpretation, and public opinion are easily influenced by advertisements and news in the media. Thus, to avoid media dysfunction, the media must be able to mediate between the government, the party elite, and the community.

    In this millennial time, where the freedom of the press begins, the press should change its working model, which previously had to “obfuscate” the government, but now must be neutral and become a tool of social criticism for the government.

     

  • Definition of Heat: Formula, Capacity, Types, Transfers, and Example Questions

    Definition of Heat: Formula, Capacity, Types, Transfers, and Example Questions

    Meaning of heat – In physics lessons, the matter of heat must be familiar to Reader to discover and learn. Simply put, heat is one form of energy that can be received or released by things. Calories then use units of joules or calories that many people may already know. 

    Are Reader still having trouble understanding caloric matter? No need to worry, Reader can read this article which discusses the complete matter of caloric, starting from formulas, types, transfer, and examples of caloric problems.  

    Meaning of heat

    In everyday life, Reader must be familiar with heat energy or heat energy, such as cooking or heating something. Well, that’s when there is a change in the temperature of the object where the heat has worked. The transfer of heat from one object to another can be in the form of conduction (conduction), radiation (radiation), and flow (convection).  

    Heat is one of the forms of energy that can move from objects with a higher temperature to objects with a lower temperature if the two meet or come into contact. Two things that have different temperatures when they meet, heat will appear that flows or moves. For example, when Reader mixes cold water with hot water, then it will produce warm water. 

    Reader need to know that temperature and heat are different. Temperature is a value that can be measured with a thermometer, while heat is energy that flows at the temperature of the object to another object. According to SI or MKS, the unit of calories is joule (J) while according to CGS, the unit of calories is erg and for some types of food, calorie units are used. It can be calculated that one calorie is the amount of heat energy required to raise the temperature of 1 gram of warm water to 1 degree Celsius (◦C). So it can be said that one calorie = 4,184 J or usually rounded to 4,2 J. 

    The definition of heat can also be referred to as the heat energy possessed by a certain substance which to detect it requires the use of a temperature measuring device. Reader can notice that hot water that is left in the open air will eventually cool down because there is heat released from the water into the air. The things that can affect the increase and decrease in temperature of an object are the amount of heat, the mass of the object and the type of object itself. 

    Heat will naturally move from an object with a higher temperature to an object with a lower temperature, so that it tends to equalize the temperature of the two objects if they meet or touch each other. If the temperature of an object is high, then the heat it contains is very large. On the other hand, if the temperature of an object is low, then the calories are low. So, it can be concluded that the amount of heat in an object or substance depends on 3 factors, namely the mass of the substance, the type of substance (specific heat), and the change in temperature. 

    The heat can then raise or lower the temperature, so the greater the increase in temperature, the more heat is received. On the other hand, a small increase in temperature will make the calories received also small. That means, the relationship between heat (Q) will be directly proportional or proportional to the increase in temperature (∆ T), if the mass (m) and heat of the substance (c) of an object are constant.  

    Caloric formula

    Based on the definition of heat above, the following is a summary of the formulas related to heat material in Physics lessons:

    1. Heat Transfer Formula

    Q = mcΔT Description:

    Q = amount of heat received or released by a certain substance (J)

    m  = mass of the object that receives or releases heat (kg)

    c = substance type heat (J/kg⁰C)

    ΔT = temperature change (⁰C)

    2. Type Caloric formula

    c = Q / m.ΔT Description:

    c = substance type heat (J/kg⁰C)

    Q = amount of heat released or received by an object (Joule)

    m = mass of the object that receives or releases heat (kg)

    ΔT = temperature change (⁰C)

    3. Caloric Capacity Formula

    C = Q / ΔT Description:

    C = heat capacity (J/K)

    Q = amount of calories (J)

    ΔT = temperature change (K)

    4. The formula for determining the caloric capacity itself

    C = mc Description:

    C = heat capacity (J/K)

    M = mass of the object receiving or releasing heat (kg)

    c = substance type heat (J/kg.K)

    5. Formula of Heat of Fusion and Steam

    Heat of fusion Q = mx L Heat of steam Q = mx U

    provisions:

    L = Heat of fusion of substance (Joule/kilogram)

    U = Heat of vapor of substance (Joule/kilogram)

    Types of Calories

    Heat has several types that are categorized based on the process of working on certain substances. Here are the types of calories that Reader need to know in order to identify the changes in calories that occur in everyday life:

    1. Heat of Formation (∆Hf)

    The word formation heat is the heat that produces or is needed to make 1 mole of a compound in its elements, such as a gas written with its molecular formula. Examples of heat of formation are C12, O2, Br2, H2.  

    2. Heat of Decomposition (∆Hd)

    Decomposition heat is the form of heat produced or needed to decompose 1 mole of a compound into other elements. 

    3. Burning Heat (∆Hc)

    Combustion heat is the heat obtained or required to burn 1 mole of a substance, namely an element or compound. 

    4. Heat of Neutralization (∆Hn)

    Neutralization heat is the type of heat obtained or needed to form 1 mole of H20 from the reaction between acid and base. This heat is included in the exothermic reaction due to the temperature rise reaction. 

    5. Heat of Solvation (∆Hs)

    The heat of dissolution is the type of heat obtained or needed to dissolve 1 mole of a substance that was initially solid into a solution. 

    Heat Types and Heat Capacity

    Reader needs to know that it can also flow on two objects that have different substance particles and also different temperature companies. For example, when oil and water are heated to the same temperature, the temperature of the oil will experience a greater change than the change in water temperature. This can happen because there is a different type of heat between the objects that are put together or brought together. 

     

    Specific heat is the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of 1 kg of mass to 1 ◦C. The unit of specific heat is calories/gram ◦celsius or in the international system it is determined using the unit Joule/kg ◦celsius. Every substance has a specific heat, each of which has a difference. Meanwhile, heat capacity is the amount of heat needed or absorbed to raise the temperature of certain substances to 1 ◦C. 

    Caloric Change

    In practice, heat works with the principle of changing two substances that meet or come into contact. Here are the heat changes that happen to substances when they are brought together or combined:

    1. Heat Can Change the Temperature of Substances

    Each object basically has a temperature lower than absolute zero, so the substance must have heat. This content will then make it the determinant of how much heat the temperature of the object has. If the substance is heated, it will receive additional heat until its temperature increases or increases. On the other hand, if the substance is cooled, it will release heat which causes its temperature to drop.  

    2. Heat can change the form of matter

    In some types of matter, if heat is given in a certain unit, then the matter will undergo changes. For example, ice that is heated or given heat will change its form from solid to liquid or gas. If the heating process is continued then the said water will change again into a gaseous substance. This happens when the substance that will change form from the liquid point to the melting point of the object. 

    Various Heat Transfers

    From the explanation of the meaning, type, formula, and change of heat above, it is clear that heat also moves when things come into contact or arrange. From that symptom, there are several types of heat transfer that can occur as follows:

    1. Conduction

    The transfer of heat by conduction occurs by passing through an intermediate substance such as a metal without being accompanied by the permanent transfer of particles within the substance itself. For example, when you heat a metal end, the other metal end also heats up. This happens because of the transfer of heat from a high temperature to a lower temperature. 

    Heating the metal tip will cause the metal particles to vibrate other particles connected to them. That is why all the metal particles will vibrate even if only one end of the metal is heated because this stimulates the transfer of heat. 

    Other examples that occur in the type of conduction transfer are when holding firecrackers that are being burned, the exhaust of a motor becomes hot after the motor is turned on, the lid of a pot that heats up when used for cooking, butter that melts when heated, and so on. From the information above, the equation for heat transfer by conduction can be shown with the following formula: 

    Heat Rate = Q/t = kA (T2 – T1)/x 2. Convection

    Convection is one of the heat transfers that pass through a substance accompanied by the transfer of parts of the substances themselves. This transfer by convection can occur in liquid or gas, so this type of transfer is divided into two as follows:

    • Scientific Convection: Convection movement caused by buoyancy without external factors and influenced by differences in the types of objects. For example, what happens when heating water, where the specific mass of water particles that are already hot will rise away from the fire and then be replaced by other water particles that have a lower temperature. The process causes all the particles of the substance to be perfectly heated as a whole.  
    • Forced Convection: It is a convection transfer that occurs due to the influence of external factors such as pressure and heat transfer that occurs in a forced or intentional way. That means heat is forced to move to the destination with the help of external factors such as pressure. For example what happens to a fan that brings cold air to a hot place, a car radiator that has an engine cooling system, and other examples. 

    Examples of convection transfer include, among others, the ups and downs of water when heated, the ups and downs of green beans when boiled, the occurrence of land and sea winds, the movement of hot air balloons, smoke from factory chimneys rising high into the air, and other examples. From the information above, it can be shown the equation for heat transfer by means of convection with the following formula: 

    Heat Rate = Q/t = hA (T2 – T1)

    3. Radiation

    Radiation is the transfer of heat that does not use an intermediate substance at all. Radiation is not the same as conduction and convection in transferring heat. The transfer of heat by radiation does not always require the two objects to meet or come into contact with each other because the heat can be transferred without an intermediate substance. That means heat will be emitted in all directions by the heat source and then flow in all directions it can go. 

    In fact, every object can emit and absorb heat radiation, but the amount depends on the temperature of the object and the color of the substance. The hotter the object is compared to the temperature of the surrounding environment, the greater will be the heat radiated to the surroundings. So the wider the surface of a hot object, the hotter the heat radiated to the surroundings. 

    For example, what happened when Reader made a bonfire, then we would feel the warmth from the source of the fire at a certain distance. Reader must have felt the radiation of heat when the palm felt hot when faced with a light bulb that was burning. Another example that is most common is the heat from the sun that reaches the earth and other planets.  

    From the information above, it can be shown the equation for heat transfer by means of radiation with the following formula: 

    Heat Rate = Q/t = σeAT4 Due to the nature of heat that easily transfers, Reader can still prevent it from transferring easily. How to prevent heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation? Reader can insulate the room, like a thermos that functions to keep the water temperature warm by preventing heat transfer. 

  • Meaning of Transitive and Intransitive Sentences and Examples of Use!

    Meaning of Transitive and Intransitive Sentences and Examples of Use!

    Transitive and Intransitive Sentences – Humans as social beings need tools to interact with others. Therefore, language is a tool used as a means of interaction in the establishment of a communication. When we communicate with other people using spoken or written language, the purpose is to convey ideas, thoughts, wishes or desires to others.

    An idea, thought, or desire in spoken language is conveyed directly by speaking and with the help of breathing air. According to Cahyono (1995: 6) in his book entitled Kristal-Kristal Ilmu Bahasa , oral language starts from the imitation of body movements and gestures verbally, which are related to the mouth and tongue, thus encouraging someone to speak.

    The written language is written using a writing system. Language is the most important part of social life and socializing, whenever and wherever a person is. Language becomes something very important because without language people cannot interact with each other and understand each other’s culture.

    In addition, a relationship will not be created between people if there is no language. Language can also be interpreted as a system of arbitrary sound symbols used by members of a society to work together, interact, and identify themselves.

    One of the forms of speech used by a society to express the concept of ideas, thoughts, and feelings in everyday life is the sentence. A sentence in linguistics can be interpreted as a language unit that is relatively independent, has a final intonation pattern, and actually or potentially consists of clauses.

    Sugiono (2009: 42) in his book entitled Mahir Berbahasa Indonesia dengan Benar writes that a sentence is said to be active when the subject is the doer of the action, while the predicate is an active verb. Verbs or active verbs are marked with me- and be- or unaffixed affixes, for example write, take, see, run, work, eat, jump , and so on. In general, active sentence patterns are often found in various types of texts because they tend to be easier to digest and understand by the reader or listener.

    Sentences have many types, among which are transitive and intransitive sentences. These two types of sentences have contradictory properties. Keraf explains that transitive and intransitive sentences are two different types of sentences. These two sentences are differentiated based on the need for objects in a sentence structure.

    Furthermore, quoted from the book Think Smart Bahasa Indonesia by Ismail Kusmayadi, a transitive sentence is a sentence with a transitive verb that requires an object or complement, while an intransitive sentence does not require an object in it. A transitive sentence needs an object or complement in order to convey its meaning in its entirety, while an intransitive sentence does not need an object, but can convey its meaning without causing confusion.

    Examples of transitive and intransitive sentences need to be known to understand the difference between the two types of sentences. This article will discuss in detail about transitive and intransitive sentences, starting from the meaning, characteristics, to the differences. See also examples of transitive and intransitive sentences below.

     

    Meaning of Transitive Sentences

    According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a transitive sentence is a sentence related to a verb and requires an object. That is, the sentence must be followed by the object after the predicate. A transitive active sentence is a sentence that has a subject (S), predicate (P), object (O), and description (K). The pattern can be changed into a passive sentence because it is equipped with an object.

    A transitive sentence can be divided into the following elements.

    • Subject (S): the part of the sentence that indicates the doer.
    • Predicate (P): the part of the sentence that shows the thing done or the state of the subject.
    • Object (O): the part of the sentence that complements the predicate.
    • Description (K): additional functions.

    Transitive sentences also consist of three types, namely:

    • Ekatransitive sentence, which is a type of sentence that only has one object.
    • Bitransitive sentence, which is a type of sentence that only has two objects.
    • Semitransitive sentence, which is a type of sentence equipped with a complement.

    Meaning of Intransitive Sentences

    According to KBBI , an intransitive active sentence is a sentence without a direct object or complement. The sentence already has a clear meaning without an object. This sentence uses an adverb or complement in it, even though the object is omitted.

    The arrangement of active intransitive sentences is in the form of SP (subject-predicate), or SPK (subject-predicate-explanation), or it can also be SP-Pel (subject-predicate-complement). The intransitive active sentence pattern cannot be changed into a passive sentence because it is not equipped with an object, for example the words cry, dance, step, and be silent .

    The difference between transitive and intransitive sentences

    Based on the understanding above, you can see that there is a striking difference between transitive sentences and intransitive sentences. The main difference between these two sentences lies in the presence of an object in the sentence. Transitive sentences have objects or complements, while intransitive sentences do not have objects or complements.

    The following is the difference between transitive and intransitive sentences in detail taken from the book entitled Seri Terampil Menulis Bahasa Indonesia: Kalimat written by Djoko Saryono and Soedjito.

    1. Based on the Verb Type

    A transitive sentence is a sentence with a transitive verb predicate, that is, it has a verb that is an object. Unlike transitive, intransitive sentences are sentences that consist of intransitive verbs, that is, verbs that do not have an object.

    2. Based on its Features

    When viewed from the main characteristics of transitive and intransitive sentences, transitive sentences are characterized by the presence of an object in the sentence, while intransitive sentences do not need an object to express an idea and feeling.

    3. Based on the Prefix

    If transitive and intransitive sentences have an active sentence structure, there is a difference in the use of prefixes or affixes. Transitive active sentences use the affix me- in the predicate part, while intransitive active sentences require the object to use the affix ber- in the sentence.

    4. Based on the Structure

    One of the differences between transitive and intransitive sentences is the sentence structure. There is a striking difference between the structure of transitive sentences and intransitive sentences. Transitive sentences are sentences that have the structure of SPO, SPO-Pel, SPOK, while intransitive sentences have the structure of SPK, SP-Pel.

    5. Based on the sentence

    A transitive active sentence can be changed into a passive sentence, while an intransitive active sentence cannot be changed into a passive sentence because it is not equipped with an object. The object position is replaced by an adverb or complement.

     

    Characteristics of Transitive and Intransitive Active Sentences

    An active sentence is a type of sentence in which the subject is given the information that he is doing a job or activity. This sentence has a general characteristic, namely the predicate is a verb that has an affix with me- and be-, such as learn and play , or it can be a verb that does not have an affix, for example go, sleep, bathe , and so on.

    When viewed from the sentence’s need for an object, active sentences have two types, namely transitive active sentences and intransitive active sentences. A transitive active sentence is an active sentence that is equipped with an object or description, so that this sentence has the structure of SPO or SPOK. In addition, another feature of this sentence is that the transitive active sentence can be changed into the passive form, because the sentence is equipped with an object in the sentence structure.

    Unlike the transitive active sentence, the intransitive active sentence is a sentence that is not completed by a sentence pattern. The characteristic of this sentence is having a SP or SPK structure. Active intransitive sentences also have certain characteristics, namely they cannot be changed into a passive sentence form, because the sentence does not have an object in its sentence structure.

    Examples of Transitive and Intransitive Sentences

    Transitive and intransitive sentences have different sentence structures. The structure of transitive sentences is in the form of SPO, SPOK, SPO-Pel, while the intransitive sentence is in the form of SPK, SP-Pel. As quoted from the book entitled Bahasa Indonesia Class XI by Yustinah, an example of a transitive sentence is “Budi washes his dirty shoes”. Based on the sentence, the position of the object is needed to support the predicate in explaining Budi’s activities. An example of an intransitive sentence is “Rani entered the house”. This sentence does not need an object, because the meaning has been conveyed in its entirety.

    In addition to the two examples above, there are other examples. The following are examples of transitive and intransitive sentences that are commonly used in everyday life.

    Examples of Transitive Sentences

    1. My brother accidentally deleted the data on my laptop.
    2. My sister read a novel called Serti Dendam, Missing Must Be Reciprocated .
    3. Andi did his job well.
    4. Andri is washing clothes.
    5. Father and sister watch the latest movie at the cinema.
    6. Dad washes clothes in the bathroom.
    7. The new shirt was worn by Ina.
    8. Dad fixed the broken cupboard.
    9. Bela closed the door.
    10. Cristiano Ronaldo kicks the ball into the opponent’s goal.
    11. Deni hit a cat that was crossing.
    12. He climbed a tree.
    13. He had considered many things.
    14. He likes to question past problems
    15. Dita watches television.
    16. Doni wrote a letter.
    17. Ferdi listens to metal music.
    18. Mother told me not to come home late at night.
    19. Indra married Rani.
    20. Sister helps mother cook rice.
    21. My sister watered the flowers in the front yard.
    22. Grandfather draws water from the well.
    23. We are doing homework.
    24. You cut the paper.
    25. We have to do something.
    26. The cat chased the mouse.
    27. Lilis pours coffee in father’s glass.
    28. Lisa picked up the phone from her friend at night.
    29. Villagers catch cattle thieves.
    30. They throw stones.
    31. Grandma planted a banana tree in the garden.
    32. Pak RT always protects his citizens well.
    33. Uncle Haris is hoeing the soil in the field.
    34. Uncle shaves sister’s hair.
    35. The students are learning material about transitive and intransitive sentences.
    36. Sinta opened the door of the house.
    37. Rahmat rides a motorcycle every time he goes to school.
    38. Rani writes a letter to her sister.
    39. Rida is arranging flowers for her sister’s graduation ceremony.
    40. Rino listens to keroncong music tonight.
    41. kicked the ball.
    42. My cousin fixes a broken bicycle.
    43. Sintia found money in her shirt pocket.
    44. Sita searches for her missing sandal.
    45. Siti makes her bed every morning.
    46. Toni rides a motorcycle fast.
    47. Vina  misses  her parents who are in the village.
    48. The company treated the employees unfairly.
    49. The police have arrested a car thief.
    50. received a gift from my father.
    51. All students must collect today’s work.
    52. A technician has repaired this printer.
    53. The student can answer 10 math questions.
    54. Vina nodded her head quickly.
    55. The woman wears a red veil.

    Examples of Intransitive Sentences

    1. Akmal is playing football.
    2. consult with Ilham.
    3. I was punished to stand in the middle of the field.
    4. talked to my neighbor.
    5. Alya asked as the lesson progressed.
    6. Andi ran fast.
    7. My father joked with me and my mother when we sat together.
    8. The chicken has crowed.
    9. Many tourists in Bali sunbathe on the beach.
    10. Budi plays a kite.
    11. Danny fell because he was running so fast.
    12. Dila lied to her mother.
    13. Fatin sleeps and dreams.
    14. My sister came home from work in the afternoon.
    15. Kamalia left this morning.
    16. The principal gave a speech on the school grounds.
    17. Kinar stood in front of the class.
    18. Mario shouted to his friend across the street.
    19. They walked together.
    20. Maudy Ayunda is good at singing.
    21. My study group discussed the end of semester exam grids.
    22. The students line up neatly.
    23. Rita studied diligently every day.
    24. Rudi trained hard before the competition.
    25. sing melodiously.
    26. After praying, my sister and I prayed.
    27. Every August 17, children compete to follow the art stage.
    28. Sita ran fast.
    29. I’ve been  standing here for an hour.
    30. Everyone  is happy to celebrate the new year.
    31. His body was covered in blood.
    32. His body was covered in sweat.
    33. Martha lined up on the pendant.
    34. Tio walked to the shop.
    35. The person was talking about the theft of a bicycle.
    36. We should diligently  sunbathe in the morning.
    37. My family went on vacation to the beach.
    38. Budi is taking a shower.
    39. The sparrow flew around the trees.
    40. He fell fast asleep.
    41. Ferrel smiled as he passed in front of me.
    42. Hadi is painting in the yard.
    43. Ida was not accepted by the fertilizer company.
    44. Kartika sits behind.
    45. Good is rewarded with evil.
    46. They slept in tents.
    47. Rendra Juliandra was silent when he heard the sad news.
    48. Ria was accepted at a chosen and famous university.
    49. Rina is known as a country girl.
    50. Rudi is predicted to become a famous person.
    51. Runi smiled and was amazed by the man’s good looks.
    52. Santoso goes to school.
    53. Every time it rains, Dwina always daydreams in front of her bedroom window.
    54. Tani slipped in the bathroom.
    55. Wita draws with a pencil.

    That is the related article “Meaning and Examples of Transitive and Intransitive Sentences” that you can use as a reference for Indonesian language assignments. If you have suggestions, questions, and criticism, please write in the comment box below. Also share this article on social media accounts so that your friends can also get the same benefits.

  • Definition of Command Sentence and Its Characteristics

    Definition of Command Sentence and Its Characteristics

    Definition of Command Sentences and Their Characteristics  – For those of you who are still in school, of course you have learned about imperative sentences and other types of sentences in Indonesian subjects. But do you know what the command line actually is? What are the types and examples?

    In this article, the author will discuss more about the definition of command sentences, their characteristics, and examples. For those of you who are still in school, maybe this article will be very useful.

    Definition of Command Sentence

    Command sentence is a sentence that contains the meaning of commanding or asking someone to do something. The person being ordered must do something according to what the person in charge or the speaker wants. If simplified again, imperative sentences can be interpreted as sentences whose contents ask or order other people to do what we want.

    In Indonesian, sentences are divided into several types. Starting from command sentences, information sentences, question sentences, and many more. On this occasion, we will discuss the command sentence in more detail.

    There are many examples of command sentences that are often used in everyday life. What are some examples? The complete information will be explained below. Check out the article until it’s finished.

    If described in general, an imperative sentence is a sentence that is used to ask other people to do something we want or desire. Command sentences are also known as imperative sentences.

    In everyday life, of course you have used and also heard a command sentence right? Whether it’s an order from your parents or a sentence from yourself to someone else.

    What commands do you usually receive? Orders to clean the house? Or an order to do the task? Every day, surely we will hear and utter these sentences, without realizing it or not.

    Generally, the sentence is used in spoken and written language. But in this modern era, we can send this sentence through a short message.

    For some people, they think that imperative sentences are synonymous with sentences that are spoken in a harsh or harsh tone. In fact, the sentence can be said in a polite and gentle tone.

    Meanwhile, if the sentence is spoken in written form, punctuation marks will usually be added at the end of the sentence. For example, like an exclamation mark. So that you are not confused, below the author will discuss the characteristics and also examples of command sentences. The characteristics and examples have been summarized by the author from various sources. Listen until it’s finished.

    Command Sentence Features

    Before discussing the sentence in more depth, it would be better if you first know the characteristics of the command sentence. This is so that you can make and distinguish imperative sentences in everyday life. Be it in oral or written form.

    Below are the characteristics of command sentences that you need to understand, so you can use them wisely.

    1. The tone of speech that is raised will have a higher intonation at the end of the sentence. When spoken in spoken form, it will have a rising intonation at the beginning and a low one at the end. Usually words that have a rising intonation are root words.
    2. Command sentences generally use the inversion sentence pattern or PS
    3. In their pronunciation, these sentences will usually be added with the affixes kan or lah.
    4. When spoken in written form, the sentence will usually end with an exclamation point (!). You can find this in short messages or SMS.

    Command Sentence Types

    Command sentences are divided into several types, including ordinary imperative sentences, imperative sentences in the form of invitations, imperative sentences in the form of prohibitions, imperative sentences in the form of requests, imperative sentences in the form of satire, imperative sentences to invite, imperative sentences in the form of suggestions, and the last is sentences information orders. To make it clearer, here are some complete explanations of the various types of command sentences along with examples.

    1. Ordinary Command Sentences

    The first type of sentence is the ordinary command sentence. This sentence is an imperative sentence which contains a direct command to do something. These sentences are usually used in everyday conversation, whether it’s spoken or spoken or in writing. The following are some examples of common command sentences that you may have used.

    – Open the front door right now!
    – Hurry and finish your breakfast!
    – Quickly change clothes before your friends come!
    – Clean the kitchen floor stained with sauce!
    – Take a quick shower before oversleeping
    – Hurry up to eat

    2. Invitation Command Sentences

    This imperative sentence is a sentence that contains an invitation to someone to do something. Invitation commands are addressed to someone so that they want to do something we want. This sentence is generally marked by the presence of an invitation word, such as come on, let’s, and others. Here are some examples of invitation sentences that you can use.

    – Come with me to school
    – Let’s go shopping at the red shop
    – Come on camping with me
    – Come on, go fishing with friends
    – Come on, grow the spirit to always protect nature
    – Let’s throw garbage in its place
    – Let’s respect each other

    3. Prohibition Command Sentence

    This command sentence is generally intended to prohibit someone from doing something. Prohibition command sentences usually have the characteristics of using the command word “don’t”. The following are various examples related to prohibition order sentences.

    – Don’t litter
    – Never hit the cat
    – Don’t take things that don’t belong to you
    – Don’t come late
    – Don’t wear those shoes
    – Don’t forget to study

    4. Request Command Sentence

    This type of command sentence is a sentence that contains an order addressed to someone to do something. This type of sentence is used for a request or request that is highly expected by the person in command to be carried out. The words that are usually used in sentences of command requests are “please”, “hope”, “please”, and others. The following are some examples of application command sentences.

    – Please take the food on the table
    – Please give this cake to your friend
    – Please obey the rules
    – Please walk in the left lane
    – Please be careful
    – Please listen carefully
    – Please read to the end
    – Please pray
    – Please be willing

    5. Sarcasm Command Sentence

    This type of command sentence is usually used to sneer at someone. The following are some examples of satirical command sentences that exist in our environment.

    – Your room is very messy (meaning to ask to be cleaned
    – Ouch, the food is far away (meaning to ask to be taken)
    – It’s very hot, if someone buys a drink (meaning to ask to buy a drink)

    6. Allowing Command Sentences

    This type of command sentence is a sentence that contains permission. The sentence aims to ask someone to do something. But with more polite and refined language.

    Here is an example sentence.

    – All participants are expected to enter the room
    – All graduates are welcome to sit
    – All tourists are expected to wear masks
    – Please line up in an orderly manner
    – Please take the bread on the table
    – Please exit through the emergency door
    – All passengers are expected to be calm

    7. Command Sentence Suggestions

    Command sentences can also be in the form of a suggestion. This sentence is a sentence that contains suggestions by asking someone to do what we want. This type of command sentence is characterized by the presence of the word should or should. Here is an example sentence:

    – You should leave this place
    – You should wear black shoes
    – You should all go home before nightfall
    – You should put your bags here
    – You should apologize immediately
    – You should be in the second row

    8. Information Command Sentence

    The last type is a command sentence in the form of information. The sentence is a sentence spoken in the form of explanation or information. This type of command sentence is often used as a command sentence that is spoken indirectly. For example.

    – The policeman asks all motorists to obey the traffic signs
    – The mother forbids her son to climb the mountain
    – The father does not allow his son to get a tattoo
    – The parent asks his son to always be polite
    – The teacher asks that the students obey the rules

    Examples of Command Sentences

    After knowing about the explanation of the meaning of the command sentence, its characteristics, and also its types. Now we enter the part of complete command sentence examples. By understanding the example presented below. Then you will understand more and can be used as a media to increase your knowledge of reading and understanding command sentences.

    Below are some examples of command sentences that come from various types of sentences that already exist:

    1. Close the faucet after use
    2. Remove all the curtains on the windows of the room
    3. Open all the windows on the 2nd floor
    4. Get me some sugar in the kitchen
    5. Check all your work and make sure nothing is missing
    6. Put this carpet in the corner of the room
      7. Read your book and study
      8. Use a study lamp while reading a book at night
      9. Light an aromatherapy candle so that you sleep better
      10. Say hello to your mother even if it’s just for a moment
      11. Put all the food packages on top kitchen table
      12. Meet your friends even when you don’t want to
      13. Burn all the garbage that has accumulated
      14. Throw your garbage where it should be
      15. Don’t throw away plastic wrap
      16. Let’s reduce the use of plastic
      17. Let’s save marine life from the dangers of coal waste
      18 Bury all bad memories
      19. Don’t get too close to the stage
      20. Pray to God for the smoothness of your test
      21. Ask God, the Almighty
      22. Park your car properly, so as not to disturb other visitors
      23. Let’s do sports regularly, so that our bodies become healthier
      24. Tell us honestly what what you experienced
      25. Tell us everything
      26. Pack all your clothes and leave now
      27. Take your sleeping pills if your insomnia comes back
      28. Let’s cultivate reading
      29. You should use tape on the left
      30. You shouldn’t come here
      31. Let’s cultivate cooperation and help each other
      32. Let’s preserve the culture and traditions of Indonesian society
      33. Let’s study hard so that your grades will increase
      34. Let’s exterminate the pests in the garden with a special liquid for insects
      35. Let’s get rid of mosquitoes in the area where we live
      36. Don’t throw garbage indiscriminately if you don’t want to flood
      37. Avoid using mobile phones while eat
      38. Don’t step on the grass
      39. Don’t ever ask for our help again
      40. Let’s go to school by bus
      41. Don’t join the student fight, it will get hotter later
      42. Keep your daughter away from too free association
      43. Take care of your attitude
      44. Don’t stand in front of the door
      45. Finish all your food
      46. You should buy bread for breakfast tomorrow morning
      47. Please sit in the second row
      48. Don’t let your child get addicted to cigarettes and games
      49. Educate your child to become a successful person
      50. Keep children away from the dangers of cigarette smoke
      51. Stop the habit of delaying a job
      52. Don’t sleep too late
      53. Don’t get your children used
      to waking up too early 54. Please consider my potential, just this once
      55. Please give me and my friends a chance
      56. Please forgive me for all the mistakes I’ve made
      57. Please stay away from my child
      58. All passengers please be calm
      59. Please lend me money to buy this month’s needs
      60. Please follow up on my application last week
      61. Please allow me to resign from this job
      62. Please do not hurt your parents with your rude behavior
      63. Please respect my decision to resign from this position
      64. Please do not be too vague in conveying your views
      65. You should go and forget all the incidents that happened today
      66. You should apologize to everyone you hurt
      67. You should be the one making the effort, not even your friends
      68. The government should be prompt in solving all the problems of its people
      69. I wish there was a fresh drink I could drink
      70 Tidy up this room right now
      71. We can’t understand your writing
      72. Suppose someone brought an umbrella to get through this rain
      73. Mother told me to buy various spices at the stall in front of the house
      74. Mother asked me to study hard
      75. I would be very happy if you would accompany me to my friend’s wedding
      76. Ina asked Ira to wait for her at the station near the new market
      77. My sister told me to buy her favorite snack
      78. Romi told me to meet her at a regular cafe
      79. The environmental activists urged all citizens to always take care of cleanliness
      80. Dina asked all her friends to apologize to me for making fun of me
      81 Mr. Kepala Desa is expected to pay his respects to the guests who have attended
      82. Never accept a bribe from anyone
      83. Let’s uphold the existing law
      84. Show all your skills in front of me
      85. Collect all the PR from class 7
      86. Bring the test results of this class to the teacher’s room
      87. Work hard so that you will succeed
      88. Collect these old drinking bottles and give them to the regular scavengers in front of the house
      88. Please give me feedback about my new business
      89. Never be rude to mom and dad
      90. Take all the books scattered on the floor

    That is the explanation of the meaning of command sentences, their characteristics, types, and also examples. After reading all the examples that have been presented. Which command sentence do you often hear or say?

     

  • The Definition of a Humorist Is: Features, Types and How to Be a Humorist

    Meaning of Humorist – The term humorous is often used to call someone who has a funny attitude. Most of you have probably called a very good friend who likes to joke in the hangout as someone who is a joker. However, what do you really understand by humorist?

    Humorous friends are very liked by the people around them, this is because someone who is humorous easily gives happiness to others. This turns out to be because the human body releases a lot of endorphin hormones aka “feeling good” when laughing.

    Well, this article will discuss the meaning of humorous in depth. In addition, it will also be explained about the characteristics of humor, the types of humor, to how to be a humorous person. Let’s read it in full!

    A. Meaning of Humor

    Etymologically, the term humorist itself comes from the English word humorist as a noun, not an adjective. The word humorist was then absorbed into the Indonesian language to become the word humorist.

    According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, a humorist is someone who has a sense of humor. Meanwhile, humor itself can be interpreted as something funny or a joke and various situations that can make someone laugh.

    A person who is humorous is known as a person who has a high sense of humor. A humorist also does not want the environment around him to be sad or not positive. Therefore, a person with a sense of humor will usually always try to make the environment around them happy, both through chatter and funny behavior.

    However, there is some data that shows that actually humorous people are those who store a lot of sadness. Someone who is humorous is also known to be someone who cries easily. After all, people who like to laugh turn out to hide their true feelings of sadness.

    B. Characteristics of Humorous People

    After understanding the meaning of humorist, in this section it will also be presented about the characteristics of the humorist himself. You can use these characteristics of humorists to find someone who has a great sense of humor. Whether it’s parents, siblings, boyfriends, and other friends.

    Well, here are some of the characteristics of humorous people that you need to know, among them are:

    1. Friendly

    When you find someone who has a friendly attitude. So it could be that the person is a humorous person. Someone with a sense of humor usually greets when meeting friends or acquaintances. In addition, they also always throw a wide and happy smile to the people they are watching.

    2. Likes to make friends

    Having a friendly attitude, humorous people will be very easy to make friends with different types of friends. A person with a sense of humor will tend to be more flexible in evaluating their friends, regardless of their origin, religion, or age.

    For people with a sense of humor, suspicion or skepticism is not an obstacle to starting a friendship with someone. Therefore, humorists usually have an assessment that good people are not just from one perception. It’s no surprise that you will find it very easy to find humorous people who are good at getting along.

    3. Creative

    The third characteristic of humorists is creativity. It has become a common thing that someone who has a sense of humor has more creative power. This is of course born thanks to their habit of doing something unusual from the usual. Gossip or jokes that humorists deliver will also sound cool.

    C. Types of Humor

    Based on the explanation of the characteristics of humorists before, you might start to think that humorists are not easy things. However, there are several types of humor that you need to know. Each type of humor is known to have its own function that is different from one another.

    Well, here are some types of humor that you can use to find out the style of jokes of the people around you.

    1. Affiliative Humor

    The first type of humor is affiliative humor. This type of humor can be understood as someone who has a tendency to always deliver jokes or stories on purpose. The purpose of this style of humorist is of course to make those around them laugh. In addition, this style is also intended for humorous people who have a desire to build comfort in relationships.

    2. Self-Defeating Humor

    The second type of humor is self-defeating humor. As the word means, this type of humor is used to entertain others by making oneself an object. Even though it seems to humiliate the person, but the style can be used to hide the true feelings from others.

    You can find humorists with this style of joking and mocking each other. If someone you are making fun of laughs, it could be that person has a self-defeating humor style.

    3. Aggressive Humor

    The third type of humor is aggressive humor. As the name suggests, this type of humor can be seen in someone who likes to use jokes to attack people, starting from humiliating, belittling, and even manipulating others.

    No wonder, when there are often people who are offended and angry because of jokes or ridicule with this style of humor. In addition, this joke can also get caught up in jokes involving sexist and racist behavior.

    4. Self-Enhancing Humor

    The fourth type of humor is self-enhancing humor. A humorist who has this self-enhancing style of humor will be more likely to maintain a funny view of life. This in the end makes them not care too much about the existence of others. This type of humor can usually be used for someone who wants to relieve stress or comfort themselves.

    D. How to Be Humorous

    It is known that a girl prefers a humorous guy. Humorous guys are more attractive when compared to cool or quiet guys. Cool or serious people are considered to tend to have a hard time looking happy. This is certainly different from a humorous person who always makes the people around him happy.

    Well, here are some ways to be humorous, including:

    1. Be aware of your surroundings

    A person’s sense of sensitivity is one of the main capital of a person to have a sense of humor. Sensitive itself can be interpreted as the ability to easily feel or be easily aroused. Being sensitive to yourself will be very useful for a person with a sense of humor to feel what others are feeling too.

    One of the ways that can be done, for example, when there is a friend who is sad, you can go to him and try to ask him what is happening to him. By listening to the feelings of sad people, you might get used to being more sensitive to someone’s feelings.

    2. Finding a Sense of Humor

    Everyone’s sense of humor is different, some like it through chatter, action, and so on. Therefore, before throwing a joke to make others happy. You can first find a sense of humor that you like.

    3. Listening to Conversations

    The last way that can make you a humorist is to listen to the chat. A humorist will usually bring up creative thoughts related to ongoing conversations between people around us.

    Well, you can also pay attention to the response of your friends when you throw a joke, whether your friends laugh or stay silent. This can be done through flying hours.

    E. Lack of Humorous People

    In addition to making other people happy, a person who is humorous also has some shortcomings that can harm others. Well, here are some of the shortcomings of humorists that you need to know, among others:

    1. Can’t be taken seriously

    Someone may have a talent or characteristic as a humorous person. For those who have a character like this, it may be difficult to choose the right time to joke or be serious.

    A humor will be able to give extraordinary happiness to many people when delivered at the right time. However, a humor delivered at a time when many people want to talk or think seriously, then it can be very annoying. Therefore, this trait can be one of the shortcomings of a humorist that will have enough impact both for himself and for some people around him.

    2. His words are Spicy

    Like the type of humor known as aggressive humor. This lack of humor is part of that type of humor. A humor or joke that makes other people the object of jokes will certainly tend to offend. Well, in its development, this style of sexist and racist jokes slowly began to be abandoned because it often did not make other people happy.

    3. Often Makes His Lover Jealous

    One of the risks of having a humorous lover is having many friends. As someone who is liked by his friends, the lover of a humorous person may feel jealous because his partner is not completely happy. Therefore, the lack of a humorist can be very detrimental to the lover and the humorist himself.

    F. Reasons Humorous Guys Are Liked by Many People

    We know that humorous guys have the characteristics of being friendly and easy to make friends with. Those two things are part of the reason a funny guy is easily liked by many people. Well, here are some reasons why a humorous guy is liked by many, among others:

    1. Always bring a smile to the people around you

    A guy who has a sense of humor has an interesting demeanor. They are often considered to be able to share happiness with others. This is of course because they always invite many people around them to smile and laugh. In any condition, being happy is one of the best ways to improve your mood.

    2. Humorous guys are smart

    Interest in a humorous guy is not only limited to his jokes. But also the way he created a joke himself. Jokes are basically made to cause laughter for many people is not as easy as imagined.

    A guy who keeps creating a feeling of happiness for the people around him can be said to have intelligence and intelligence above average. The humorist can make or do something that not everyone can do.

    3. There is no such thing as boring

    One of the advantages that only a humorous guy has, is the way he interacts with the people around him. The way a humorous guy does it is usually never boring. This is because the humor thrown is very broad and of many types.

    In addition, people who are humorous are also known to have a myriad of ways to build a conversation with the people around them. This is done so that the discussion is not stiff or boring. A humorous guy’s sense of humor will be very helpful to lighten the atmosphere around him.

    4. Making the people around him better

    Humorous guys have jokes that can make people around them feel better than before. Not only that, unconsciously humorous guys are able to teach people around them to always laugh no matter what their life situation is. Life is basically simple, it depends on how to evaluate and how to live it.

    5. Dare to reveal sensitive things inside him

    A humorous guy used to make others laugh with his funny behavior. However, do you know that the funny thing they actually do is to hide their true feelings from others.

    One of the ways to know the sensitive side of a humorous guy is to have a special relationship with them. A humorous guy will show a different side than what is usually displayed in front of many people. Those who are always seen smiling and laughing in front of other people every day, it turns out that they keep many sensitive things that not many people know and only a few people know.

    These are some explanations of what humorist means. A humorist is someone who has something funny or witty. If you want to be a humorous person, then you can start to get used to being a friendly, sensitive person, and able to listen to the conversation. This will unconsciously bring forth creativity to throw jokes or actions that make people laugh happily.

     

  • Definition of Explanatory Sentences, Functions and Their Proper Use

    Definition of Explanatory Sentences –  When we write an essay, term paper, article, or even a thesis we definitely need to use the correct sentence usage rules because the writing we are making is a type of scientific writing that must conform to good and correct grammatical procedures. However, we often find that in some cases there are still people who do not understand the use of grammar in words and sentences that are messy and not in accordance with their usage.

    In this case, the context of the explanatory sentence plays an important role in explaining the main idea of ​​a paragraph and of course the language used must also be scientific and not verbose in explaining the main ideas of our writing.

    Therefore, here we will try to discuss the topic of the meaning of explanatory sentences and how to use them properly. Next, we will explain the following.

    Definition of Explanatory Sentences

    The definition of an explanatory sentence is one part of a paragraph. You can find examples of explanatory sentences in a variety of text types, such as articles, news, information, and reviews. In a paragraph, the explanatory sentence has a description of the main sentence. In addition, there are several characteristics of explanatory sentences that complement the main sentence of the section.

    The definition of an explanatory sentence is a sentence that explains the main idea of ​​the main sentence. To make a good paragraph, the main sentence is used to describe the main idea or general idea. The main idea is then described or further elaborated with explanatory sentences.

    With an explanatory sentence, it will be easier for the reader to understand the main idea of ​​a sentence described by the author in his writing.

    In Indonesian, the meaning of an explanatory sentence is a description of a sentence that will explain or detail the contents of the main sentence of that section. Explanatory sentences are often more specific, as they must describe in detail the issue under consideration. Therefore, the main sentence has an important position and function in the paragraph. Explanatory sentences will be a way to explain the importance of the idea framed in the main sentence.

    The position of the main sentence is uncertain. You can put the main sentence at the beginning of the paragraph, followed by an explanatory sentence. This position is called segment inference. The main sentence can also be placed at the end of the paragraph. The explanatory sentence will be placed at the beginning of the paragraph, then ends with the main sentence. This method is called inductive passage. However, key phrases and supporting phrases can be mixed. The structure is as follows: the beginning of the paragraph contains the main sentence, the middle contains the explanatory sentence, the end of the paragraph contains the main sentence. This form is called a mixed paragraph.

    Explanatory Sentence Function

    As is well known, the main function of an explanatory sentence is for the reader to understand the author’s meaning. But beyond that, explanatory sentences also have another function to explain more information, making the part more coherent and meaningful. In this way, the reader will have a better understanding of the entire content of the information that the writer is trying to provide.

    Here we will try to display the function of the explanatory sentence in more detail:

    1. To explain the main sentence

    If in a piece of writing such as a scientific article, the writer tries to pour out the main idea in a nutshell, let’s take an example for example the writer tries to describe the meaning of what is literature? Well, this is where the function of the explanatory sentence comes in to explain in more detail what literature is.

    If in the main sentence the author explains that literature is an art in speaking. So the explanatory sentence will explain it further by explaining that literature is not just an art in speaking but also a reflection on life that literature is a reflection of life itself about social symptoms, a person’s behavior, or explaining that literature itself has aesthetic value because life is itself has beauty and the role of literature is to reflect back the picture of the beautiful life through a writing.

    2. Display supporting information

    In a previous main sentence it was explained about the writer who wrote a definition of what is literature? And it is explained that literature is the art of speaking. Here the function of the next explanatory sentence is not only to explain in more detail but to provide additional information that supports the discussion about what is literature?

    Well, the function of the next explanatory sentence will provide additional important information about literature, that literature is not only related to the study of language, but further literature can also discuss other things comprehensively because literature itself can include other scientific fields that can be elaborated with literature itself .

    For example, literature can combine its study with the study of psychology, philosophy, history, sociology, and even in a broader context concerning the existence of the astral world which the public considers a taboo matter but literature can combine the study of that with the study of magical realism literature.

    3. So that the paragraph is more cohesive and full

    If in the main sentence the writer only explains his ideas briefly and concisely in the explanatory sentence the writer will try to give a weight or explanation that is easier for the readers to understand.

    For example, in the main sentence, the author writes a scientific article that tries to explain what literature is about? So the function of the explanatory sentence here will try to explain the definition of the literature with a coherent sentence that is easy for the reader to understand.

    The function of the explanatory sentence here is also to strengthen the writer’s argument regarding his explanation of literature through references found by the writer to write the scientific article so that it is more weighty and useful for the reader.

    Characteristics of Explanatory Sentences

    Explanatory sentences in a paragraph can be identified as follows:

    • Descriptive sentences are specific.
    • The explanatory sentence is related to the previous one.
    • Usually contains linking words or conjunctions between sentences.
    • It cannot stand alone because its meaning will be blurred if it is separated from other sentences.
    • Explanatory sentences usually take the form of data, facts, examples, opinions, etc.

    Examples of Explanatory Sentences

    To better understand the meaning of explanatory sentences, here are examples of sentences, namely:

    1. Identify uncoordinated explanatory sentences

    • The case of cctv camera vandalism during a riot by the police in Indonesia, was not explained in detail from which institution to protect the honor of certain institutions, due to weak law enforcement in Indonesia which causes the law to be blunt on the top but sharp on the bottom.
    • In fact, some very bad cases for the so-called criminals sometimes escape the law.
    • The police chief said, ideally, the problem of cctv vandalism by this person should be dealt with by law enforcement agencies as fairly as possible.
    • However, this is not possible because there is an attempt to cover it up by legal institutions that have authority and personnel.
    • Therefore, law enforcement in various fields must be done in a clean, transparent, and professional manner.

    Discussion:

    Paragraphs are basically a series of sentences combined into one topic. In a paragraph there are main ideas and secondary or explanatory ideas. The main idea forms the basis of a paragraph and is often stated in the main sentence.

    While supporting ideas are ideas that are used to clarify the main idea and are often divided into several explanatory sentences. Between the main sentence and the explanatory sentence there must be a relationship and arrangement so that there is a unified arrangement so that the part has a unified theme and is not discordant.

    Coherent sentences are sentences that do not support the main inspiration or deviate from the topic of conversation. The subject of the paragraph above is “Law enforcement for bad apparatus”, so that the inconsistent sentence is the fifth sentence, namely “Therefore law enforcement in various fields must be carried out in a clean, transparent and professional manner”.

    If you pay attention, sentence five relates to law enforcement issues, but does not specifically address law enforcement issues in the field of law enforcement officers themselves. This expression is usually appropriate when the topic is about law enforcement in any field. Also, sentences tend to just be an opinion and do not conclude what was discussed in the previous sentence.

    2. Explanatory sentences that match the topic

    Subject: Castes in Bali

    Explanation:

    1. Indonesia has various islands scattered throughout the territory of the unitary state of the republic of Indonesia.
    2. In the teachings of Hinduism in Bali, there is a system known as caste
    3. These castes are: Brahmins, Kshatriyas, Vaisyas, and Sudras
    4. Of the four castes, according to the caste system, the highest is Brahmin
    5. Indonesia also has cultural diversity

    Discussion:

    Explanatory sentences are sentences that contain explanatory ideas, especially opinions that support or clarify an opinion. The main idea is usually contained in the topic. The topic used is the castes in Bali, so what is discussed is about the caste system adopted by local Balinese people who especially adhere to Hinduism.

    Of the five explanatory sentences given, the ones that are most appropriate to the topic and help clarify the main idea are sentences (2), (3) and (4) because these three sentences explain the caste system that exists in Bali, especially those who adhere to Hinduism. . While sentences (1) and (5) are not related to the topic, so they are not perfect enough to be used as explanatory sentences. If used in a paragraph, the two sentences will not go hand in hand.

    3. Identify descriptive sentences as explanations

    Pay attention to the topic and use of the following explanatory sentences!

    Subject: Mountain in Central Java

    Explanation:

    1. Mountains in Central Java are often climbed by nature connoisseurs because of its beautiful location.
    2. The mountains in Central Java are usually located close to local residents’ houses
    3. On Mount in Central Java, there are two accommodation zones and complete trail markings to make it easier for climbers.
    4. Mountains in Central Java are more frequently visited by local tourists.

    Discussion:

    Because the topic is Mountains in Central Java, the main idea is about Mountains in Central Java. Ideas can be related to the location, condition or atmosphere of a mountain in Central Java in general. The idea can then be clarified with explanatory ideas in the form of more specific or detailed explanatory sentences related to the main idea.

    The four explanatory sentences written above are related to the chosen topic so they are very suitable for use as explanations. It’s just that you have to arrange these sentences so that they become descriptive sentences, namely sentences that describe something as clearly as possible so that the reader seems to have personally experienced the event you are describing.

    Therefore, the order of sentences must be considered so that the information communicated becomes orderly and can be understood realistically. If you look at the flow and connection of one sentence to another, then the most appropriate order to describe the Mountain in Central Java is (2), (1), (3) and (4)

    The description begins by explaining the location, facilities, then the atmosphere or conditions. Sentence (1) is a continuation of sentence (2), to clarify the location of the Mountain in Central Java. While the sentence () strengthens sentence (3), this actually explains that the mountain in Central Java is visited by climbers because they already have accommodation.

    4. Misinterpreted explanatory sentences

    Read the following text carefully!

    1. Jungle tourist attractions in Bogor provide lots of water play and outbound rides so that visitors can easily enjoy the holiday atmosphere with their family.
    2. Visitors both coming from within and outside the country can enjoy a wide selection of water rides such as waves, water slides, and various other options that are no less interesting.
    3. Along the tourist attractions, you can see visitors who come with their families enjoying the rides.
    4. At a cost of IDR 150,000/person, tourists can enjoy all the rides available at Jungle for a full day.
    5. The security guard helped explain the situation at the Jungle Tourist Spot

    Discussion:

    As has been analyzed in the previous lesson, an explanatory sentence is a sentence that contains an explanatory idea and has the function of clarifying, strengthening the main sentence, or expanding the topic of conversation. According to its function, the explanatory sentence must be in accordance with the topic and explain the main idea of ​​the sentence (1).

    The above paragraph talks about the different types of amusement rides that are offered in Jungle tourist destinations. So the discussion is about rides, what types of rides are there, who can use them and what rides are offered. Explanatory ideas are found in sentences (2), (3) and (4). Meanwhile, sentence (5) is irrelevant to the main idea because it describes the situation at the Jungle tourist spot rather than explaining the rides.

    5. Identification of Broken Sentences

    Read the following carefully!

    1. As Indonesians, we must be proud of the existing culture and must be proud to be part of the culture itself.
    2. In dramas shown on television, certain cultural elements are not represented properly.
    3. We can find out about these various cultures through the tribes in Indonesia and through cultural books
    4. Wearing traditional clothes can also be an example that we love Indonesia.
    5. Also, to add a sense of love for the motherland and pride in local products.

    Discussion:

    Confusing sentences are sentences that are not in line with other sentences so that they seem abstract and deviate from the topic of conversation. All of the paragraphs above refer to the element of diversity by loving the nation’s culture through its traditional clothing. Of course, the word diversity refers to the many tribes and cultures spread throughout Indonesia.

    Sentence (1) is the main sentence that contains the main idea of ​​the passage. Sentences (3), (4), and (5) are coherent and precise statements that explain the main idea. Even though sentence (2) talks about culture, the culture in question is different from the actual culture in Indonesia. So, the contradictory sentence in the paragraph above is sentence 2.

     

    Conclusion

    That’s a brief discussion of the meaning of explanatory sentences. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of explanatory sentences but also discusses the proper use of explanatory sentences, the function of explanatory sentences, and examples of explanatory sentences in paragraphs. Explanatory sentences really help us in the author’s intention in expressing his ideas contained in the main sentence which helps us more easily understand and understand properly the function and use of appropriate explanatory sentences.

    Thus a review of the meaning of explanatory sentences. For Reader who want to learn all about the meaning of explanatory sentences and knowledge related to literature and other languages, you can visit Sinaumedia.com to get related articles.

     

  • The Meaning of Definition Sentences: Characteristics, Types, and Examples of Sentences

    Generally, material about the meaning of definition sentences and also example sentences will be obtained in Indonesian lessons at school. Definition sentences are sentences that we often come across when looking for a word that we want to describe or explain more completely. Examples of definition sentences are often searched for because they are widely used in various everyday conversations.

    Indonesian itself has many types of sentences. Among them are the definition sentences that we often use for everyday expressions and that we have learned in school. But, does Reader know the meaning of the definition sentence? Because this one sentence is very useful in a text or conversation, then Reader also needs to learn more about the types of definition sentences.

    Usually, examples of definition sentences are often found in a written work, whether it is fiction or non-fiction. Generally, the definition sentence is at the beginning of the paragraph and contains an explanation sentence of a word or writing. Quoting from the book titled Observation Result Report Text for Junior High School Class VII by Shailasari Nasution, et al., the definition sentence serves to help readers to understand and know the terms that often appear in a written work.

    Referring to the explanation, the application of definition sentences usually aims to explain a piece of writing to readers. To be more complete, let’s read the explanation about the meaning of the definition sentence below.

    Meaning of Definition Sentences

    In short, the meaning of definition is the limitation or meaning, it can also be interpreted as a word, phrase, or sentence that expresses the meaning, description, or main characteristics of people, processes, things, or activities. Quoting from the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), a definition is a sentence that expresses a meaning, description, or main characteristic of people, things, activities, and even processes.

    So we can conclude that the meaning of a definition sentence is a series of words that aim to explain a piece of writing, whether it is the meaning or the meaning of an object. In addition, the definition sentence can also be interpreted as a description that has the function of limiting objects, concepts, and conditions based on the time and place of a study.

    Quoting from the book titled Observation Result Report Text for Junior High School Class VII by Suhailasari Nasution, et al., the meaning of a definition sentence is a sentence that gives a general explanation about a thing, thing, activity, and others. The sentence is often used in the text of the report and refers to a scientific or technical term. While according to the Indonesian book for SMP Class VII by Heriyanto, the meaning of a definition sentence is a sentence in the form of an explanation of an object or thing.

    The function of the definition sentence is to give meaning or meaning about something. In the definition sentence, connecting words or adverbs are used in the form of is, is, that, namely, and so on. In general, this definition sentence is divided into two elements, namely definiendum and definiens. Definiendum is an element of a word or a defined term. While definiens is an element of a word, sentence, or phrase that functions to describe the meaning.

     

    Characteristics of Definition Sentences

    The following are some features of the definition sentence that need to be understood, among others:

    1. Explanation and Meaning

    The most prominent feature of the definition sentence is the explanation of the meaning. The part that is explained about the topic discussed in the paragraph or writing. It is related to the meaning of the definition itself, which is to explain a topic in more detail. This one part will make it easier for the readers to imagine or understand the object of the topic or discussion. The explanation of the definition sentence means that it can take the form of a sentence, or it can also be a paragraph. In addition, the meaning should also be conveyed in clear and simple language so that it is easy to understand.

    2. General in nature

    Even though it has been explained in detail, the definition sentence does not refer to the sub-objects described. Definitions must be general facts that are also understood by the wider community. That is why examples of definition sentences must be a standard of understanding captured by readers. You can look up dictionary definitions or other reading materials. Of course, you shouldn’t write down any special features either. This is due to the fact that special features may only occur in specific objects and not in the object as a whole.

    3. It’s in a Scientific Work

    Definition sentences are usually found in scientific papers. It aims to make it easier for readers to understand and capture the topics and objects that will be explained in the scientific work. Then, what about the definitional sentences in short stories which are non-scientific? This definition does not use a general meaning because it is adapted to the needs of the story. In scientific work, the definition sentence is in the introduction or bibliography. This sentence can be made without the need to quote because it is usually understood by the general public or the author himself.

    4. Transitive

    Examples of definition sentences you can go back and forth and will not be affected by the meaning or meaning. This is due to its nature which tends to be more free and easily understood by many people. You can convey its meaning by referring to forms or are nominal, paradigm, formal, or broad. The delivery will depend on the type of text you will create.

    5. No Allusions

    Definition sentences are sentences that do not contain figures of speech. This figure of speech will actually make it difficult for the reader to understand the structure and also the important meaning of the object to be discussed in the text. What’s more, not everyone understands figurative sentences because of limited access and knowledge. This figure of speech will only make the general reader feel lazy to read the text further. So, when making definition sentences, you should avoid allusions. Make the meaning as it is, so it will be easier for the reader to understand the topic as well as the object.

    6. Not Always in Every Text

    One of the uniqueness of the definition sentence is that this sentence does not always appear in every text. Definitions refer to scientific texts or works and are rarely found in narrative essays. With the definition sentence in the paragraph, it is expected that the reader can catch the meaning in a text as a whole. At least, the object in the topic can be imagined.

     

    Sentence Types Definition

    There are five types of definition sentences in a written work. The following is an explanation of the types of definitional sentences quoted from a book entitled Learning Indonesian in Higher Education by Moh. Fathur Rohman, among others:

    1. Nominal Definition

    Nominal definition is a definition sentence that explains the meaning of a term that contains information to provide an understanding of the term. Then, this nominal definition sentence can also be interpreted as a short definition. That’s because this type of definition sentence is in the form of a brief understanding of an article. There are two kinds of definiens in the nominal definition, namely synonyms or equivalents and translations from other languages.

    2. Paradigmatic definition

    A paradigm is a comprehensive and interrelated set of assumptions about the nature of reality. In short, a paradigm can be interpreted as a framework for thinking about an event. Referring to that, the paradigmatic definition sentence is a sentence that contains values ​​that are seen by someone and aims to influence the reader.

    3. Broad Definition

    A broad definition is a sentence that describes an object in general and can be accepted by the wider community. Broad definition sentences generally contain facts that are brief, concise, clear, and also actual.

    4. Formal definition

    Formal definitions usually contain explanatory sentences that are arranged based on acceptable logic because they are in accordance with what is happening in society. This formal definition sentence is also known as a terminological definition which does not contain similes and has two meanings or combines two phrases.

    5. Operational Definition

    The operational definition is a sentence that contains guidelines for doing something. Operational definition sentences are sentences that contain instructions to do something.

     

    Examples of Definition Sentences

    After understanding the meaning of a definition sentence and its characteristics, you also need to understand an example of a definition sentence in order to better understand this material. The following are some examples of definition sentences that you can understand, including:

    1. Environment

    The environment is everything that is around us and is reciprocally related. Where this environment includes living things and also non-living things. Living things need food and reproduce just like humans, animals, and plants. Meanwhile, inanimate objects such as water, earth, fire, stone, and also air do not need food or reproduce. If properly maintained, the environment will create a safe, healthy, peaceful and happy society.

    2. Indonesia

    Indonesia is the second lung of the world. This country has a very dense forest that can provide a lot of oxygen to the living things around it and even to the world. In this country, there are some special plants and animals, such as sandalwood, matoa, birds of paradise, orangutans, and even komodo dragons.

    3. Humans

    Humans are the most perfect living beings because they can think and can form a civilization.

    4. Lilies

    Lilies, also known as amaryllis or daffodils, are known as one of the nuisance plants in agricultural land.

    5. The sun

    The sun or the brightest star has the highest temperature and is the brightest in the solar system.

    6. Home

    A house is a building that is used as a residence for a certain period of time.

    7. Leaves

    Leaves have chlorophyll that can capture sunlight to help in the process of photosynthesis.

    8. Earthquake

    Earthquake is a natural phenomenon that is difficult for us to predict, usually only marked by strong shaking on land and usually originating from under the sea.

    9. Forest Fire

    A forest fire is the burning of part of an area or the entire forest and is difficult to control because the fire continues to grow and cause smoke to the surrounding area.

    10. Erupting Mountain

    An erupting mountain is the release of material originating from inside the mountain such as rock and ash in the form of an eruption and has an effect on the area around the mountain.

    11. Butterfly

    Butterflies are beautiful animals that belong to one of the types of insects and belong to the order Lepidoptera.

    12. Photosynthesis

    Photosynthesis is a form of food production that usually occurs in leaves so that plants can grow as they should and produce oxygen.

    13. Temperature

    Temperature is the degree of heat on an object that is measured using a measuring device called a thermometer and has a scale such as Fahrenheit, Reamur, and even Celsius.

    14. Forest Resources

    Forest resources are potential sources that exist in the forest and are developed by humans, consisting of wood and other products, then sold for the survival of the manager.

    15. Fares

    Minerals are the potential unearthed from mining activities, ranging from gold to nickel and used for industry and infrastructure.

    16. Mangrove Forest

    Mangrove forest is a forest consisting of mangrove plants, usually located by the coast to prevent sea abrasion that usually attacks coastal areas during high tide.

    17. Coral Reef

    Coral reefs are the potential of the sea that is a place to live and also a breeding ground for fish, with colors and also with a variety of shapes.

    18. Population

    Residents are people who occupy a region and are subject to the rules that apply under that region.

    19. People

    People are people who are residents of a country, have the same degree in the eyes of the law and have the same rights regardless of social status.

    20. Climate

    Climate is the average weather condition in a certain time period, generally monthly and relatively the same throughout the day.

    This is an explanation of the definition of a definition sentence, its characteristics, types, and also an example of a definition sentence. Hope it is useful.

  • Understanding Journalists: Duties, Capabilities, and Differences with Journalists

    Definition of Journalist – The rapid development of the digital world makes the need for journalists also continue to increase from year to year. This job is perfect for those of you who like challenges, have a high sense of curiosity, like to read, like to write, and always follow the news. Of course, you are no stranger to the journalistic profession which is very important in the world of news.

    A journalist is someone who is in charge and responsible for providing and making valid news for readers in the media. There are various types of news, namely soft news, hard news, and features. However, do you know the difference between a journalist and a journalist?

    Well, to know more about the journalist. Let’s find out together about the following journalists.

    A. Definition of Journalist

    A journalist is someone who is in charge and responsible for carrying out journalistic activities, for example writing, analyzing, and reporting all events to the public through the mass media regularly. According to Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia (KBBI), a journalist is defined as a person who works to collect and write news both in print mass media and electronic mass media.

    So, journalistic activities are not limited to newspapers and magazines, but also to online media which is one of the areas of work for a journalist. intended journalistic activities namely the process of earning, gathering, coverage, and writing. Then, the news will be disseminated through print and electronic mass media.

    For example, articles that you often read. Where, the article is the work of a journalist. Journalists are often considered representatives of the community’s voice about all events. Therefore, a journalist should provide news as factually as possible. A journalist is generally assisted by an editor to edit and correct incoming news. That is the purpose so that the content of the news remains of good quality. In addition, it is easy to read and understand by the audience.

    B. Duties of Journalists

    In addition to being a news seeker there are several other duties of a journalist, including the following:

    1. Providing Information, Educators, and Reform Agents

    The media acts as a provider of information through a number of things, such as news, feature, reportage, and other works. The information can have an impact, change minds and even mobilize the community to do something, be it positive or negative. Therefore, a journalist should present information that is educational and useful. It is useful to increase the value of the reader’s life.

    2. Providing Entertainment to the Community

    In addition to conveying information in the form of knowledge, jobs in the media field can also play a role in providing entertainment to the community. For example, presenting journalistic works, for example features or commissions that contain information about the daily life of the community.

    3. Interpreter

    Not all events that occur can be directly absorbed easily by the community. Therefore, a journalist has the duty to interpret and explain the meaning of the events that happened. Like, with news analysis in reportage as well as news commentary in the headline.

    4. Public Representative and Advocacy

    The last duty of journalists is to defend the interests of the community. Therefore, news is a journalistic product that must be a reflection of the voice of the people. A journalist can act to criticize government policies and actions that are seen as detrimental to the people.

    C. Abilities that a Journalist Must Have

    For those of you who want to become a reliable journalist, of course there are some basic skills that you must master. Here are 4 (four) abilities that a journalist must possess, including:

    1. Communication and Broad Insights

    As a journalist, you must have good communication skills and a broad vision. The reason is that you will meet many sources from various backgrounds and conduct interviews with them as your source of news information.

    2. Writing Skills

    A journalist is also required to have the ability to write, especially writing news. You must be able to write for various media, both print media such as magazines and electronic media such as television or digital media.

    3. Up To Date With Latest Info

    A journalist should of course be the first person to know the most about things that are being discussed by many people in order to dig more complete information. Therefore, you should always be responsive to all the events that are happening around you.

    4. Good Attitude

    One of the things that reflects a professional journalist is attitude. A journalist must have a good attitude, namely obey the journalistic code of ethics and understand ethics in reporting a news.

    D. Differences between Journalists and Journalists

    You may have often heard the profession of journalist and reporter. Many people think that these two types of professions are the same, but it turns out that they both have fundamental differences. In this discussion, the difference between a journalist and a journalist will be discussed, which is of course very important for you to know. So that you can decide which profession is right for you.

    1. Differences in the Origin of Words Between Journalists and Journalists

    Starting from the origin of the word is already different. Journalist comes from the English language ie journalist. Where, the word “journal” means that the report and the person making the report is called a “journalist.”

    Meanwhile, journalists are from Indonesian. Where, the word “warta” means that news and the word “wan” means that people. It is similar to the mention of physicists and volunteers.

    2. Differences in Understanding Between Journalists and Journalists

    A journalist is defined as a person who professionally collects news. Journalists gather news in the mass media in the form of print or online media. Based on the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), a journalist is a professional who gathers and writes news. Both in print and electronic media.

    Meanwhile, a journalist is defined as a person whose profession is finding and compiling news. Where, the news is published in newspapers, magazines, radio, and television. This is done so that it can be communicated to the wider community.

    Based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), journalist is defined as a person whose profession is finding and compiling news to be published in newspapers, magazines, radio, and television. Quoted from the book Hukum, Etika, dan Kebijabi Media Media (2015) by Radita Gora and Irwanto, states that the term journalist is an expansion of the word “warta” which means news.

    3. The difference in terminology between journalists and journalists

    The difference between a journalist and a reporter lies in the definition of the term. The community was the first to know the term journalist because it comes from the Indonesian language. The term journalist is a new term that began to appear in Indonesia when the influence of communication science, which was directed towards the United States, began to exert its influence.

    Meanwhile, journalists are known first. In general, the differences between journalists and journalists in carrying out their duties look almost similar. However, when viewed from the social environment, the term journalist is more widely recognized than journalist.

    4. Differences in Word Placement Between Journalists and Journalists

    The next difference lies in word placement. The term journalist is used more in electronic media, for example television. That may have happened because it was influenced by the modern nature of the term journalist which comes from the English language. Meanwhile, the term journalist is often used in print or written media. That may have an impact due to the words of the journalist who was previously known among the community.

    5. Differences in Scope of Work Between Journalists and Journalists

    The difference between a journalist and the latter lies in the scope of work. Journalists are known to have a smaller scope. Even in the beginning the word journalist was used to refer to people who write in the journal column only. Until finally developing into a news writer in magazines and newspapers. Meanwhile, journalists have a wider scope. The task carried out is not just gathering and organizing news. Journalists also work as editorial leaders, executive editors, editors, and contributors.

    Well, that’s the difference between a journalist and a journalist that is important for you to know. In principle, these two jobs do have a similar meaning. Both of them work in the world of journalism and have a very big role for Indonesian society.

     

  • The Meaning of Journals: The Function of Journals, Up to the Types

    Sometimes, for some people daily activities are recorded in a special note. The record can also be called a journal, have you ever made a journal? However, there are not a few who do not know what is meant by a journal. In addition, in the academic world there are also several types of journals.

    Well, for those of you who don’t know more about journals and want to know the types of journals, don’t worry. On this occasion, we will discuss more about the journal, so keep reading this article until the end, Readeri.

    Meaning of Journal

    A journal is an orderly and systematic record of activities, events, or thoughts that occur. Journals can be used for various purposes, including to record daily activities, to record thoughts or ideas that appear, or to record the results of research or observations.

    In the academic world, a journal is a scientific publication that contains the results of research or studies that have been carried out by one or a group of researchers. Academic journals are usually published periodically and are intended to disseminate quality research results to the scientific community. Academic journals usually have a strict revision process before publication, which is done by editors and reviewers who are experts in the relevant field.

    Academic journals can be grouped based on the field of study, such as computer science, nursing science, or economics. Every field of science has journals that are the main reference in that field, and publications in those journals are highly valued because it is a sign that the research results are considered important and useful by the scientific community.

    In addition to academic journals, there are also other journals that can be used to record activities, such as business journals, personal journals, and daily journals. A business journal is usually used to record the finances and transactions that occur in a company, while a personal journal is usually used to record a person’s personal thoughts or feelings. A daily journal is usually used to record a person’s daily activities, including activities, thoughts, and feelings that appear during the day.

    A journal is a useful tool for recording and storing information regularly and systematically. Journals can be used for a variety of purposes, including keeping daily notes, recording the results of research or observations, or as a tool for writing and developing ideas. Journals are also scientific publications that contain specific research results.

    The Function of Journals in Academic Fields

    After knowing about the meaning of journal in general and academic journal, then in the next discussion we will discuss about the function of journal in the academic field. There are several main functions of journals in the academic world, among them:

    1. As a media to disseminate research results

    Journals help scientists and researchers to disseminate the results of their research to the wider scientific community. This allows other scientists to study the results of the research and develop new ideas related to it.

    2. As a reliable source of information

    Journals are a reliable source of information because every article published has gone through a strict revision process by editors and reviewers. This ensures that every article published in the journal is the result of high-quality and reliable research.

    3. As an evaluation tool for scientists

    Journals help scientists and researchers to evaluate the results of their research by comparing them with the results of research done by other scientists in the same field. This allows scientists to evaluate the progress that has been made in a field of study and expand their knowledge about the topic.

    4. As a reference source for scientists

    Journals are an important source of reference for scientists and researchers in developing new ideas and expanding their knowledge about a field of study. Scientists can use journals as a reliable source of information to research the topic they want to discuss.

    5. As a communication tool for scientists

    Journals help scientists and researchers to communicate with each other and interact with other scientists in the same field. This allows scientists to get feedback on the results of their research and discuss with other scientists about related topics.

    Types of Journals in the Academic World

    There are several types of journals that are often used in the academic and research fields, among them are:

    1. Scientific Journal

    A scientific journal is a journal that contains research results that have gone through the revision process by reviewers who are experts in their field. Scientific journals are usually published by research institutes or universities, and have a high level of trust in the field of science being studied.

    2. Non-Scientific Journal (Non-Scientific Journal)

    A non-scientific journal is a journal that does not meet the requirements as a scientific journal, such as not going through the revision process by reviewers who are experts in the field, or not meeting the research standards that have been set. Non-scientific journals usually do not have a high level of trust in the field of science being studied.

    3. International Journal

    International journals are journals published outside the researcher’s country of origin and can be read by researchers around the world. International journals usually have a high level of trust because they have gone through a rigorous revision process by reviewers who are experts in their field.

    4. National Journal

    National journals are journals published in the researcher’s country of origin and can only be read by researchers in that country. National journals usually have a lower level of trust than international journals because they do not go through the same rigorous revision process.

    5. Accredited Journal

    An accredited journal is a journal that has obtained an accreditation certificate from an authorized institution, such as the Education Quality Assurance Board (LPMP) or the Scientific Journal Certification Board (LSJI). Accredited journals usually have a high level of trust because they have gone through a rigorous evaluation process related to the quality of published research.

    6. Online Journal

    An online journal is a journal that is only available in a digital version and can be accessed online. Online journals usually have lower publication costs than print journals, and can be accessed through digital media.

    Types of Journals Based on Scientific Fields

    Meanwhile, the types of journals can also be divided based on scientific fields. There are several types of journals available in the academic world, including:

    1. Scientific journal

    A scientific journal is a journal that contains the results of research that has been done by scientists or researchers. Scientific journals generally have a focus on a specific field of study, such as biology, physics, or social, and are published regularly, such as every month or every three months.

    2. Technical journal

    A technical journal is a journal that contains scientific writings related to technology and its applications. Technical journals generally have a focus on fields such as mechanical engineering, electronics, or computers.

    3. Social journal

    A social journal is a journal that contains scholarly writings related to social sciences, such as anthropology, sociology, or politics. Social journals generally have a focus on topics such as society, culture, or social interaction.

    4. Medical journals

    A medical journal is a journal that contains scientific writings related to medicine and health. Medical journals generally have a focus on fields such as internal medicine, surgery, or pharmacy.

    5. Law journal

    A legal journal is a journal that contains scholarly writings related to law and the legal system. Legal journals generally have a focus on areas such as civil law, criminal law, or international law.

    6. Art journal

    An art journal is a journal that contains scholarly writings related to art, such as painting, music, or dance. Art journals generally have a focus on fields such as visual arts, performing arts, or media arts.

    Types of Journals in General

    A journal is a document used to record daily activities or activities that occur in a certain period. There are several types of journals that can be recognized, among them:

    1. General journal

    A journal used to record all financial transactions that occur in a company or organization.

    2. Journal of purchases

    A journal used to record the purchase of goods or services by a company.

    3. Sales journal

    A journal used to record sales transactions of goods or services carried out by the company.

    4. Cash journal

    A journal used to record cash transactions that occur in a company, such as cash receipts, cash withdrawals, and so on.

    5. Inventory journal

    A journal used to record the changes that occur in the company’s inventory, such as the purchase of new inventory, the sale of inventory, and so on.

    6. Journal entry

    A journal used to record the income that occurs in a company, such as sales, dividends, etc.

    7. Production journal

    A journal used to record expenses that occur in a company, such as operational costs, marketing costs, and so on.

    8. Official travel journal

    A journal used to record official travel activities carried out by officers of a company or organization.

    9. Daily journal

    A journal used to record a person’s daily activities, such as activities, thoughts, and emotions felt during the day.

    10. Scientific journals

    A journal used to record the results of research or scientific studies carried out by a person or group.

    Scientific Journal Writing Guidelines

    Journal writing guidelines in Indonesia usually refer to guidelines set by scientific institutions or scientific associations related to the field of science that is the topic of the journal. The following are some things that need to be observed in journal writing in Indonesia:

    1. Journal structure

    Each journal usually has the same structure, which consists of parts such as title, abstract, keywords, introduction, literature review, method, results, discussion, conclusion, and bibliography.

    2. Abstract writing

    An abstract is a summary of the contents of the journal that should be written briefly and clearly. An abstract usually consists of several parts, namely background, purpose, method, results, and conclusion.

    3. Use of punctuation marks

    The use of punctuation marks must be correct and in accordance with the Enhanced Indonesian Spelling (EYD).

    4. Writing bibliography

    The bibliography should be compiled in accordance with the standards that have been determined, such as APA (American Psychological Association) or Harvard.

    5. Use of collection

    The use of quotes must be correct and in accordance with the standards that have been determined.

    6. Title writing

    The title should be clear and accurately describe the content of the journal.

    7. Use of illustrations

    The use of illustrations such as pictures, tables, and diagrams must be in accordance with the content of the journal and must have a clear description.

    8. Word writing

    Word writing must be correct and in accordance with EYD.

    9. Use of language

    The use of language must be in accordance with good and correct Indonesian language standards.

    Those are some of the things that need to be observed in journal writing in Indonesia. In addition, there are several scientific institutions or scientific associations that set their own guidelines for journal writing in specific fields of science. So, it is important to pay attention to the guidelines set by the related scientific institution or association.

    Conclusion

    A journal is an orderly and systematic record of activities, events, or thoughts that occur. Journals can be used for various purposes, including to record daily activities, to record thoughts or ideas that appear, or to record the results of research or observations.

    Academic journals usually focus on the results of research that has been done by the authors, and usually contain detailed descriptions of the methodology used in the research, the results obtained, and the conclusions drawn from the results. Academic journals also usually include an abstract that describes the content of the article briefly and clearly, as well as a bibliography that lists the sources used in writing the article.

    Academic journals are usually published periodically, for example every month or every three months, and each edition usually consists of several articles written by different authors. Articles published in academic journals have usually gone through a review process by experts in the appropriate field, which aims to ensure that the article meets high scientific standards and is a useful contribution to knowledge in the field.

    •  
  • The Meaning of Honesty: Propositions, Characteristics, and Application of Honest Behavior

    Definition of Honesty – Honesty in general is an aspect of virtuous human characteristics and morals where a person with this character will then have integrity, fairness, loyalty, sincerity, and can be trusted by others.

    In addition, there are also those who express that the meaning of honest is related to the attitude or actions that are done in accordance with what is said. In other words, a person can then be called honest when he says something that is consistent with what happened before.

    In addition, they also act according to what should be done. But in forming an honest personality, one must then be taught starting from children until it becomes a habit.

    On this occasion, we will discuss more about honesty, from its meaning to its application in everyday life. So, read this article to the end, Reader.

    Meaning of Honesty

    Honesty is one of the necessary qualities in everyday life. This honest nature is already embedded in a person. However, it would be better if this honest attitude was trained from childhood so that it becomes a habit when growing up.

    In general, honesty is a trait that requires compatibility between the words spoken and the actions performed by a person. That means, a person can then be said to be honest if he says something that matches what actually happened and is accompanied by the right actions.

    In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) to be honest is to be honest or not to lie. In addition, according to KBBI, honesty can also be said to be a behavior that does not cheat or follow the rules that apply. Therefore, this honest attitude is always synonymous with a good attitude.

    The Meaning of Honesty According to the Experts

    Below will be explained some definitions of honest according to experts, namely:

    1. According to Mohamad Mustari

    According to Mohamad Mustari, honesty is a human behavior that is based on the effort to then make himself a person who can be trusted in his words, work, and actions, both for himself and for other parties.

    2. According to Dharma Kesuma

    Dharma Kesuma states that honesty is a decision that a person has to later express his feelings, words, and actions. If the statement is true and without manipulation by imitating or lying in order to gain profit for himself.

    3. According to Nurul Zuriah

    Nurul Zuriah revealed that honesty is a value and principle that should be instilled in a person, for example teaching honesty to children since they were in primary education. For example, in correcting the results of peer tests crosswise in class.

    4. According to Wikipedia

    Honesty refers to moral aspects, character aspects, as well as connoting positive and virtuous attributes such as honesty, integrity, and directness and which also includes directness in behavior, followed by the absence of lies, infidelity, fraud, and so on. Not only that, honesty can also mean trustworthy, fair, loyal, and sincere. This honesty is an attitude valued by many ethnic cultures and even religions.

    5. According to Thomas Jefferson

    According to Thomas Jefferson “Honesty is the first chapter in the book of wisdom” this quote was later used by Thomas Jefferson in a letter given to Nathaniel Macon.

    That’s some honest understanding according to experts. In the next discussion, we will discuss honest evidence.

    Honest Proposition

    Honesty is an attitude to express the truth, and not to say things that contradict the facts. The broader meaning of honest is not to cheat, to do something according to the prevailing rules.

    A Muslim can misrepresent a statement because he does not understand the real situation. However, because he then had sincere intentions and did not intend to lie to others, then this attitude can be categorized as honest, even though what he stated is contrary to the facts.

    The obligation to speak honestly is also written in the words of the Prophet SAW:

    “Guarantee me six things from yourselves, I will surely guarantee you a reward in heaven: be honest when you speak, fulfill your promises, fulfill if you are trusted, take care of your private parts, also lower your gaze, and hold your hands,” (HR Ahmad).

    Prophet Muhammad SAW then guaranteed that honest people will always get good. The greatest good of honesty is the reward of heaven from Allah SWT, as he said: “Indeed, being honest brings good and that good will take you to heaven,” (HR Bukhari).

    Honest Traits

    The following are the characteristics of honest people that you need to know.

    1. Always be honest with yourself

    A person who has an honest attitude will usually always be honest with himself first and then with others. An honest person will usually feel something awkward when talking about lying to himself.

    2. Easy to Express Statements

    Someone who is honest will find it easier to express the truth. This is because when a fact is kept hidden, it will feel like there is something in the way, so that the activities performed become less optimal.

    3. Always Look at a Problem from Various Angles

    Someone who is honest when there is a problem will try to see the problem from various points of view. Because of this, sometimes honest people will take longer to evaluate a problem. He did this so that the problem could be solved objectively. That way, no party will be harmed or lied to.

    4. Always Think Before Speaking and Acting

    Honest people will always try to think before speaking and also acting. He does this so that all his words and actions are appropriate. That way, others will be more trusting.

    Those are some of the characteristics of honest people, which you need to know. Are the above characteristics in you?

    Honest Application

    Here are some honest applications in everyday life.

    1. Honest Implementation at School

    Basically, there are many examples of honest application in school, among others:

    • Do not cheat while doing the test.
    • Always give a definite reason when doing something wrong, such as being late for school or not doing homework.
    • Do not take friends’ belongings.
    • Do not tell lies to teachers or friends.

    2. Honest Application at Home

    The following are some examples of honest application.

    • Do not lie to family members, especially parents.
    • Always show the test results no matter what the results are.
    • Always have the courage to admit mistakes that have been made.

    3. Honest Application in the Environment

    The following are some examples of the application of honesty in the community.

    • Always return excess money when shopping.
    • Dare to admit mistakes when doing wrong.
    • Do not lie to others.

    Honest Benefits

    As explained earlier that honesty is one of the good qualities that a person needs to have. In fact, being honest itself has several benefits. Here are the benefits that will be obtained when you speak and behave honestly.

    1. It is easy to gain the trust of others

    The first benefit you will get if you get used to behaving and speaking honestly is that it is easy to gain the trust of others. A person’s good or bad is judged by how many of his words can be trusted. The more often he behaves and speaks honestly, then people will then judge him as a good and trustworthy person.

    In modern times like today, it is very difficult to find people who want to behave and speak honestly in any condition, including in the face of various conditions that can corner them.

    2. Life Feels More Peaceful and Happy

    In addition to being easy to gain trust from others, being accustomed to behaving and speaking honestly will then make your life happier and more peaceful. With the absence of what you are hiding, then your life will be much calmer and peaceful. You will also feel happier because of the effect of positive energy that you will get when you speak honestly.

    3. More Confidence

    A person who is used to behaving and speaking honestly, will also be more confident in living life. He will look more enthusiastic and brave to step forward because he then believes in the abilities he has.

    Getting used to behaving and speaking honestly makes a person believe in his own abilities, so that he then does not need to lie in order to get something he wants, because with the honesty he possesses, he then believes that the results will not disappoint. The more often he behaves and speaks honestly, then his confidence will also increase.

    4. Avoid Harmful Accusations

    One of the great benefits that you will get if you get used to behaving and speaking honestly, is to be able to avoid various harmful accusations. For example, there is a dispute at your workplace. By saying honestly what the actual condition is like without any hidden things, then you can avoid various accusations from your friends, who may have the intention of cornering you in front of your superiors.

     

  • The Meaning of Judgmental, Features and Ways to Avoid Judgmental Thinking Patterns

    Judgmental is – In this life sometimes there are some conditions that make us out of control like doing a judgmental. Judgmental can also be referred to as the act of judging others.

    However, in reality, we may not be aware that we have done judgmental actions. Therefore, we as humans do our best to avoid that.

    Well for more clarity about all things related to judgmental. Here is a complete review related to judgmental.

    Meaning of Judgement

    In this life, we will not be able to escape from the presence of others. This happens in the real world as well as in virtual life. Even so, sometimes the interaction can give rise to a perception or assessment that appears from various parties.

    Therefore, it is not uncommon for other people’s evaluations to have a large influence on us. Even so, sometimes there are some assessments given by others that are not constructive or even judgmental.

    Based on the Cambridge Dictionary , judgmental is a trait that tends to form an opinion so quickly. This action will usually happen more easily when a person’s actions are not approved by those who give the evaluation or judgment.

    Most of the stigma attached to judgmental behavior always has a negative meaning. Currently, the existence of social media makes it easier to show someone’s judgmental side by not seeing a status or position from someone.

    Many people fill the timeline with the purpose of being judgmental. Even some individuals frankly give a unilateral judgmental behavior.

    Where in slang, the behavior of judging someone unilaterally is an act of julid. As for the word julid itself comes from the Sundanese language that is binjulid or can be interpreted as envy, envy or childishness when responding to something.

    Until now, the existence of terms like “Don’t judge something by its cover” seems to have disappeared in the virtual world. It’s not uncommon for society to be so happy to judge others based only on what they see from an upload.

    This condition does not only happen to those who know each other. However, on social media where basically many people who don’t know each other can judge each other. It could be that the judgmental action we do to someone is based on a small piece of a story from a myriad of stories in his life.

    Because the behavior of judgment is an action that harms others, then it is best for us to avoid that behavior independently as much as possible. In fact, we as individuals will also feel angry when we get judgmental behavior even though it is not in accordance with the truth. Well, if we are only angry about it, what about other people?

    Characteristics If You Are a Judgmental Figure

    When we are criticized by others, it feels really bad, even very uncomfortable. But sometimes we also become judgmental towards others. But these actions happen sometimes without us realizing it.

    Well, to know more whether you are one of the judgmental people or not, then you need to know the judgmental characteristics as follows.

    1. It’s Easier to Assess New People’s Appearance

    One of the ways to know if you are one of the judgmental figures is to see how you behave towards someone when you meet them for the first time.

    If you are the type of person who likes to judge when you see someone’s appearance for the first time, then that action is also included in one of the characteristics of judgmental nature . Also, those who often make comments when they first see others will usually have the mindset that first impressions are everything.

    They think that a neat and classy appearance will reflect a good attitude. While for those who do not look polite and neat will get a negative evaluation. This action can make you included in people with judgmental behavior.

    2. Gossiping hobby

    The act of gossiping about other people who don’t know if it is a fact or just gossip will usually make it easier for you to pass judgment on others.

    Often times people only know the outside of an incident but can already give a conclusion that leads to judgement. In fact, if explored more deeply, it may be that what the person does has a certain reason.

    3. Frequently Provide Evaluations Based on Third Party Opinions

    Judgmental actions often occur because of too much trust in others. It is very dangerous when the words of others are directly believed without knowing whether it is a fact that is valid enough to provide an assessment of others.

    Therefore, when listening to a third party’s opinion, it is best to first check whether it is a fact or not. At least, the opinion we make does not harm or hurt others.

    4. Always Oppose Other People’s Opinions That Are Contrary To Personal Opinions

    Maybe some of you have seen a comment from a news that states the facts but get accused as fake news because it is not the same as what they believed all this time. It is also one form of judging, you know .

    Where they don’t do factual verification first or don’t read or listen to what is being discussed by directly giving direct accusations. It could be that what is said is indeed a fact and it takes a struggle to get it. So, don’t let us give accusations indiscriminately to others.

    5. Having a pessimistic nature

    Without you realizing that a person’s pessimism is also a form of judgment, you know. This is because usually you will have a bad preconceived notion about the way of life in the future. Although this is not necessarily the truth.

    For example, when you see a job vacancy with a large salary but with such a heavy job desk and you immediately judge yourself if you will not pass the selection when applying for a job.

    It is not uncommon for some people to make accusations that the company only provides fraud or thinking that they can enter the company only through inside channels.

    Well, those are some characteristics that you can see in yourself whether you are included in the judgmental figure or not. If right now, you are still someone who often does those actions, let’s change to be better for yourself and others.

    Bad Habits That Often Make Ourselves Judgmental

    In the process of self-development, the social environment does have a considerable influence on our attitude. If we are in a good environment, then automatically our attitude can also develop to be better and vice versa.

    That means, when your environment is occupied by people with a judgmental character, then most likely your character will also resemble them. Being a person who is judgmental or likes to judge others is one of the forms of being toxic because basically it can hurt others.

    Not only that, but some of the bad habits you do can also make other parties to judge other individuals. Well, below are some bad habits that you should be able to reduce in order to get a better life without having to be judgmental of others.

    1. It is difficult to forgive others

    Everyone in this world must have made a mistake. Even that also applies to you. It is natural for humans to make mistakes. Because from mistakes we can learn to be a better person.

    Even so, not everyone who makes a mistake can say sorry or there are some people who often hold grudges in their lives. For example, when a person holds more hatred and grudges against others, then the action will make it easier for that person to judge others.

    Instead of holding a grudge in yourself, it is better to say sorry and accept it. Because, as humans, we must have made mistakes.

    2. Overthinking

    Every human being in this world must have experienced what is called failure. If you experience failure, will you experience the same condition in the future? In fact, we as humans also do not know what will happen in the future.

    However, failing once in life does not mean you will continue to fail in the future. So, try to be able to see everything with a more positive mindset.
    When you think about something excessively, it can trigger pessimism in your personal life. Don’t let a pessimistic mindset control and shake your spirit.

    3. Easy to experience despair

    Some people often feel hopeless or bored when everything they want doesn’t go as planned. Feeling so panic about what has happened because it is not according to desire is one of the normal things, but feeling hopeless is one of the wrong actions.

    When you feel hopeless, then you will only think and talk about negative things. It will eventually become a habit that sticks to you. It would be better if you try to be a more optimistic person and think positively about what happens in this life journey.

    4. Stop Expecting Others

    Stop expecting others to always be able to fulfill what you want. Basically everyone has their own advantages and disadvantages. Where you also need to be more realistic and also not make certain standards for other people. When you put your hopes on others, then in the end only disappointment will be obtained.

    Easy Tips to Avoid Judgmental Thinking Patterns

    In this era of globalization, many people have an attitude as if they are the ones who know the most about other people’s lives. Therefore, it becomes easier for them to give an opinion without looking at the actual events or facts.

    This has the effect of making many people quicker to judge others based only on their point of view. It cannot be denied that being judgmental can have a negative impact on the person concerned.

    If you have a mindset that often judges others. You should start changing and throw away all those mindsets with some of the tips below.

    1. Have the mindset that each individual’s personality and actions are different

    When you want to judge others based on what they do, it’s best to realize that each person has a different personality and actions.

    For example, when you are in the middle of the road and you meet someone you know but the person does not greet you. With these actions, you may immediately give an assessment if the person is unfriendly or arrogant.

    It would be better before giving an assessment to him, it would be better if you thought about the possibilities that could happen behind their attitude. This will make you not to give an assessment based only on the actions seen by your pair of eyes.

    But you have also begun to consider many other aspects of personality. Because everyone must have a good side in each of them.

    2. Self-Control Not to Judge Others

    It cannot be denied that eliminating a judgmental mindset is not an easy act. Even so, little by little we can start to reduce it by controlling judgmental thinking patterns when they appear.

    Where when the judgmental thoughts have started to appear, immediately realize yourself with deep questions such as “does giving judgmental actions or judging others will benefit the other party or yourself?” “What if what I’m thinking right now is not the fact that actually happened?”.

    At least by starting to ask those questions, it will be easier for you to be able to more easily control the judgmental mindset that starts to appear.

    3. Position Yourself As Someone Else

    Understand that every individual in this world is born differently. Starting from character, attitude, way of speaking, appearance even to way of thinking. Where the difference can sometimes affect the judgmental mindset of others.

    Even so, not many are aware that differences can be created because the background of each individual is not the same. For example, there are habits that can arise from his family or about events that he has experienced.

    Therefore, before passing judgment on others. Position yourself first if you are them or at least try to find information related to the thoughts they have.

    4. Start Thinking About Similarities Not About Differences

    The existence of differences in each individual becomes one of the triggers for judging others. Then to stop the act of judging others is that you begin to open your personal mind to stop paying attention to the differences that exist.

    It’s better to focus on what you have in common with others. That way you will get along with them more easily without having to do judgmental actions.

    5. Stop Thinking Always Right

    Understand that each individual has their own way of behaving and behaving. Even so, sometimes there are some people who have the thought that treating other people who are not the same as them is a wrong action.

    Although that is not necessarily true, because everyone has a different point of view. So it would be better if you also start to accept statements against what is different from your mindset.

    This will also encourage you to be more appreciative of others without having to act judgmentally.

    Well that’s a review of judgmental . Starting from the meaning, characteristics, bad habits to how to deal with judgmental thinking patterns have been explained in more detail above. Hopefully this article is useful for Reader

     

  • Understanding Diffusion: Processes, Types, and Examples

    Definition of Diffusion – Friends of Reader, do you know about the process of diffusion? The process of diffusion can be found easily in everyday life. An example is when you dissolve sugar to make sweet tea or sprinkle salt into cooking. From the example we can understand that diffusion is the movement of a substance in a solvent from a high to a low concentration part.

    Diffusion in the process involves two substances, one of which has a higher concentration than the other. This condition causes movement and mixing throughout the particles evenly. Diffusion is also said to be the flow or movement of a substance in a solvent from a high-concentration part to a low-concentration part. The difference in concentration between two solutions is called the concentration gradient.

    To understand more, check out the following complete explanation of diffusion.

    Definition of Diffusion

    According to Britannica Encyclopedia , diffusion is a process resulting from the movement of molecules where the flow moves from an area of ​​high concentration to an area of ​​low concentration. According to the definition, the difference in concentration in two solutions is also known as the concentration gradient. Although there is no difference in concentration, molecular displacement can still occur to reach equilibrium.

    The process of diffusion also occurs in the human body. Based on the explanation in the Class XI Biology Module compiled by Saifullah (2020), diffusion is the process of moving particles of a substance from a solution with a high concentration to a solution with a low concentration to achieve equilibrium.

    An example of diffusion in the human body is when we breathe in, the alveoli expand and oxygen enters the lungs. Then, when exhaling, the alveoli deflate and carbon dioxide leaves the body. Well, this process occurs due to molecules moving from high to low concentration.

    In general, diffusion is one of the mass transfer events that are often carried out in industries. The process of minimal diffusion involves two substances, one of the substances has a higher concentration than the other substance or it can be said that it is not in equilibrium, this situation can be the driving force of the diffusion process.

    Diffusion will continue to occur until all particles are spread evenly or reach a state of equilibrium where the transfer of molecules still occurs even if there is no difference in concentration. A simple example is water vapor from a kettle diffusing in the air. Gradually the liquid becomes sweet. Another example is the addition of sugar to fresh tea liquid. The most common type of diffusion is molecular diffusion. Diffusion occurs when there is a displacement of a stationary layer of molecules from a solid or fluid.

    In this experiment, what was studied was the liquid gas diffusion process and the liquid-liquid diffusion process. In this experiment, acetone liquid was used with temperature variation to find out its influence on the diffusion process. For liquefied gas diffusion, volatile liquids are used, so that the diffusion process is easy to see. In liquid-liquid diffusion, a solution is used that easily decomposes its ions in water, so that the diffusion process is easy to observe.

    In this experiment, concentration variation was done to find out the influence on the diffusion process. This variation is done in order to obtain a comparison of the two variations as well as their influence on the diffusion coefficient.

    Examples of diffusion in everyday life include:

    1. Freshwater fish placed in seawater causes the volume of the fish’s body to shrink because seawater is hypertonic to the body cells of living creatures. Consuming sea water causes the body to experience dehydration.
    2. The sprayed perfume will spread throughout the room due to diffusion with the air.
    3. Sugar that is added to a hot drink in a glass will spread throughout the volume of water in the glass even without stirring because it diffuses in the liquid.

    Diffusion Process

    Diffusion can occur in solids, liquids, or gases. In this case, the process does not require energy, which is why the diffusion process is also called a passive transport system. Diffusion process is a condition where the movement of substance particles with random movement that diffuses from the high concentration part towards the lower part through the cell membrane. A particle can pass through the membrane if the particle size is very small and can dissolve in water or fat.

    Diffusion is a passive transport process. In the process of diffusion, the particles of a substance will move from an area of ​​high concentration to an area with a lower concentration, so that it will produce the same concentration in the substance.

    The diffusion process occurs as a result of the movement of a substance particle from an area of ​​higher concentration to an area of ​​lower concentration through a cell membrane. The condition for particles to be able to pass through the membrane during diffusion is that the size of the particles is very small and that the particles can dissolve in water and in fat.

    Membrane permeability in the diffusion process is divided into:

    1. Impermeable (Not Permeable)

    Membrane that particles of dissolved substances and water cannot pass through. Example: membrane in rubber.

    2. Permeable

    Membrane that particles of dissolved substances and water can pass through. Example: the cell membrane in a potato.

    3. Semipermeable

    Membrane that cannot be passed by solute particles and only by water. Example: cell membrane in the cytoplasm.

    Diffusion and Biology

    In taking in important nutritional substances and removing unnecessary substances, cells perform various types of activities, and one of them is diffusion. There are two types of diffusion performed, namely normal diffusion and special diffusion.

    Diffusion usually occurs when cells want to take in nutrients or molecules that are hydrophobic (non-polar or polar). Molecules can directly diffuse into the plasma membrane made of phospholipids . Diffusion like this does not require energy or ATP ( Adenosine Tri-Phosphate ).

    Specific diffusion occurs when cells want to take in nutrients or molecules that are hydrophilic or polar and ions. Diffusion like this requires specific proteins that provide a path for the particles or help in the movement of the particles. This is done because the particles cannot pass through the plasma membrane easily. The proteins involved in this specific diffusion usually work for specific particles.

    Factors Affecting Diffusion

    The diffusion speed of a particle or molecule of a substance is influenced by several factors. The following are a number of factors that affect the diffusion process as follows:

    1. Measurement of Diffused Molecules

    If the molecule is large, the diffusion process will be slower to pass through the membrane than molecules with a smaller size.

    2. Temperature

    Molecular movement will be faster when there is an increase in temperature. This of course has an impact on the rate of diffusion which is also getting faster. When the temperature gets higher, the particles will get more energy to move, so the diffusion speed gets bigger.

    3. Substance Concentration

    The rate of diffusion is also based on the large concentration gradient that exists in two substances.

    4. Existence of Matter

    The diffusion process in solids will usually be slower compared to liquids and gases. For example, the diffusion process of O 2 in single-celled animals. Diffusion can occur because the concentration of O 2 in the air is higher than the concentration of O 2 in the cell.

    5. Membrane Thickness

    The thinner the cell membrane, the greater the diffusion speed.

    6. Area of ​​an Area

    The larger the area, the greater the diffusion speed.

    7. Distance

    The closer the distance between two concentrations, the greater the diffusion speed.

    Types of Diffusion

    Diffusion has two types, namely simple diffusion and assisted diffusion. Quoted from the Biology Module compiled by Saefullah (2020), the following is the explanation.

    1. Medium Diffusion

    In this type, diffusion is the movement of solid, liquid, or gaseous substances, whether they pass through the membrane or not, from a high-concentration (hypertonic) to a low-concentration (hypotonic) part. As a result of this displacement, the concentration of the substance becomes the same (isotonic). Cells want to take nutrition, or occur on hydrophobic (non-polar) molecules/particles. Particles will directly diffuse without needing energy, and can pass through the membrane directly.

    2. Assisted Diffusion

    This process occurs in cells that want to take nutrients, occurs in particles that have polar/ions ( hydrophilic ). This type of diffusion requires the help of specific proteins in the form of protein channels and transport proteins so that particles can pass through the membrane. For example in Escherichia coli bacteria which will decrease its metabolism if it is transferred into a lactose medium because it cannot pass through the cell membrane.

    However, with the help of the permease enzyme, lactose can pass through the cell membrane. Permease enzymes are cell membrane proteins that pave the way for uncharged polar ions and molecules to pass through the hydrophobic lipid bilayer of the cell membrane.

     

    Types of Diffusion

    The diffusion process that we know is divided into three types, namely diffusion in liquid materials, diffusion in solid materials, and diffusion in gaseous materials. Here is the explanation.

    1. Liquid Diffusion

    It is said liquid diffusion if there is a movement of liquid molecules from a high concentration to a low concentration. An example is when we soak soybeans in water when making tempeh. During soaking, there will be diffusion of water from the outside environment (which has a high water content) into the soybeans (which has a low water content).

    The tools needed in this practicum are a household balance that is used to weigh synthetic dyes (green terraces). A plastic spoon used to take the green terrace from the package into the paper as a base to weigh the green terrace. A 25 ml beaker that is used as a container for tap water and as a container for patio solution. A 50 ml measuring glass used to measure the volume of tap water. A series of heating tools consisting of a bunsen as a fire source, a tripod as a support, and a gauze as a beaker base when heated. A thermometer used to measure the temperature of heated tap water.

    A stopwatch to calculate the length of time needed in the diffusion process until a homogeneous solution is formed. A glass funnel used to filter the green tea solution into a beaker. A dropper pipette used to take teres solution from beaker 1 put 5 ml of teres solution in another container. The materials used in this practicum are 50 ml tap water which is used as a solvent in the diffusion process. 5 ml of 30% green teres solution (made from 20 ml of tap water and 6 grams of green teres mixed until homogeneous). Lighter to light the flame on the bunsen. A filter paper that is used to help filter the green terrace solution to separate the precipitate.

    2. Dense Diffusion

    It is called solid diffusion if there is a movement of solid molecules from a high concentration to a low concentration. An example is when we soak fruit with a sugar solution in making fruit sweets. During soaking, in addition to the diffusion of water from the outside environment into the fruit, there is also the diffusion of sugar molecules (solid molecules) into the fruit and this means that diffusion of solids also occurs in the manufacture of this fruit candy. So far, the boundary between when water diffusion and solid diffusion occurs is still not clear because the processes often occur simultaneously and are difficult to distinguish.

    The tools needed in this practicum are a household balance that is used to weigh synthetic dyes (green terrace). A plastic spoon that is used to take the green terrace from the packaging into the paper as a base to weigh the green terrace. A 25 ml beaker that is used as a container for tap water and as a container for patio solution. A 50 ml measuring glass used to measure the volume of tap water. A set of heating devices consisting of a bunsen as a fire source, a tripod as a support, and a gauze as a beaker base when heated. A thermometer used to measure the temperature of heated tap water.

    A stopwatch to calculate the length of time needed in the diffusion process until a homogeneous solution is formed. A glass funnel used to filter the green tea solution into a beaker. A dropper pipette used to take teres solution from beaker 1 put 5ml of teres solution in another container. The materials used in this practicum are 20 ml tap water which is used as a solvent in the diffusion process. 6 grams of synthetic dye (teres green) is used as a solute in the diffusion process. Lighter to light the flame on the bunsen. A filter paper that is used to help filter the green terrace solution to separate the precipitate.

    3. Gas Diffusion

    It is said gas diffusion if there is a movement of gas molecules from a high concentration to a low concentration. An example is the diffusion of O 2 in plastic packaging. When we use plastic packaging to wrap a material, then during storage there will be diffusion of oxygen and water vapor from the outside environment into the packaging plastic.

    The amount of oxygen and water vapor that can enter the packaging plastic varies depending on the permeability of the packaging plastic. The more amount of oxygen and water vapor that can get into the packaging plastic means that the quality of the packaging plastic is getting worse. Here, oxygen diffusion is gas diffusion and water vapor diffusion is liquid diffusion.

    The greater the difference in concentration between the two regions, the sharper the gradation of concentration so that the speed of diffusion is slower. If the particles of a substance can move freely without being hindered by the force of attraction, then in a certain period of time the particles will spread evenly in the available space.

    Until such an even distribution occurs, there will be more particles that move from areas where the particles are more concentrated to areas where the particles are less concentrated, then the opposite happens, and the overall movement of particles in a certain direction is called diffusion. The greater the difference in concentration between two areas, that is, the sharper the gradation of concentration, the greater the speed of diffusion (Diana, 2013).

    The rate of diffusion can be increased by stirring so that equilibrium conditions can be reached more quickly. Another event that is also included as a diffusion event is blue ink that is dropped in clear water. The ink will diffuse slowly throughout the water until equilibrium conditions are obtained (no concentration gradient). To increase the rate of diffusion, stirring can be done, so that equilibrium conditions can be reached more quickly. Diffusion is not limited to the transfer of stagnant layers of solids or liquids.

    In fluids that contain many components that will diffuse in a stationary state, Frick’s law applies for a mixture between laws A and B, namely:

    Description:

    J* AZ    = molar flux of component A in the z-axis direction for molecular direction (kgmolA/cm 2 )
    AB     = molecular diffusion of molecule A through B (m 2 /s)
    z = diffusion distance (m)
    c = concentration of A and B ( kgmol/m 3 )
    A        = mole fraction of A from the mixture of A and B

    If c is constant, because c A = cxA then:

    cdxA = d(cxA) = dcA (2)

    If equation (1) is substituted into equation (2) results in a diffusion equation for constant concentration:

    Equation (3) is generally used in various applications of molecular diffusion processes. When the value of c varies, then the one used in equation (3) is the average value. For a turbulent mass flow with a constant concentration the equation applies:

    with εM turbulent mass diffusivity with units of m 2 /s.

    Well, that’s the meaning of diffusion along with influencing factors, types, and examples. Hope it’s useful!